Switching & Controls Switches & Pilot Devices Selection Guide........................................... 450 Miniature Switches & Pilot Devices........... 452 AP Series o8-16mm....................................... 452 A8 Series o8mm............................................. 456 Signaling Lights o16mm Switches & Pilot Devices............... 461 XA E-Stops o16mm........................................ 461 LB Series o16mm........................................... 468 L6 Series o16mm........................................... 502 Relays & Sockets o22mm Switches & Pilot Devices............... 525 XW E-Stops o22mm....................................... 525 CW Series o22mm......................................... 531 HW Series o22mm......................................... 549 TW Series o22mm......................................... 611 FB Series Enclosures...................................... 652 o30mm Switches & Pilot Devices............... 654 XN E-Stops o30mm........................................ 654 TWTD Series o30mm..................................... 660 Cam Switches - CS Series............................. 690 Mono-Lever Switches - ARN Switches......... 697 & Pilot Devices Timers Switches Contactors Terminal Blocks Table of Contents LED Machine Lighting - Pg. 1 Circuit Breakers www.IDEC.com/switches Automation & Sensing - Pg. 27 Safety - Pg. 255 Switching & Controls - Pg. 449 Index - Pg. 933 Switches & Pilot Devices Selection Guide Appearance Relays & Sockets Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices Selection Guide Product Series Mounting Hole Contact Rating Contact Mounting Function Page AP o8mm, o10mm, o12mm, o16mm N/A N/A Pilot light 452 A8 o8mm 1A Unibody Pushbutton, Pilot Light 456 XA 5A Removable/ Unibody E-Stop 461 A6 1A Unibody Pushbutton, Pilot Light, Selector Switch, Key Switch, Stop Switch www.IDEC.com/switches LB 3A Removable Pushbutton, Pilot Light, Selector Switch, Key Switch 468 L6 5A Removable Pushbutton, Pilot Light, Selector Switch, Key Switch, Stop Switch, Buzzer 502 XW 5A Removable E-Stop 525 CW 10A Removable Pushbutton, Pilot light, selector switch, key selector 531 10A Removable Pushbutton, Pilot Light, Selector Switch, Key Switch, E-Stop, MonoLever 549 TW 10A Removable Pushbutton, Pilot Light, Selector Switch, Key Switch, Stop Switch 611 FB N/A Enclosures 652 Contactors Timers o16mm o22mm Circuit Breakers Terminal Blocks HW 450 www.IDEC.com N/A Switches & Pilot Devices Selection Guide Switches & Pilot Devices Selection Guide con't Appearance Product Series Mounting Hole Contact Rating Contact Mounting Function Page 5A Removable E-Stop 654 TWTD 10A Removable Pushbutton, Pilot Light, Selector Switch, Key Switch, Stop Switch 660 CS 10A Unibody Cam Switch 690 ARN 10A Removable MonoLever 697 5A Removable Pushbutton, Pilot Light, Selector Switch, Key Switch www.IDEC.com/switches Signaling Lights XN o30mm Timers o25mm, 25 x 25mm Relays & Sockets LW Flush Contactors Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 451 Switches & Pilot Devices Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices Miniature o8-16mm AP Series AP Series -- Miniature Pilot Lights Key features: * * * * * * Long service life, low maintenance Space saving miniature style Dome or flat lens models Built-in current-limiting resistor Five illumination colors: red, green, amber, yellow, and white Transformer (120V AC and 240V AC) and DC-DC Converter (110V DC) options on 12mm and 16mm units Relays & Sockets Timers Contactors * CSA Certified File No. LR21451 UL Recognized File No. E55996 *AP8/AP1 series only. Specifications Lamp Built-in LED with current limiting resistor Operational Voltage 5, 6, 12, 24VDC (full voltage), 110/120, 220/240VAC, (with transformer) 110VDC (with converter) Current Ratings AP8: 5V DC/9mA, 12V DC/9mA, 24V DC/9mA, 12V AC/15mA, 24V AC/15mA AP1: 5V DC/9mA, 12V DC/9mA, 24V DC/9mA, 12V AC/15mA, 24V AC/15mA AP2: 6V DC/33mA, 12V DC/22mA, 24V DC/11mA AP6: 6V DC/33mA, 12V DC/22mA, 24V DC/11mA Operating Temp. -20C to +55C Operating Humidity 45 to 85% RH Insul. Resistance 100M min. (500V DC megger) Between live and dead parts Rev. Withstand Voltage AP2/AP6: 100V AP1/AP8: 200V Solder Terminal Soldering 260C maximum (5 sec.) Degree of Protection AP8: IP40 (dustproof) Other Series: IP65 (oiltight) Optional Adaptors/Converters Transformer Model Terminal Blocks Applicable Units Operating Voltage DC-DC Converter AP2 & AP6 (with 6V LED only) 110/120VAC 50/60 Hz 220/240VAC 50/60 Hz 110V DC (90 to 140V DC) Power Consumption 1.6 VA maximum 1W maximum Insulation Voltage 250 V AC 140V DC Insulation Resistance Dielectric Strength 10M min. (500V DC megger) Between live and dead parts 2,000V AC, 1 minute Between live/dead parts 2,000V AC, 1 minute Between terminals 2,000V AC, 1 minute Between live/dead parts 1,500V AC, 1 minute Between terminals Circuit Breakers Available as one piece only (replacement LEDs are not available). 452 www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices Miniature o8-16mm AP Series Switches & Pilot Devices Miniature Pilot Lights AP Miniature Pilot Lights - o8 & o10mm Style Lens Style Operating Voltage Part Numbers Dome 5V DC +/- 5% 12V AC/DC +/- 10% 24V AC/DC +/- 10% AP8M255-k AP8M211-k AP8M222-k AP8 Series - O8mm Flat AP1 Series - O10mm Flat AP8M155-k AP8M111-k AP8M122-k 5V DC +/- 5% 12V AC/DC +/- 10% 24V AC/DC +/- 10% AP1M255-k AP1M211-k AP1M222-k 5V DC +/- 5% 12V AC/DC +/- 10% 24V AC/DC +/- 10% AP1M155-k AP1M111-k AP1M122-k Color Code Amber A Green G Red R Blue S* Warm White W Cool White PW Yellow Y Signaling Lights Dome 5V DC +/- 5% 12V AC/DC +/- 10% 24V AC/DC +/- 10% k Color Codes * Available in only the AP8 and AP1 series. 1. In place of k, specify the color code. 2. For dimensions, see page 455. 3. For accessories, see page 454. Relays & Sockets AP Miniature Pilot Lights - o12 & o16mm Style Operating Voltage Part Numbers Dome 6V DC +/- 5% 12V DC +/- 10% 24V DC +/- 10% AP2M266-k AP2M211-k AP2M222-k Flat 6V DC +/- 5% 12V DC +/- 10% 24V DC +/- 10% AP2M166-k AP2M111-k AP2M122-k 6V DC +/- 5% 12V DC +/- 10% 24V DC +/- 10% AP6M266-k AP6M211-k AP6M222-k 6V DC +/- 5% 12V DC +/- 10% 24V DC +/- 10% AP6M166-k AP6M111-k AP6M122-k AP2 Series - O12mm Dome AP6 Series - O16mm Flat k Color Codes Color Code Amber A Green G Red R Warm White W Yellow Y Timers Lens Style Contactors 1. In place of k, specify the color code. 2. For dimensions, see page 455. 3. For accessories, see page 454. Optional Transformers and DC-DC Converters (for AP2 and AP6 only) Style Voltage Part Numbers Used with AP2 Series Used with AP6 Series 110/120V AC 220/240V AC AP2-0126D AP2-0246D AP6-0126D AP6-0246D DC-DC Converter 110V DC (90-140V DC) AP2-016DD AP6-016DD Terminal Blocks Transformer 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada Circuit Breakers 1. Optional Transformers and DC-DC converters snap onto the back of AP2 or AP6 pilot lights. 2. Transformers and DC-DC Converters step down to 6V. 3. For dimensions, see page 455. 453 Switches & Pilot Devices Relays & Sockets Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices Miniature o8-16mm AP Series Accessories -- AP Series Item Appearance Description Made of metal. Used for tightening plastic locking ring during installation. Tightening torque should not exceed 3kgf-cm Locking Ring Wrench Mounting Hole Plug Made of rubber. Fills unused mounting holes to provide IP65 protection Transformer Removal Tool Replacement Lenses Lenses (included with all units). 1. In place of k, specify the Lens Color Code. 2. Internal LED is fixed and cannot be removed or replaced. Color Code Amber A Green G Red R Blue S* White W Yellow Y *Blue available in AP8/AP1 series only. Circuit Breakers Terminal Blocks Contactors Timers k Lens Color Codes 454 www.IDEC.com Used With Part Number O 16mm units MT-001 O 12mm units MT-002 O 10mm units MT-003 O 8mm units MT-004 Unused 8mm panel cutouts AL-B8 Unused 10mm panel cutouts AL-B1 Unused 12mm panel cutouts AL-B2 Unused 16mm panel cutouts AL-B6 AP2 and AP6 snap on transformer and DC-DC converter MT-100 AP1M Flat AP1M-L1-k AP1M Dome AP1M-L2-k AP2M Flat AP2M-L1-k AP2M Dome AP2M-L2-k AP6M Flat AP6M-L1-k AP6M Dome AP6M-L2-k Switches & Pilot Devices Miniature o8-16mm AP Series Switches & Pilot Devices Dimensions -- AP Series Pilot Lights (AP Series) AP8 Style AP1 Flat Panel Cut-out Dome Flat AP2 Dome O 0.319" (+0.0118, -0) 8.1mm (+0.3, -0) O 0.398" (+0.0118, -0) 10.1mm (+0.3, -0) O 0.386" (9.8mm) O 0.472" (12mm) Outside Dimension Flat Dome Flat O 0.480" (+0.0118, -0) 12.2mm (+0.3, -0) O 0.551" (14mm) w/ Adaptor or Converter Dome O 0.638" (+0.0118, -0) 16.2mm (+0.3, -0) O 0.709" (18mm) 0.709" (18mm) 0.709" (18mm) Signaling Lights AP6 AP6 w/ Adaptor or Converter AP2 Panel Thickness: 0.8 to 6 mm 7 11.5 Panel Cut-out Flat 29.5 o15.6 .2 +0 0 2 5.5 9.5 When using the Transformer unit (When using the DC-DC converter unit) 9.5 M3 terminal screw Transformer unit (or DC-DC converter unit) M3 terminal screw + Terminal 18 X2 X1 TOP X2 71 1.3 Timers 58.7 18 71 1.3 18 58.7 + Terminal 18 TOP Transformer unit (or DC-DC converter unit) .2 0 +0 2 2. o1 5.5 X1 o1 o12 o14 Panel Cut-out 6. When using the Transformer unit (When using the DC-DC converter unit) 29.5 Relays & Sockets 8 21.5 21.5 5.5 - 13.5 o18 5 + 5.5 Flat 1.5 2.2 o12 1.5 o14 2.2 o15.6 o18 Dome Gasket Dome Gasket - + Panel Thickness: 0.8 to 6 mm - Terminal - Terminal AP1 AP8 2.2 1.5 Panel Thickness: 0.8 to 6 mm Panel Thickness: 0.8 to 6 mm 2.8 3 o8 + 8 5.5 29.5 9.5 8 29.5 Panel Cut-out o1 +0 0 .2 5.5 .1 0. 1 +0 . 0 2 o10 o9.8 Flat Terminal Blocks 5.5 21.5 o8 Panel Cut-out Flat o12 o9.8 - 21.5 o8 2.8 4 o10 o12 5.5 10 Gasket Dome Contactors Gasket Dome 1.5 2.2 8.5 9.5 Circuit Breakers 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 455 Switches & Pilot Devices Terminal Blocks Contactors Timers Relays & Sockets Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices Miniature o8mm A8 Series A8 Series -- Miniature Switches and Pilot Devices: 8mm Key features: * * * * * * * 21/64" (8mm) round mounting hole Compact Design Saves Space Bright and Vivid Illumination Choice of Shapes and Functions Gold Clad Silver Contacts for reliable low level switching Snap action contacts IP40 (Dustproof) Construction Specifications LED Lamp Life 50,000 hours approximately (reduced to half of original intensity) Contact Configuration SPDT Maximum Voltage 250V AC/DC Thermal Current 3A Contact Material Gold-clad Silver Terminal Style Solder Tab Terminal Operating Temperature -25 to +55C (no freezing) Operating Humidity 45 to 85% RH Contact Resistance 50m maximum (initial value) Insulation Resistance 100M minimum (500V DC megger) Vibration Resistance 5 to 55Hz, 0.75mm amplitude Shock Resistance Damage limits: 500m/sec2 (approx. 50G) Operating extremes: 200m/sec2 (approx. 20G) Electrical Life 100,000 operations minimum Mechanical Life Maintained: 100,000 (1200 operations/hour) Momentary: 200,000 minimum Degree of Protection IP40 Enclosed/Dustproof Soldering Temperature 20W/5 seconds or 260C/3 seconds Dielectric Strength Switch Unit: 2,000V AC, 1 min. between live/dead part and terminals of different poles; 1,000V AC, 1 minute between terminals of the same pole; 1,500V AC, 1 minute between contact and lamp terminals. Illumination Unit: 2,000V AC, 1 min. between live part/ground Contact Ratings Operating Voltage 24V 120V Resistive -- 1.0A 0.5A Inductive -- 0.7A 0.5A AC 50/60Hz Circuit Breakers CSA Certified File No. LR21451 UL Listed File No. E55996 DC 240V Resistive 1.0A 0.2A -- Inductive 0.7A 0.1A -- 1. AC Inductive Load, PF = 0.6 - 0.7; DC Inductive Load, L/R = 7. 2. Minimum applicable load (reference value) is 5V AC/DC 3mA (applicable range is subject to the operating conditions and load). 456 www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices Miniature o8mm A8 Series Switches & Pilot Devices AB8 Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled) Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons Style Contact SPDT Round Part Numbers Momentary Maintained AB8M-M1-j AB8M-A1-j Signaling Lights j Button Color Codes Square SPDT Rectangular SPDT AB8Q-M1-j AB8H-M1-j AB8Q-A1-j AB8H-A1-j Color Code Black B Green G Red R S W Yellow Y Relays & Sockets Blue White 1. In place of j, specify button color code from the table below. 2. For accessories, see page 459. 3. For dimensions, see page 460. Timers Contactors Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 457 Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices Miniature o8mm A8 Series AL8 Illuminated Pushbuttons & Pilot Lights (Assembled) Illuminated Pushbuttons Style SPDT Signaling Lights Round Relays & Sockets Part Numbers Contact Momentary Maintained Pilot Light Part Number AL8M-M11-k AL8M-A11-k AL8M-P1-k k LED/Lens Color Codes Square SPDT Rectangular AL8Q-M11-k SPDT AL8H-M11-k AL8Q-A11-k AL8H-A11-k Amber A Green G Red R White W Yellow Y LED Voltage and Recommended Current Limiting Resistor LED Lamp Part Number Voltage External Resistor Amber Amber LAD-SA Green Green LAD-SG Red Red LAD-SR 5V DC 6V DC 12V DC 24V DC 150, 1/2W 200, 1/2W 510, 1W 1.1k, 1W White Yellow* LAD-SY Yellow Yellow LAD-SY Timers Lens Color * White units use a white lens and a yellow LED. Contactors AL8H-P1-k Code 1. In place of k, specify lens color code from table on the right. 2. A replaceable LED lamp is included with the operator. 3. Because the LED lamp does not contain an internal current limiting resistor, an external resistor must be added. For recommended values, see table below. 4. For accessories, see page 459. 5. For dimensions, see page 460. Replacement LEDs LED Lamp Ratings: LED Specifications LED Lamp Forward Current If Forward Voltage (Nominal) Vf Reverse Voltage Vr Amber 20mA 2.2V 4V Green 20mA 2.1V 4V Red 20mA 1.7V 4V 20mA 2.2V 4V Yellow Operating Voltage & External Current Limiting Resistor (Recommended Value) 5V DC: 150, 1/2W 6V DC: 200, 1/2W 12V DC: 510, 1W 24V DC: 1.1k, 1W When LED lamps are used at voltages other than those stated above, external resistor value, R, is determined by the following formula: R = (Operating Voltage - Vf) / If Circuit Breakers Terminal Blocks AL8Q-P1-k Color 458 www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices Miniature o8mm A8 Series Switches & Pilot Devices Accessories Description Item Locking Ring Wrench Used With Made of metal. Used for tightening plastic locking ring during installation. Tightening torque should not exceed 3kgf-cm Part Number All units MT-004 Lens Removal Tool MT-101 Made of rubber. Used for removing and replacing LED lamps in illuminated units Illuminated pushbuttons and pilot lights OR-66 Round & square units AL-K8 Rectangular units AL-KH8 All units AL-V8 Switch Guard Used to avoid operating the pushbutton inadvertently. Cover flips open 90. Provides IP40 protection Signaling Lights Lamp Holder Tool Made of metal. Used for removing lens or button from the housing Illuminated pushbuttons and pilot lights Terminal Cover Made of translucent nylon. Fits over and shields the terminals AL-C8 AL-C8V shown attached Mounting Hole Plug AL-C8 All units AL-C8V Made of rubber. Fills unused mounting holes to provide IP65 protection Extra panel cutouts AL-B8 LAD-SR (red) LED lamp is included in every illuminated control unit. Replacement lamp is ordered separately. External current limiting resistor required. LAD-SG (green) Illuminated units and pilot lights Timers Replacements LEDs Plug-on adaptor with PCB terminals, allows easy control unit replacement. Relays & Sockets Plug-on adaptor with solder terminals, allows easy control unit replacement. Adaptor Socket LAD-SA (amber) LAD-SY (yellow) Replacement Lenses Illuminated pushbuttons and pilot lights Replacement Buttons 1. In place of j, specify Button Color Code from the table. 2. In place of k, specify Lens Color Code from table. j Button Color Codes Color AL8M-LK1-k Square AL8Q-LK1-k Rectangular AL8H-LK1-k Round AB8M-BK1-j Square AB8Q-BK1-j Rectangular AB8H-BK1-j Contactors Non-Illuminated buttons Round k LED/Lens Color Codes Code Color Code B Amber A G Green G Red R Red R Blue S White W White W Yellow Y Yellow Y Terminal Blocks Black Green Circuit Breakers 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 459 Switches & Pilot Devices Dimensions A8 Panel Cut-Out (not drawn to scale) Panel Thickness 0.5 to 6 Rectangular Round (TOP) c9 o9 Signaling Lights 2.5 o9 5 5.5 5.5 7 22 +0.2 0 o8 9 2.5 Terminal Width 1.8 x 0.4t Square (TOP) 9 min. Rectangular (TOP) Locking Ring 12 9 12 min. (TOP) Round/Square NC o8 +0.2 0 COM Lamp Terminal (-) Terminal Sockets 9 min. Terminal 0.8 x 0.3t 6.3 33 For Round/Square Units (AL-K8) 2.5 33 Terminal Arrangement (TOP) 6.3 For Rectangular Units (AL-KH8) Switch Guard, O 21/64" (8mm) 2.5 Relays & Sockets Lamp Terminal (+) 9 min. NO 10 NC 21.5 12 Panel Thickness 0.5 to 5 2.5 Terminal Arrangement (TOP) PC Board Terminal (AL-C8V) 8.5 2.5 +0.2 0 14.5 5-1.0 Holes (PC Board Terminal Mounting Hole Layout) 11 min. COM Lamp Terminal (+) 6 3 Lamp Terminal (-) 17.5 min. Solder Terminal (AL-C8) 17 17.5 min. 8.8 8.5 5 6 Timers 17 2.5 14.5 NO (Bottom View) 12.5 For Round/Square Units (AL-K8) 13 min. NC For Rectan (AL-KH8) 10 (Bottom View) Terminal Cover www.IDEC.com 8.5 21.5 12 8.5 6 14.5 8.5 Circuit Breakers 11 min. 460 For Rectangular Units (AL-KH8) 10 17.5 min. 17.3 6 Terminal Blocks 33.5 14.5 11 min. For Round/Square Units (AL-K8) o9.1 AL-V8, O 21/64" (8mm) 6 17.5 min. Lamp Terminal (-) 17.5 min. ard Terminal g Hole Layout) COM 6 Lamp Terminal (+) 14.5 Holes 14.5 +0.2 0 8.5 NO Contactors 2.5 0 Switches & Pilot Devices Miniature o8mm A8 Series 13 min. 12.5 Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm XA E-Stops Switches & Pilot Devices 16mm XA E-Stops Key features: Signaling Lights UL File No. E68691 CCC No. 2005010305150899 Relays & Sockets * Two button sizes: o29 and o40mm * Lead-free, RoHS compliant, (EU directive 2002/95/EC) * Depth behind the panel: Standard - only 27.9mm for 1 to 4 contacts Unibody - only 23.9mm for 1NC or 2NC * IDEC's original "Safe break action" ensures that the NC contacts open when the contact block is detached from the operator. * Push-to-lock, Pull or Turn-to-reset operator * Direct opening action mechanism (IEC60947-5-5, 5.2, IEC60947-5-1, Annex K) * Safety lock mechanism (IEC60947-5-5, 6.2) * Degree of protection: Standard - IP65 (IEC60529) Unibody - IP65 and IP40 (IEC 60529) * UL, c-UL recognized. EN compliant * UL NISD2 category emergency stop button (File# E305148) Specifications Model Applicable Standards Operating Temperature Standard Unibody IEC6094751, EN6094751, IEC6094755, EN6094755, UL508, UL991, CSA C22.2 No. 14 UL508, CSA C22.2 No.14, IEC 6094751, EN 6094751 IEC 6094755 Note, EN 6094755 Note, JIS C820151 Nonilluminated: -25 to +60C (no freezing), Illuminated: -25 to +55C (no freezing) -25 to +60C (no freezing) Operating Humidity 45 to 85% RH (no condensation) Storage Temperature Operating Force Pushtolock: 10.5N Pulltoreset: 10N Turntoreset: 0.16N*m Minimum Force Required for Direct Opening Action 60N 40N Min Operator Stroke Required for Direct Opening Action 4mm Maximum Operator Stroke 4.5mm Contact Resistance Gold plated silver Insulation Resistance 100M minimum (500V DC megger) Impulse Withstand Voltage 2.5kV Pollution Degree 3 (inside LED unit: 2) Operation Frequency 3 900 operations/hour Shock Resistance Operating extremes: 150 m/s2, Damage limits: 1000 m/s2 Terminal Blocks Operating extremes: 10 to 500Hz, amplitude 0.35mm acceleration 50m/s2, Damage limits: 10 to 500Hz, amplitude 0.35mm acceleration 50m/s2 Mechanical Life 250,000 operations minimum Electrical Life 100,000 operations minimum, (250,000 operations minimum @ 24V AC/DC, 100mA) Degree of Protection Terminal Style Contactors 50m maximum (initial value) Contact Material Vibration Resistance Timers -45 to +80C IP65 (IEC60529) IP65, IP40 (IEC 60529) Solder terminal, PC board terminal Solder/tab #110 terminal Recommended Tightening Torque for Locking Ring 0.88N*m Wire Size 16 AWG max Circuit Breakers Soldering Conditions 310 to 350C, 3 seconds maximum o29mm: 23g o40mm: 28g Weight o29mm mushroom: 14g o40mm mushroom: 17g Note: Except for stop switches (operator color: yellow and gray) 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 461 Switches & Pilot Devices Part Numbers Non-Illuminated XA E-Stop Style 29mm Mushroom Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm XA E-Stops Termination PCB Terminal Solder Terminal Relays & Sockets 40mm Mushroom PCB Terminal Solder Terminal Monitor Contacts Main Contacts Part Number 1NO 1NC XA1E-BV311V-R - 2NC XA1E-BV302V-R 1NO 3NC XA1E-BV313V-R - 4NC XA1E-BV304V-R 1NO 1NC XA1E-BV311-R - 2NC XA1E-BV302-R 1NO 3NC XA1E-BV313-R - 4NC XA1E-BV304-R 1NO 1NC XA1E-BV411V-R - 2NC XA1E-BV402V-R 1NO 3NC XA1E-BV413V-R - 4NC XA1E-BV404V-R 1NO 1NC XA1E-BV411-R - 2NC XA1E-BV402-R 1NO 3NC XA1E-BV413-R - 4NC XA1E-BV404-R Illuminated XA E-Stop Style Timers 29mm Mushroom Termination Monitor Contacts Main Contacts Part Number 1NO 1NC XA1E-LV311Q4V-R - 2NC XA1E-LV302Q4V-R 1NO 3NC XA1E-LV313Q4V-R - 4NC XA1E-LV304Q4V-R 1NO 1NC XA1E-LV311Q4-R - 2NC XA1E-LV302Q4-R 1NO 3NC XA1E-LV313Q4-R - 4NC XA1E-LV304Q4-R 1NO 1NC XA1E-LV411Q4V-R PCB Terminal Contactors Solder Terminal 40mm Mushroom PCB Terminal Terminal Blocks Solder Terminal - 2NC XA1E-LV402Q4V-R 1NO 3NC XA1E-LV413Q4V-R - 4NC XA1E-LV404Q4V-R 1NO 1NC XA1E-LV411Q4-R - 2NC XA1E-LV402Q4-R 1NO 3NC XA1E-LV413Q4-R - 4NC XA1E-LV404Q4-R All illuminated XA E-Stops come with a replaceable 24V AC/DC LED. Part Number Key Circuit Breakers XA1E - L V 3 11 Q4 V - R Illumination B: Non-Illuminated L: Illuminated Mushroom Size 3: o29mm 4: o40mm 462 Contact Configuration 11: 1NO - 1NC 02: 2NC 13: 1NO - 3NC 04: 4NC Terminal Blank: solder tab V: PCB Voltage Code Blank: Non-illuminated Q4: Illuminated 24V AC/DC www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm XA E-Stops Switches & Pilot Devices Unibody XA E-Stop Style Part Number Contact IP40 (black housing) IP65 (yellow housing) 29mm Mushroom XA1E-BV3U01KT-R XA1E-BV3U01T-R 2NC XA1E-BV3U02KT-R XA1E-BV3U02T-R 1NC XA1E-BV4U01KT-R XA1E-BV4U01T-R 2NC XA1E-BV4U02KT-R XA1E-BV4U02T-R Signaling Lights 1NC 40mm Mushroom Unibody XA Stop Switch Relays & Sockets Part Number Style Operator Type 29mm Mushroom 40mm Mushroom Contact j Color Code 1NC 2NC Y: yellow N: gray 1NC 2NC IP40 (black housing) IP65 (yellow housing) XA1E-BV3U01KT-j XA1E-BV3U01T-j XA1E-BV3U02KT-j XA1E-BV3U02T-j XA1E-BV4U01KT-j XA1E-BV4U01T-j XA1E-BV4U02KT-j XA1E-BV4U02T-j Style NC Main Contact NO Monitor Contact 1NC - XA1E-BV401-RH-EMO 40mm Mushroom 2NC - XA1E-BV402-RH-EMO Timers EMO XA E-Stop Part Number 3NC - XA1E-BV403-RH-EMO 4NC - XA1E-BV404-RH-EMO 1NO XA1E-BV411-RH-EMO 1NO XA1E-BV412-RH-EMO 3NC 1NO XA1E-BV413-RH-EMO Contactors 1NC 2NC Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 463 Switches & Pilot Devices Mounting Hole Layout Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui) 300V (illuminated part: 60V) Model Rated Current (Ith) 5A o29mm 3A 3A - 1.5A 1.5A Resistive Load (DC-12) 2A 0.4A 0.2A Inductive Load (DC-13) 1A 0.22A 0.1A Resistive Load (AC-12) - 1.2A 0.6A Inductive Load (AC-14) - 0.6A 0.3A Resistive Load (DC-12) 2A 0.4A 0.2A Inductive Load (DC-13) 1A 0.22A 0.1A Thermal Current (Ith) 5A Rated Operating Voltage (Ue) AC 50/60Hz DC X Panel Cutout +0.2 1.7 0 o16 .2 +0.2 0 PC Board Layout - Bottom View Non-Illuminated 30V 125V 250V Resistive Load (AC-12) - 5A 3A Inductive Load (AC-15) - 3A 1.5A Resistive Load (DC-12) 2A 0.4A 0.2A Inductive Load (DC-13) 1A 0.22A 0.1A Timers 19.8 19.8 8.7 8.7 4.5 3-o 1.7 Current 11mA Description 27.9 (Standard) 1 - 4 contacts, both illuminated and non-illuminated 23.9 (Unibody) 1NC or 2NC Terminal Arrangements (Bottom View) 1 X1 4 1 1 Right 3 4 3 2 TOP 1 2 X2 2 1 2 1 3 Right X2 X1 4 3 TOP 4 LED Left 1 1 1 1 2 2 LED Left Left 3 3 Right LED Left X2 X1 4 4 Circuit Breakers X1 Right 2 2 LED Left 4 TOP 1 TOP Right 3 2 464 Right 2 2 Illuminated 1 Left 2 4 1 1 1 TOP 4 2 1 Right 2 2 2 3 Left 1 Right 1 Left TOP 2 2 1 2 1 2 TOP 2 1NO-1NC 1 TOP 1 2NC 1 1NO-3NC 2 4NC Non-Illuminated 2 Contactors Depth Behind the Panel Depth (mm) les ho www.IDEC.com 3 X2 .2 -o1 10 3-o 1.7 hol es 6.5 6.5 Illuminated Unit LED Ratings 24V AC/DC 10% .2 -o1 10 Minimum applicable load: 5V AC/DC, 1mA (reference value). The rated operating currents are measured at resistive/inductive load types specified in IEC 60947-5-1. Operating Voltage Illuminated 19.8 250V Rated Operating Current Relays & Sockets Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui) 50mm min les ho 11.2 - 11.2 DC Resistive Load (AC-12) Inductive Load (AC-15) Y 40mm min +0.2 AC 50/60Hz 250V 16.2+0.2 X&Y 17.9 0 DC 125V oA o40mm 8.7 AC 50/60Hz 30V 19.8 Monitor Main Contacts (NO) Contacts (NC) Rated Operating Voltage (Ue) Unibody Terminal Blocks Measurements oA Standard 8.7 Contact Ratings Rated Operating Current Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm XA E-Stops hol es Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm XA E-Stops Switches & Pilot Devices Dimensions (mm) Non-Illuminated Illuminated Mounting Panel Thickness: 0.5 to 3.7 o29mm Button 30.4 30.4 27.2 19.8 8.7 27.2 19.8 8.7 o2 9. 8 o2 9.8 4.5 Mounting Panel Thickness: 0.5 to 3.7 0 o4 Rubber Gasket Locking Ring 29.4 Rubber Gasket 30.4 20.6 Terminal Cover XA9Z-VL2 2.1 3.1 o40mm Button 25.8 20.6 Solder Terminal Type Unibody EMO Panel Thickness 0.5 to 3.7 +0 0 .2 27.2 19.8 8.7 17.9 10.2 8.0 6.2 15.9 20.6 +0 .2 0 17.9 2 1.7 +0.2 0 o1 +0.2 0 +0.2 0 0.5 6. 1.7 Solder Terminal Relays & Sockets o1 20.6 30.4 PC Board Terminal Panel Thickness 0.8 to 4.5 25.8 2.1 3.1 30.4 PC Board Terminal Type Signaling Lights Terminal Cover XA9Z-VL2 25.8 Locking Ring 29.4 +0.2 0 9 o2 Panel Cut-out Mounting Hole Terminal Cover XA9Z-VL2 0 9. 8 o4 o2 21 30.4 8 o2 5. o1 9.0 o4 0 Solder/Tab Terminal #110 (Behind the panel: 23.9) Rubber Gasket Locking Ring 25.8 30.4 o40 mm Mushroom Timers 2.1 20.6 o29 mm Mushroom 20.6 Solder Terminal Type Accessories Accessories: Shroud Description Part Numbers XA9Z-LED2R Replacement LED Unit: PCB Terminal XA9Z-LED2VR Terminal Cover for contact block (solder terminal only) XA9Z-VL2 Appearance Part Number Applicable Standards XA9Z-KG1 SEMI S2 Compliant (Approved by TUV) Contactors Replacement LED Unit: Solder Terminal Accessories: Nameplates Appearance Legend Inner O Outer O HAAV-0 16mm 43mm Applicable Mushroom Size Terminal Blocks (blank) Part Number 29mm "Emergency Stop" HAAV-27 16mm 43mm (blank) HAAV4-0 16mm 60mm "Emergency Stop" HAAV4-27 16mm 60mm 40mm Circuit Breakers 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 465 Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm XA E-Stops Operating Instructions Removing the Contact Block First unlock the operator button. While pushing up the white bayonet ring, using a small screwdriver (width: 2.5 to 3 mm) if necessary, turn the contact block counterclockwise and pull out. Do not exert excessive force when using a screwdriver, otherwise the bayonet ring may be damaged. Notes for Installing the Contact Block Check that the contact block is securely installed on the operator. When the emergency stop switch is properly assembled, the bayonet ring is in place as shown below. Signaling Lights Bayonet Ring Align the small p marking on the edge of the operator base with the TOP marking on the contact block. Press the contact block onto the operator and turn the contact block clockwise until the bayonet ring clicks. TOP marking k Turn Relays & Sockets k Turn counterclockwise p marking j Push j Press Notes for Removing the Contact Block TOP marking (contact block) 1. When the contact block is removed, the monitor contact (NO contact) is closed. Removing the LED Unit 2. While removing the contact block, do not exert excessive force, otherwise the switch may be damaged. Pull out the LED unit while squeezing the latches on the LED unit using the LED unit removal tool (MT-101). Timers Panel Mounting Remove the locking ring from the operator and check that the rubber gasket is in place. Insert the operator from panel front into the panel hole. Face the side with the anti-rotation tab on the operator upward, and tighten the locking ring. Squeeze the LED unit on the latches and pull out. Operator Unit Anti-rotation Tab Contactors Rubber Gasket TOP side Latches Locking Ring Terminal Blocks Notes for Panel Mounting To mount XA emergency stop switches onto a panel, tighten the locking ring to a tightening torque of 0.88 N*m maximum using ring wrench MT-001. Do not use pliers. Do not exert excessive force, otherwise the locking ring may be damaged. Installing the Contact Block Installing the LED Unit Align the top of the LED unit with the TOP marking on the contact block. Push the LED unit into the contact block. First turn the bayonet ring to the unlocked position. Circuit Breakers Bayonet Ring TOP side Unlocked 466 Locked www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm XA E-Stops Switches & Pilot Devices Operating Instructions, continued Wiring Installing Insulation Terminal Cover 1. The applicable wire size is 16 AWG maximum. To install the terminal cover (XA9Z-VL2), align the TOP marking on the terminal cover with TOP marking on the contact block, and press the terminal cover toward the contact block. 2. Solder the terminal at a temperature of 310 to 350C within 3 seconds using a soldering iron. Sn-Ag-Cu solder is recommended. When soldering, do not touch the switch with the soldering iron. Also ensure that no tensile force is applied to the terminals. Do not bend the terminals or apply excessive force to the terminals. Note: For wiring, insert the wires into the holes in the terminal cover before soldering. Signaling Lights 3. Use a non-corrosive rosin flux. 4. Because the terminal spacing is narrow, use protective tubes or heat shrinkable tubes to avoid burning of wire coating or short circuit. Contact Bounce 1. When mounting a contact block on a PC board, provide sufficient rotating space for the PC board when installing and removing the contact block. When the button is reset by pulling or turning, the NC main contacts will bounce. When pressing the button, the NO monitor contacts will bounce. 2. When mounting an XA emergency stop switch on a PC board, make sure that the operator is securely installed. When designing a control circuit, take the contact bounce time into consideration (reference value: 20 ms). About PC Board and Circuit Design Relays & Sockets PC Board Terminal Type Nameplate 1. Use PC boards made of glass epoxy copper-clad laminated sheets of 1.6 mm in thickness, with double-sided through holes. When anti-rotation is not required, remove the projection from the nameplate using pliers. 2. PC boards and circuits must withstand rated voltage and current, including instantaneous current and voltage at switching. Projection 3. The minimum applicable load is 5V AC/DC, 1 mA. Timers 4. Within the 2.8* mm areas shown in the figure below, terminals touch the PC board, resulting in possible short circuit on the printed circuit. When designing a PC board pattern, take this possibility into consideration. 19.8 8.7 Nameplate (0.5) 1.6 (PC Board) .2 1 0-o les ho 2.8* (0.5) (0.5) Handling 2.8* 8.7 (0.5) Do not expose the switch to excessive shock and vibration, otherwise the switch may be deformed or damaged, causing malfunction or operation failure. Contactors 19.8 1 Solder Surface Surface for installing components Solder Surface 2.8* Terminal Blocks Surface for installing components 2.8* All dimensions in mm. Safety Precautions * Use wires of the proper size to meet the voltage and current requirements, and solder the wires correctly. If soldering is incomplete, the wire may heat during operation, causing a fire hazard. * Use the LED unit removal tool when replacing the LED unit to avoid burning your hands. 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 467 Circuit Breakers * Turn off power to the XA series emergency stop switch before starting installation, removal, wiring, maintenance, and inspection of the relays. Failure to turn power off may cause electrical shock or fire hazard. Switches & Pilot Devices LB Series -- Miniature Switches and Pilot Devices Flush bezel projects only 2mm from front of panel. Standard bezel has a panel depth of only 27.9mm! Removable contact blocks are ideal for single board mounting. Key features: * Pushbuttons, selector switches, and key selector switches with up to 3PDT contacts. * Key selectors with keys that are difficult to duplicate. Seven different key numbers to choose from. * Black or metallic flush bezels available. * Bright and clear LED illuminated face. * Choice of either gold-clad or silver contacts. * Degree of protection: IP65 (from the front of the panel) Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm - LB Series Relays & Sockets Applicable Standards Mark File No. or Organization UL508 UL Recognition No.E55996 CSA 22.2 No.14 CSA File No. LR 21451 TUV Rheinland EN60947-5-1 EU Low Voltage Directive Specifications Electrical Life (minimum operations) Momentary: 50,000 / 100,000 1 Maintained: 50,000 / 100,000 2 Selector switches: 50,000 / 100,000 2 Key selector switches: 50,000 / 100,000 2 Degree of Protection IP65 (IEC 60529) 100 MW minimum (500V DC megger) Terminal Style Solder/tab terminal #110 PC board terminal Switch Between live part and ground: 2,000V AC, 1 minute Between terminals of different pole: 2,000V AC, 1 minute Between terminals of the same poles: 1,000V AC, 1 minute Bezel Black plastic or metallic Illumination Between live part and ground: 2,000V AC, 1 minute Weight (approx.) 14g (illuminated pushbutton) 13g (pilot light) 13g (pushbutton) 15g (selector switch) 27g (key selector switch) 15g (illuminated pushbutton with guard) 14g (pushbutton with guard) Operating Temperature -25 to +60C (no freezing) Illuminated units: -25 to +55C Storage Temperature -30 to +80C (no freezing) Operating Humidity 45 to 85% RH (no condensation) Contact Resistance 50 mW maximum (initial value) Insulation Resistance Dielectric Strength Vibration Resistance Operating extremes/Damage limits: 5 to 55 Hz, amplitude 0.5 mm Shock Resistance Operating extremes: 100 m/s2 Damage limits: 1,000 m/s2 Mechanical Life (minimum operations) Momentary: 2,000,000 Maintained: 250,000 Selector switches: 250,000 Key selector switches: 250,000 1. Switching frequency 1,800 operations/h. 2. Switching frequency 1,200 operations/h. Circuit Breakers Terminal Blocks Contactors Timers GB14048.5 468 www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices Contact Ratings o16mm - LB Series LED Ratings Gold Contact (switch base color: blue) Rated Voltage 5V DC 12V AC/DC 24V AC/DC Rated Insulation Voltage 250V Voltage Range 5V DC5% 12V AC/DC10% 24V AC/DC 10% Rated Thermal Current 3A LED Part No. LB9Z-LED5k LB9Z-LED1k LB9Z-LED2k Rated Operating Voltage 30V DC 125V AC Rated Current A, R: 22 mA G, PW, S: 16 mA Rated Operating Current (resistive load) 0.1A 0.1A Voltage Rating Marked on the side of the LED unit Contact Material Gold-clad silver LED Life (reference value) Approx. 30,000 hours (until the brightness reduces to 50% of the initial value) Minimum applicable load (reference value): 5V AC/DC, 1 mA A, PW, R Signaling Lights A, PW, R X1 Silver Contact (switch base color: gray) X1 (+) Rated Insulation Voltage 250V Rated Operating Voltage AC 50/60Hz AC 50/60Hz DC Rated Thermal Current Contact Material 125V 250V Resistive load -- 5A 5A Inductive load -- 3A 1.5A Resistive load 5A 1.1A -- Inductive load 2.5A 0.55A -- Resistive load -- 5A 3A Inductive load -- 3A 1.5A Resistive load 3A 0.6A -- Inductive load 1A 0.22A -- Internal Circuit X2 G, S G, S X1 X1 (+) LED Chip X2 (-) Protection Diode Zener Diode Resistor X2 Varistor Relays & Sockets Rated Operating Current DC 30V X2 (-) 1. For k (color code): A (amber), G (green), PW (white), R (red), S (blue) 2. Use the white LED for yellow illumination. 3. LED lamp contains a current-limiting resistor. 5A Silver AC inductive load: PF=0.6 to 0.7 DC inductive load: L/R=7 ms max. Timers Contactors Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 469 Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm - LB Series Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled) Standard Bezel Style Operation Operating Voltage Standard Bezel (black) Contact Solder/Tab Terminal (silver contacts) Flush Bezel PC Board Terminal (gold contacts) Solder/Tab Terminal (silver contacts) PC Board Terminal (gold contacts) SPDT LBjL-M1T51k LBjL-M1T11Vk LBlmL-M1T51k LBlmL-M1T11Vk DPDT LBjL-M1T61k LBjL-M1T21Vk LBlmL-M1T61k LBlmL-M1T21Vk SPDT LBjL-M1T53k LBjL-M1T13Vk LBlmL-M1T53k LBlmL-M1T13Vk DPDT LBjL-M1T63k LBjL-M1T23Vk LBlmL-M1T63k LBlmL-M1T23Vk SPDT LBjL-M1T54k LBjL-M1T14Vk LBlmL-M1T54k LBlmL-M1T14Vk DPDT LBjL-M1T64k LBjL-M1T24Vk LBlmL-M1T64k LBlmL-M1T24Vk Color Code k Signaling Lights 5V DC Flush Bezel (metallic or black) SPDT LBjL-A1T51k LBjL-A1T11Vk LBlmL-A1T51k LBlmL-A1T11Vk DPDT LBjL-A1T61k LBjL-A1T21Vk LBlmL-A1T61k LBlmL-A1T21Vk SPDT LBjL-A1T53k LBjL-A1T13Vk LBlmL-A1T53k LBlmL-A1T13Vk DPDT LBjL-A1T63k LBjL-A1T23Vk LBlmL-A1T63k LBlmL-A1T23Vk SPDT LBjL-A1T54k LBjL-A1T14Vk LBlmL-A1T54k LBlmL-A1T14Vk DPDT LBjL-A1T64k LBjL-A1T24Vk LBlmL-A1T64k LBlmL-A1T24Vk 5V DC Maintained Contactors 12V AC/DC 24V AC/DC Timers Relays & Sockets Momentary Specify the color code in place of k in the Part Number: A: amber G: green R: red S: blue PW: white Y: yellow 12V AC/DC Black Bezel with Guard 24V AC/DC Circuit Breakers Terminal Blocks 1. For Standard Bezel part numbers specify: - Bezel shape in place of j. 1 (round), 2 (square), 3 (rectangular) - Lens/LED color in place of k. A (amber), G (green), PW (white), R (red), S (blue), Y (yellow) 2. For Flush Bezel part numbers specify: - Bezel shape in place of l. 6 (round), 7 (square), 8 (rectangular) - Lens/LED color in place of k. A (amber), G (green), PW (white), R (red), S (blue), Y (yellow) - Bezel material in place of m. M (metallic), Blank (black), G (black with guard) 3. Solder/Tab terminals have silver contacts and PC Board Terminals have gold contacts. 4. Illuminated pushbuttons contain an LED unit. 5. See page 483 for dimensions. 6. See page 496 for replacement LED units. 7. Illuminated pushbuttons can be used with legend markings. Engraving can be done on a marking plate which is placed in the lens, or a clear film can be printed and placed in the lens. See page 498 for details on the marking plate and film. 470 www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm - LB Series Switches & Pilot Devices Illuminated Pushbuttons (Sub-Assembled) Contact + Operator + LED Module + Lens Complete Part Signaling Lights Operators = Lenses Style Standard (Plastic) Style Momentary Maintained Round LB1L-M0 LB1L-A0 Square Round Flush Mount (Plastic) Flush Mount (Metallic) LB1A-L1G LB2L-A0 Red LB1A-L1R LB3L-A0 Blue LB1A-L1S White LB1A-L1W LB6L-A0 Yellow LB1A-L1Y Amber LB2A-L1A LB7L-A0 Green LB2A-L1G Rectangular LB8L-M0 LB8L-A0 Red LB2A-L1R Round LB6ML-M0 LB6ML-A0 Blue LB2A-L1S White LB2A-L1W LB7ML-A0 Yellow LB2A-L1Y Amber LB3A-L1A LB7ML-M0 Square Rectangular LB8ML-M0 LB8ML-A0 Green LB3A-L1G Round LB6GL-M0 LB6GL-A0 Red LB3A-L1R Blue LB3A-L1S White LB3A-L1W Yellow LB3A-L1Y Square LB7GL-M0 LB7GL-A0 Rectangular LB8GL-M0 LB8GL-A0 Rectangular Timers Silver Gold Contact Part Number SPDT LB-T50 LB-T60 SPDT LB-T10V DPDT LB-T20V Color Amber Green Red Blue Part Number 5V LB9Z-LED5A 12V LB9Z-LED1A 24V LB9Z-LED2A 5V LB9Z-LED5G 12V LB9Z-LED1G 24V LB9Z-LED2G 5V LB9Z-LED5R 12V LB9Z-LED1R 24V LB9Z-LED2R 5V LB9Z-LED5S 12V LB9Z-LED1S 24V LB9Z-LED2S 5V LB9Z-LED5PW 12V LB9Z-LED1PW 24V LB9Z-LED2PW Circuit Breakers White Voltage Terminal Blocks DPDT Style Contactors PCB LB1A-L1A Green LED Module Material Solder/Tab Amber Round LB7L-M0 Contact Blocks Terminal Style LB6L-M0 Part Number Square Square Flush Mount (Built-in switch guard) LB3L-M0 Color Relays & Sockets Rectangular LB2L-M0 Style For yellow illumination, use white LED's. 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 471 Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm - LB Series Pilot Lights (Assembled) Standard Bezel Operating Voltage Style Solder/Tab Terminal (silver contacts) Flush Bezel PC Board Terminal (gold contacts) Solder/Tab Terminal (silver contacts) LBjP-1T01Vk LBlmP-1T01k PC Board Terminal (gold contacts) Color Code k Signaling Lights Standard Bezel (black) LBjP-1T01k LBlmP-1T01Vk Relays & Sockets 5V DC Specify the color code in place of k in the Part Number.: LBjP-1T03k LBjP-1T03Vk LBlmP-1T03k LBlmP-1T03Vk 24V AC/DC LBjP-1T04k LBjP-1T04Vk LBlmP-1T04k LBlmP-1T04Vk Contactors Timers Flush Bezel (metallic or black) 12V AC/DC Circuit Breakers Terminal Blocks 1. For Standard Bezel part numbers specify: - Bezel shape in place of j. 1 (round), 2 (square), 3 (rectangular) - Lens/LED color in place of k. A (amber), G (green), PW (white), R (red), S (blue), Y (yellow) 2. For Flush Bezel part numbers specify: - Bezel shape in place of l. 6 (round), 7 (square), 8 (rectangular) - Lens/LED color in place of k. A (amber), G (green), PW (white), R (red), S (blue), Y (yellow) - Bezel material in place of m. M (metallic), Blank (black) 3. Pilot lights contain an LED unit. 4. See page 484 for dimensions. 5. See page 496 for replacement LED unit. 472 www.IDEC.com A: amber G: green PW: white R: red S: blue Y: yellow Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm - LB Series Switches & Pilot Devices Pilot Lights (Sub-Assembled) Contact + Operator Style + Lens Lenses Mounting Style Style Part Number Round LB1P-0 Square LB2P-0 Round Flush Mount (Plastic) Flush Mount (Metallic) LB3P-0 LB6P-0 Square LB7P-0 Rectangular LB8P-0 Round LB6MP-0 Square LB7MP-0 LB8MP-0 LED Module Green Blue White 12V LB9Z-LED1A 24V LB9Z-LED2A 5V LB9Z-LED5G 12V LB9Z-LED1G 24V LB9Z-LED2G 5V LB9Z-LED5R 12V LB9Z-LED1R 24V LB9Z-LED2R 5V LB9Z-LED5S 12V LB9Z-LED1S 24V LB9Z-LED2S 5V LB9Z-LED5PW 12V LB9Z-LED1PW 24V LB9Z-LED2PW Amber LB1A-P1A Green LB1A-P1G Red LB1A-P1R Blue LB1A-P1S White LB1A-P1W Yellow LB1A-P1Y Amber LB2A-P1A Green LB2A-P1G Red LB2A-P1R Blue LB2A-P1S White LB2A-P1W Yellow LB2A-P1Y Amber LB3A-P1A Green LB3A-P1G Red LB3A-P1R Blue LB3A-P1S White LB3A-P1W Yellow LB3A-P1Y Terminal Style Part Number Solder Tab LB-T00 PCB LB-T00V Circuit Breakers LB9Z-LED5A Part Number Terminal Blocks Red Part Number 5V Contact Blocks Color Contactors Amber Voltage Rectangular Complete Part Timers Rectangular Square = Relays & Sockets Rectangular Color Style Round Standard (Plastic) Style LED Module Signaling Lights Operators + For yellow illumination, use white LED's. 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 473 Switches & Pilot Devices Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled) Standard Bezel Style Operation Contact Material Flush Bezel Contact Solder/Tab Terminal (silver contacts) PC Board Terminal (gold contacts) Solder/Tab Terminal (silver contacts) PC Board Terminal (gold contacts) SPDT LBjB-M1T5k LBjB-M1T1Vk LBlmB-M1T5k LBlmB-M1T1Vk DPDT LBjB-M1T6k LBjB-M1T2Vk LBlmB-M1T6k LBlmB-M1T2Vk 3PDT LBjB-M1T7k LBjB-M1T3Vk LBlmB-M1T7k LBlmB-M1T3Vk Color Code k Standard Bezel (black) Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm - LB Series Gold Flush Bezel (metallic or black) Timers Relays & Sockets Momentary Gold LBjB-A1T5k LBjB-A1T1Vk LBlmB-A1T5k LBlmB-A1T1k DPDT LBjB-A1T6k LBjB-A1T2Vk LBlmB-A1T6k LBlmB-A1T2k 3PDT LBjB-A1T7k LBjB-A1T3Vk LBlmB-A1T7k LBlmB-A1T3k B: black G: green R: red S: blue W: white Y: yellow Black Bezel with Guard Terminal Blocks Contactors Maintained SPDT Specify the color code in place of k in the Part Number: Circuit Breakers 1. For Standard Bezel part numbers specify: - Bezel shape in place of j. 1 (round), 2 (square), 3 (rectangular) - Lens/LED color in place of k. B (black), G (green), R (red), S (blue), W (white), Y (yellow) 2. For Flush Bezel part numbers specify: - Bezel shape in place of l. 6 (round), 7 (square), 8 (rectangular) - Lens/LED color in place of k. B (black), G (green), R (red), S (blue), W (white), Y (yellow) - Bezel material in place of m. M (metallic), Blank (black) 3. See page 487 for dimensions. 4. Lens can be used with legend markings. Engraving can be done on a marking plate which is placed into the lens, or a clear film can be printed and placed under the lens. For details on the marking plate and film, see page 498. 474 www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm - LB Series Switches & Pilot Devices Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons (Sub-Assembled) Contact + Operator + = Complete Part Signaling Lights Operators Button Buttons Style Standard (Plastic) Style Momentary Maintained Round LB1L-M0 LB1L-A0 Square Flush Mount (Metallic) Rectangular LB3L-M0 LB3L-A0 Round LB6L-M0 LB6L-A0 Square LB7L-M0 LB8L-M0 LB8L-A0 Round LB6ML-M0 LB6ML-A0 Square LB7ML-M0 LB7ML-A0 LB8ML-A0 Round LB6GL-M0 LB6GL-A0 Square LB7GL-M0 LB7GL-A0 Rectangular LB8GL-M0 Square LB8GL-A0 Rectangular Part Number Black LB1A-B1B Green LB1A-B1G Red LB1A-B1R Blue LB1A-B1S White LB1A-B1W Yellow LB1A-B1Y Black LB2A-B1B Green LB2A-B1G Red LB2A-B1R Blue LB2A-B1S White LB2A-B1W Yellow LB2A-B1Y Black LB3A-B1B Green LB3A-B1G Red LB3A-B1R Blue LB3A-B1S White LB3A-B1W Yellow LB3A-B1Y Timers LB8ML-M0 Round LB7L-A0 Rectangular Rectangular Flush Mount (Built-in switch guard) LB2L-A0 Color Relays & Sockets Flush Mount (Plastic) LB2L-M0 Style Contactors Contact Blocks Terminal Style Solder/Tab Silver Gold Contact Part Number SPDT LB-T5 DPDT LB-T6 3PDT LB-T7 SPDT LB-T1V DPDT LB-T2V 3PDT LB-T3V Terminal Blocks PCB Material Circuit Breakers 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 475 Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm - LB Series Selector Switches (Assembled) Standard Bezel Style Operator Position PC Board Terminal (gold contacts) Flush Bezel Contact Solder/Tab Terminal (silver contacts) Solder/Tab Terminal (silver contacts) PC Board Terminal (gold contacts) SPDT LBjS-2T5 LBjS-2T1V LBlmS-2T5 LBlmS-2T1V DPDT LBjS-2T6 LBjS-2T2V LBlmS-2T6 LBlmS-2T2V 3PDT LBjS-2T7 LBjS-2T3V LBlmS-2T7 LBlmS-2T3V SPDT LBjS-21T5 LBjS-21T1V LBlmS-21T5 LBlmS-21T1V DPDT LBjS-21T6 LBjS-21T2V LBlmS-21T6 LBlmS-21T2V 3PDT LBjS-21T7 LBjS-21T3V LBlmS-21T7 LBlmS-21T3V DPDT LBjS-3T6 LBjS-3T2V LBlmS-3T6 LBlmS-3T2V 3PDT LBjS-3T7 LBjS-3T3V LBlmS-3T7 LBlmS-3T3V DPDT LBjS-31T6 LBjS-31T2V LBlmS-31T6 LBlmS-31T2V 3PDT LBjS-31T7 LBjS-31T3V LBlmS-31T7 LBlmS-31T3V DPDT LBjS-32T6 LBjS-32T2V LBlmS-32T6 LBlmS-32T2V 3PDT LBjS-32T7 LBjS-32T3V LBlmS-32T7 LBlmS-32T3V DPDT LBjS-33T6 LBjS-33T2V LBlmS-33T6 LBlmS-33T2V 3PDT LBjS-33T7 LBjS-33T3V LBlmS-33T7 LBlmS-33T3V Maintained Signaling Lights L R Standard Bezel (black) 90 2-position Spring return from right R Relays & Sockets L Maintained L C R Timers Flush Bezel (metallic or black) Spring return from right L 45 3-position C R Spring return from left C R Contactors L Spring return two-way Terminal Blocks L C R Circuit Breakers 1. For Standard Bezel part numbers specify bezel shape in place of j. 1 (round), 2 (square), 3 (rectangular) 2. For Flush Bezel part numbers specify: -Bezel shape in place of l. 6 (round), 7 (square), 8 (rectangular) - Bezel material in place of m. M (metallic), Blank (black) 3. For Contact Operation, see page 481. 4. For dimensions, see page 488. 476 www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm - LB Series Switches & Pilot Devices Selector Switches (Sub-Assembled) Contact + Operator = Complete Part Signaling Lights Operators Round 2 Square 2 3 3 Flush Mount (Plastic) 3 3 Rectangular 2 Maintained Spring from right Spring from left LB1S-32Y Spring from both LB1S-33Y Maintained LB2S-2Y Spring from right LB2S-21Y Maintained Function Part Number Maintained LB6MS-2Y Spring from right LB6MS-21Y LB1S-3Y Maintained LB6MS-3Y LB1S-31Y Spring from right LB6MS-31Y Spring from left LB6MS-32Y Spring from both LB6MS-33Y Maintained LB7MS-2Y Spring from right LB7MS-21Y LB2S-3Y Maintained LB7MS-3Y Spring from right LB2S-31Y Spring from right LB7MS-31Y Spring from left LB2S-32Y Spring from left LB7MS-32Y Spring from both LB2S-33Y Spring from both LB7MS-33Y Maintained LB3S-2Y Maintained LB8MS-2Y Spring from right LB8MS-21Y Maintained LB8MS-3Y Spring from right LB8MS-31Y Spring from left LB8MS-32Y Spring from both LB8MS-33Y Spring from right LB3S-21Y Maintained LB3S-3Y Spring from right LB3S-31Y Spring from left LB3S-32Y Spring from both LB3S-33Y Maintained LB6S-2Y Spring from right LB6S-21Y Maintained LB6S-3Y Spring from right LB6S-31Y Spring from left LB6S-32Y Spring from both LB6S-33Y Maintained LB7S-2Y Spring from right LB7S-21Y Maintained LB7S-3Y Spring from right LB7S-31Y Spring from left LB7S-32Y Spring from both LB7S-33Y Maintained LB8S-2Y Spring from right LB8S-21Y Maintained LB8S-3Y Spring from right LB8S-31Y Spring from left LB8S-32Y Spring from both LB8S-33Y 2 3 Flush Mount (Metallic) 2 3 2 3 Contacts Terminal Style Material Solder/Tab PCB Silver Gold Contact Part Number SPDT LB-T5 DPDT LB-T6 3PDT LB-T7 SPDT LB-T1V DPDT LB-T2V 3PDT LB-T3V Note: SPDT contacts applicable for 2-position switches only. 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada Circuit Breakers 3 LB1S-21Y Position Terminal Blocks Square 2 LB1S-2Y Spring from right Shape Contactors Round 2 Maintained Style Timers Rectangular 2 Part Number Relays & Sockets Standard (Plastic) 3 Function Round Position Square Shape Rectangular Style 477 Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm - LB Series Key Selector Switches (Assembled) Style Operator Position Key retained at Maintained 90 2-position Standard Bezel (black) B C Spring return from right Relays & Sockets Signaling Lights A B Timers A L R L R L R L L R C R Flush Bezel (metallic or black) B Maintained Contactors 45 3-position C D E Terminal Blocks G H L L L L L L C C C C C C R R R R R Standard Bezel Contact Flush Bezel Solder/Tab Terminal (silver contacts) PC Board Terminal (gold contacts) Solder/Tab Terminal (silver contacts) PC Board Terminal (gold contacts) SPDT LBjK-2T5A LBjK-2T1VA LBlmK-2T5A LBlmK-2T1VA DPDT LBjK-2T6A LBjK-2T2VA LBlmK-2T6A LBlmK-2T2VA 3PDT LBjK-2T7A LBjK-2T3VA LBlmK-2T7A LBlmK-2T3VA SPDT LBjK-2T5B LBjK-2T1VB LBlmK-2T5B LBlmK-2T1VB DPDT LBjK-2T6B LBjK-2T2VB LBlmK-2T6B LBlmK-2T2VB 3PDT LBjK-2T7B LBjK-2T3VB LBlmK-2T7B LBlmK-2T3VB SPDT LBjK-2T5C LBjK-2T1VC LBlmK-2T5C LBlmK-2T1VC DPDT LBjK-2T6C LBjK-2T2VC LBlmK-2T6C LBlmK-2T2VC 3PDT LBjK-2T7C LBjK-2T3VC LBlmK-2T7C LBlmK-2T3VC SPDT LBjK-21T5B LBjK-21T1VB LBlmK-21T5B LBlmK-21T1VB DPDT LBjK-21T6B LBjK-21T2VB LBlmK-21T6B LBlmK-21T2VB 3PDT LBjK-21T7B LBjK-21T3VB LBlmK-21T7B LBlmK-21T3VB DPDT LBjK-3T6A LBjK-3T2VA LBlmK-3T6A LBlmK-3T2VA 3PDT LBjK-3T7A LBjK-3T3VA LBlmK-3T7A LBlmK-3T3VA DPDT LBjK-3T6B LBjK-3T2VB LBlmK-3T6B LBlmK-3T2VB 3PDT LBjK-3T7B LBjK-3T3VB LBlmK-3T7B LBlmK-3T3VB DPDT LBjK-3T6C LBjK-3T2VC LBlmK-3T6C LBlmK-3T2VC 3PDT LBjK-3T7C LBjK-3T3VC LBlmK-3T7C LBlmK-3T3VC DPDT LBjK-3T6D LBjK-3T2VD LBlmK-3T6D LBlmK-3T2VD 3PDT LBjK-3T7D LBjK-3T3VD LBlmK-3T7D LBlmK-3T3VD DPDT LBjK-3T6E LBjK-3T2VE LBlmK-3T6E LBlmK-3T2VE 3PDT LBjK-3T7E LBjK-3T3VE LBlmK-3T7E LBlmK-3T3VE DPDT LBjK-3T6G LBjK-3T2VG LBlmK-3T6G LBlmK-3T2VG 3PDT LBjK-3T7G LBjK-3T3VG LBlmK-3T7G LBlmK-3T3VG DPDT LBjK-3T6H LBjK-3T2VH LBlmK-3T6H LBlmK-3T2VH 3PDT LBjK-3T7H LBjK-3T3VH LBlmK-3T7H LBlmK-3T3VH R Circuit Breakers Assembled Key Selector Switches con't on next page. 478 www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm - LB Series Switches & Pilot Devices Key Selector Switches con't Operator Position Style Key retained at B D D D L L L C C C C PC Board Terminal (gold contacts) DPDT LBjK-31T6B LBjK-31T2VB LBlmK-31T6B LBlmK-31T2VB 3PDT LBjK-31T7B LBjK-31T3VB LBlmK-31T7B LBlmK-31T3VB DPDT LBjK-31T6D LBjK-31T2VD LBlmK-31T6D LBlmK-31T2VD 3PDT LBjK-31T7D LBjK-31T3VD LBlmK-31T7D LBlmK-31T3VD DPDT LBjK-31T6G LBjK-31T2VG LBlmK-31T6G LBlmK-31T2VG 3PDT LBjK-31T7G LBjK-31T3VG LBlmK-31T7G LBlmK-31T3VG DPDT LBjK-32T6C LBjK-32T2VC LBlmK-32T6C LBlmK-32T2VC 3PDT LBjK-32T7C LBjK-32T3VC LBlmK-32T7C LBlmK-32T3VC DPDT LBjK-32T6D LBjK-32T2VD LBlmK-32T6D LBlmK-32T2VD 3PDT LBjK-32T7D LBjK-32T3VD LBlmK-32T7D LBlmK-32T3VD DPDT LBjK-32T6H LBjK-32T2VH LBlmK-32T6H LBlmK-32T2VH 3PDT LBjK-32T7H LBjK-32T3VH LBlmK-32T7H LBlmK-32T3VH DPDT LBjK-33T6D LBjK-33T2VD LBlmK-33T6D LBlmK-33T2VD 3PDT LBjK-33T7D LBjK-33T3VD LBlmK-33T7D LBlmK-33T3VD R R R R R R R Contactors Spring return two-way H L C Solder/Tab Terminal (silver contacts) Timers Spring return from left C L C PC Board Terminal (gold contacts) Relays & Sockets Flush Bezel (metallic or black) 45 3-position G L C Solder/Tab Terminal (silver contacts) Flush Bezel Signaling Lights Spring return from right Standard Bezel (black) L Standard Bezel Contact Key is retained at and removable at positions. Two keys are supplied. For Standard Bezel part numbers specify bezel shape in place of j. 1 (round), 2 (square), 3 (rectangular) For Flush Bezel part numbers specify: - Bezel shape in place of l. 6 (round), 7 (square), 8 (rectangular) - Bezel material in place of m. M (metallic), Blank (black) 5. For Contact Operation, see page 481. 6. For dimensions, see page 490. 7. For additional security, wave keys also available. Add the letter "S" before the "T" in the part no. Example: LB1K-31ST1A Besides the standard wave key (key number 0H), six other keys are available. To order other keys, specify the key number as shown below: Example: LB1K-31ST2B-1H (Key number is indicated on the key cylinder. Standard keys do not have a key number indication.) 1. 2. 3. 4. Terminal Blocks 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada Circuit Breakers (blank): Standard wave key (0H) 1H to 2H: Reversible wave key 3H to 6H: Non-reversible wave key 8. If ordering standard wave key (0H), subcomponents are available, see next page. 9. If ordering other than standard wave key (for example, key number 6H), only completed switches are available. 479 Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm - LB Series Contact Operator = Complete Part 2 3 Relays & Sockets Square 2 3 Function Part Number Maintained LB6MK-2n Spring from right LB6MK-21B Maintained LB6MK-3n Spring from right LB6MK-31n Spring from left LB6MK-32n Spring from both LB6MK-33D Maintained LB7MK-2n Spring from right LB7MK-21B Maintained LB7MK-3n Spring from right LB7MK-31n Spring from left LB7MK-32n LB2K-33D Spring from both LB7MK-33D Maintained LB3K-2n Maintained LB8MK-2n Spring from right LB3K-21B Spring from right LB8MK-21B Maintained LB3K-3n Maintained LB8MK-3n Spring from right LB3K-31n Spring from right LB8MK-31n Spring from left LB3K-32n Spring from left LB8MK-32n Spring from both LB3K-33D Spring from both LB8MK-33D Maintained LB6K-2n Spring from right LB6K-21B Maintained LB6K-3n Spring from right LB6K-31n Spring from left LB6K-32n Spring from both LB6K-33D Maintained LB7K-2n Spring from right LB7K-21B Maintained LB7K-3n Spring from right LB7K-31n Function Part Number Maintained LB1K-2n Spring from right LB1K-21B Maintained LB1K-3n Spring from right Spring from left Timers Rectangular 2 3 Round 2 3 Flush Mount (plastic) Square 2 3 Rectangular Terminal Blocks 2 3 Shape Position 2 LB1K-31n 3 LB1K-32n Flush Mount (metallic) Spring from both LB1K-33D Maintained LB2K-2n Spring from right LB2K-21B Maintained LB2K-3n Spring from right LB2K-31n Spring from left LB2K-32n Spring from both Style Round Position 2 Square Shape 3 2 Rectangular Style Standard (plastic) Contactors + Operators Round Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices Key Selector Switches (Sub-Assembled) 3 1. In place of n specify retention option code from table below. 2. For standard wave key operators, add "S" to part number before the key retention code from table below. (For example, LB6K-2B with wave key would be LB6K-2SB.) Contacts Terminal Style Material Solder/Tab Spring from left LB7K-32n Spring from both LB7K-33D Maintained LB8K-2n Spring from right LB8K-21B Maintained LB8K-3n Spring from right LB8K-31n Spring from left LB8K-32n Spring from both LB8K-33D PCB Silver Gold Circuit Breakers Retention Option Code Code Description 480 Code Description A Key not retained in any position (Removable in all positions) E Key retained in center only (3 position only) B Key retained in right position only G Key retained in right and center (3 position only) C Key retained in left position only H Key retained in left and center (3 position only) D Key retained in left and right (3 position only) www.IDEC.com Contact Part Number SPDT LB-T5 DPDT LB-T6 3PDT LB-T7 SPDT LB-T1V DPDT LB-T2V 3PDT LB-T3V Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm - LB Series Switches & Pilot Devices Contact Operation Operator Position & Contact Operation (Top View) Position Contact Left Center Right NO1 NC1 NO1 NC1 SPDT C1 C1 L R Left Right NO1 NC1 NO2 NC2 R Left Right NO1 NC1 NO2 NC2 Signaling Lights L 90 2-position DPDT Maintained Spring return from right C1 C2 C1 C2 Left Center Right NO1 NC1 NO2NC2 NO3 NC3 Left Center Right NO1 NC1 NO2 NC2 NO3 NC3 3PDT C1 C2 C3 L 45 3-position C R Maintained L C R L Spring return from right C R Spring return from left L C R Spring return two-way C2 C3 Left Right NO1 NC1 NO2 NC2 Left Right NO1 NC1 NO2 NC2 Relays & Sockets Left Right NO1 NC1 NO2 NC2 C1 DPDT C1 C2 C1 C1 C2 C2 Left Center Right NO1NC1 NO2NC2 NO3NC3 Left Center Right NO1NC1 NO2NC2 NO3NC3 Left Center Right NO1NC1 NO2NC2 NO3NC3 C1 C1 C1 3PDT C2 C3 C2 C3 C2 C3 Mounting Hole Layout 18.2 +0 0 .2 22 2 2 22 1 *1 Rectangular: 24 mm 3PDT: 23.2 mm *2 3PDT: 21 mm 24.2 +0.2 0 22 1 Contactors 18 1 +0.2 0 18.2 +0.2 0 8. Rectangular 22 2 o1 +0 .2 0 18 2 6.2 Square 22 2 o1 Round Timers Flush Bezels Standard Bezels 28 *1 3PDT: 23.2 mm *2 Switches with Guard: 45 mm When using the LB series with a rubber boot or terminal cover, make sure to note the dimensions on pages 492 and 493. Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 481 Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm - LB Series PC Board Drilling Layout (mm) Notes for Designing PC Board and Circuit 1. Use 1.6-mm-thick glass epoxy PC board with drilled holes. 2. Design a circuit so that the LB series can operate within the rated voltage and current range. Make sure that inrush current and voltage do not exceed the rating. 3. Minimum applicable load is 5V AC/DC, 1mA on gold contacts. SPDT/DPDT Contacts PC Board Drilling Layout (Bottom View) SPDT/DPDT Contacts .2 o1 8- Contactors (N e ot 5 9.3 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 5 2.4 2.4 55 2.4 2.4 5 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 Mounting Side Mounting Side Soldered Side Soldered Side 3PDT Contacts 9- o1 .2 (N ot e 1.45 2) ole dh lle ting ver i r d le ra o6 ope king te 3) for e loc (No h t 5 (0.8) (0.8) SW Terminal SW Terminal SW Terminal SW Terminal SW Terminal SW Terminal 0 .1 9- 9o1 o1 .2 +0 .2 +0 0 .1 Timers COM Terminal Mounting Side Mounting Side 2.8 2.8 NC Terminal NO Terminal NC Terminal COM Terminal NO Terminal le ho r d ng ve ir lle rati g le ) 3 d e in o6 op ck ote 0.5 for e lo (N th 2.4 2.4 (0.5) Soldered Side Soldered Side 1.6 (PC Board) 1.6 (PC Board) 5 8 (0.5) Mounting Side Mounting Side 55 8 1.6 (PC Board) 1.6 (PC Board) 5 8 Soldered Side Soldered Side 2.8 2.8 SW Terminal SW Terminal SPDT SPDT (0.8) (0.8) 8 COM Terminal 2.4 2.4 (0.5) (0.5) (0.5) (0.5) (0.8) (0.8) (0.8) (0.8) SW Terminal SW Terminal DPDT DPDT LampLamp Terminal Terminal +0 0 .1 0 1 9 o1 -o1 .2 +0 .2 . 3PDT Contacts 2.8 2.8 NC Terminal 6.0 6.0 (0.8) (0.8) (0.8) (0.8) 1.6 (PC Board) 1.6 (PC Board) NO Terminal NC Terminal COM Terminal NO Terminal 9- Relays & Sockets Lamp Terminal (+) Lamp Terminal (-) Lamp Terminal (+) Lamp Terminal (-) 6.95 (0.5) 6.95 (0.5) (0.8) (0.8) 4.0 4.0 3.85 (0.5) (0.5) 3.85 (0.5) (0.5) (0.8) (0.8) Signaling Lights 4. Since the *2.8-mm-wide terminal touches the PC board as shown below , short circuit may occur with pattern lines. Design a circuit that prevents short circuits. 1 ( Note 1) 5 1 (Note 1) 5 Terminal Blocks 10 2) 3.85 6.95 1.95 (Note 1) 8 8 Circuit Breakers 1. When designing, note the alignment of the center lines of the contact blocks and operators. 2. The diameter of the terminal hole is o1.2. 3. Hole diameter may vary to meet installation requirements. Determine the location and the size of the hole so that the locking lever can be operated. 482 www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm - LB Series Switches & Pilot Devices Dimensions (mm) Illuminated Pushbutton Standard Bezels Panel Thickness: 0.5 to 3.2 mm Gasket Locking Ring Round 8 o1 3.85 3.85 5.7 6.95 0.6 18 0.8W x 0.5t LOCK Rectangular 2.6 6 5 18 5 6 1 1 2 17.8 8.8 PC Board Terminal Flush Bezels 7 24 20.9 Solder/Tab Terminal Solder/Tab Terminal PanelThickness: Thickness: Panel 0.5toto3.2 3.2mm mm 0.5 Gasket Gasket LockingRing Ring Locking Round Round 222 o2o 3.85 3.85 3.85 3.85 SPDT/DPDT Contacts 2-R0.6 9 Relays & Sockets 5.5 1.2 3 17.8 3 1 2.8W x 0.5t 15.8 Signaling Lights 6.95 Square Mounting Plate 22 22 6.95 6.95 0.8Wx x0.5t 0.5t 0.8W LOCK LOCK Rectangular Rectangular 22 22 77 27.9 27.9 2828 22 Round Round 11 11 22.5 22.5 6.95 6.95 6.95 6.95 Square Square Mounting Mounting Bracket Bracket 2222 0.8Wx x0.5t 0.5t 0.8W Rectangular Rectangular 11 2.6 2.6 PCBoard BoardTerminal Terminal PC 77 27.9 27.9 22 5.2 5.2 2828 Solder/TabTerminal Terminal Solder/Tab 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 1.2 1.2 30.4 30.4 22 5.5 5.5 11 11 22.5 22.5 1 1 6 6 6 6 1 1 5 5 5 5 3 3 3 3 2.8Wx x0.5t 0.5t 2.8W Circuit Breakers 17.8 17.8 15.8 15.8 Terminal Blocks 11 11 22.5 22.5 o22 o22 3.85 3.85 3.85 3.85 PanelThickness: Thickness: Panel 0.5toto3.2 3.2mm mm 0.5 Gasket Gasket LockingRing Ring Locking 24.2 24.2 17.8 17.8 Solder/TabTerminal Terminal Solder/Tab Solder/TabTerminal Terminal Solder/Tab Switch with Guard 2-R0.6 2-R0.6 1.2 1.2 PCBoard BoardTerminal Terminal PC LOCK LOCK 2.6 2.6 Contactors 22 5.5 5.5 17.8 17.8 11 1 1 6 6 6 6 1 1 5 5 5 5 3 3 2.8Wx x0.5t 0.5t 2.8W 3 3 17.8 17.8 15.8 15.8 Timers 6.95 6.95 Square Square Mounting Mounting Bracket Bracket 2-R0.6 2-R0.6 Solder/TabTerminal Terminal Solder/Tab 483 Switches & Pilot Devices Pilot Lights Standard Bezels Panel Thickness: 0.5 to 3.2 mm Gasket Locking Ring 8 o1 Square Signaling Lights Mounting Plate 0.6 0.8W x 0.5t 18 2.8W x 0.5t 3 1 18 2 8.8 7 5.5 PC Board Terminal Flush Bezels 20.9 24 9 Solder/Tab Terminal Panel Thickness: 0.5 to 3.2 mm Round 2 o2 3.85 Locking Ring Square Timers 6.95 Mounting Bracket 22 0.8W x 0.5t LOCK 2.6 22 6 3 PC Board Terminal Lamp Terminal (+) 7 27.9 Pilot Lights X1 14 X2 21 Lamp Terminal (+) Lamp Terminal (-) 2-R0.6 Solder/Tab Terminal TOP 12 24 28 2 Solder/Tab Terminal TOP 22 Lamp Terminal (-) 1.2 Contactors 1 1 6 3 17.8 15.8 2 5.5 17.8 Terminal Arrangement (Bottom View) Illuminated Pushbuttons Terminal Blocks Rectangular 2.8W x 0.5t 2-R0.6 Solder/Tab Terminal Gasket X1 X2 11 Circuit Breakers (SPDT contacts on the right only) 484 2.6 3 3 17.8 Rectangular 15.8 3 LOCK 17.8 Relays & Sockets Round 5.7 1.2 Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm - LB Series www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices Gasket Locking RingGasket Square Square Mounting Plate Mounting Plate 0.6 0.6 1 18 1.2 2 7 5.5 8.89 20.9 Gasket Locking Ring 1.2 1.95 5.7 8 8 8 8 8 8 0.6 0.6 18 18 2.8W x 0.5t 0.8W x 0.5t Rectangular Rectangular 2.8W x 0.5t 18 1.2 8.8 7 2 PC Board Terminal PC Board Terminal 2.6 7 24 8.89 20.9 20.9 2-R0.6 1.2 5.5 2.6 1 18 1 1 6 6 6 6 5 5.5 1 24 Contactors 5 5 1 1 LOCK 2 Timers Square Square 0.8W x 0.5t LOCK 5 2-R0.6 Solder/Tab Terminal Solder/Tab Terminal 24 Panel Thickness: 8 Round 0.5 to 3.2 mm o1 Panel Thickness: 8 Round 0.5 to 3.2 mm o1 5.7 Mounting Plate Mounting Plate 20.8 2-R0.6 8 1.95 1.95 Locking RingGasket 8 24 7 20.9 9 Solder/Tab Terminal Solder/Tab Terminal 3PDT Contacts 18.8 20.8 11.9 18.8 11.9 2.6 18 6 8.8 PC Board Terminal PC Board Terminal 23 2.6 Relays & Sockets 5.5 17.8 11.1 23 1 1 6 6 6 2 1.95 Rectangular 1 1 1 5 5 5 5 15.8 17.8 15.8 17.8 18 Rectangular 2.8W x 0.5t LOCK 17.8 Signaling Lights 18 2.8W x 0.5t 0.8W x 0.5t 11.1 8 o1 5.7 0.8W x 0.5t LOCK Round 18 Roundo 3.85 3.85 6.95 3.85 Panel Thickness: 0.5 to 3.2 mm Panel Thickness: 0.5 5.7to 3.2 mm Locking Ring 6.95 6.95 6.95 3.85 SPDT/DPDT Contacts Switches & Pilot Devices Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons Standard Bezels o16mm - LB Series 2-R0.6 Solder/Tab Terminal Solder/Tab Terminal 9 Solder/Tab Terminal Solder/Tab Terminal Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 485 Switches & Pilot Devices Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons Flush Bezels Panel Thickness: 0.5 to 3.2 mm Gasket Locking Ring 2 o2 3.85 Square 6.95 Mounting Bracket 22 0.8W x 0.5t 2.8W x 0.5t Rectangular 1 2.6 1 22 * 1.2 6 5 5 6 1 LOCK 17.8 15.8 Signaling Lights Round 3.85 SPDT/DPDT Contacts 6.95 Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm - LB Series 2 5.5 Relays & Sockets 17.8 PC Board Terminal 7 27.9 2-R0.6 28 2 Solder/Tab Terminal Solder/Tab Terminal 3PDT Contacts Panel Thickness: 0.5 to 3.2 mm Round Gasket 2 o2 8 8 1.95 8 8 Timers 1.95 Locking Ring Square Mounting Bracket 0.8W x 0.5t 22 LOCK 23 2.6 1 22 6 1.2 11.1 2 5.5 PC Board Terminal 28 7 27.9 2 Solder/Tab Terminal Circuit Breakers 486 1 6 5 5 20.8 18.8 11.9 Rectangular Terminal Blocks Contactors 1 2.8W x 0.5t www.IDEC.com 2-R0.6 Solder/Tab Terminal Switches & Pilot Devices Panel Thickness: 0.5 to 3.2 mm Gasket Locking Ring Round 11 22.5 o22 3.85 3.85 SPDT/DPDT Contacts Switches & Pilot Devices Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons Switch with Guard o16mm - LB Series 24.2 0.8W x 0.5t 22 2.8W x 0.5t Rectangular 1 2.6 7 28 5.2 27.9 2-R0.6 1.2 2 Relays & Sockets Solder/Tab Terminal Solder/Tab Terminal PC Board Terminal 3PDT Contacts Round o22 8 8 8 8 11 1.95 1.95 Panel Thickness: 0.5 to 3.2 mm Gasket Locking Ring 22.5 2 5.5 17.8 11 22.5 30.4 6 5 5 6 1 1 LOCK 17.8 15.8 Signaling Lights 11 22.5 6.95 6.95 Square Mounting Bracket Square 22 0.8W x 0.5t 2.8W x 0.5t 2.6 Terminal Arrangement (Bottom View) SPDT/DPDT Contacts 2-R0.6 28 2 7 1.2 30.4 11 22.5 6 1 5 5 20.8 18.8 11.9 6 PC Board Terminal 27.9 Solder/Tab Terminal 5.2 Solder/Tab Terminal 3PDT Contacts TOP TOP 22 22 12 12 32 22 3212 22 12 24 24 14 14 34 24 3414 24 14 21 21 11 11 21 3111 21 11 31 Terminal Blocks TOP TOP 1 Contactors 2 5.5 23 Rectangular 1 LOCK 11.1 22.5 11 24.2 Timers Mounting Bracket on the right only) SPDT contacts(SPDT on thecontacts right only) Circuit Breakers 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 487 Switches & Pilot Devices Selector Switches Standard Bezels Gasket Gasket Locking Ring Locking Ring Round Round o1818 o Square Square Square Square 0.6 0.6 18 18 18 18 Rectangular Rectangular Rectangular Rectangular 1 1 2.8W x 0.5t 2.8W x 0.5t 7 24 24 2.8W x 0.5t 2.8W x 0.5t Knob KnobOperator Operator 1 24 24 Lever LeverOperator Operator 2.6 2.6 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 6 6 6 6 1 1 1 18 18 18 18 10.9 10.9 8.8 8.7 8.8 8.7 15.5 15.5 20.9 20.9 7 PC Terminal Terminal PCBoard Board Terminal Knob KnobOperator OperatorSolder/Tab Solder/Tab Terminal Relays & Sockets 8 Round Round o1o18 6 6 6 6 1 1 5 5 5 5 2 2 5.5 5.5 17.8 17.8 Panel Thickness: Panel Thickness: 0.5 to 3.2 mm 0.5 to 3.2 mm 3.85 3.85 Mounting Mounting Plate Plate 0.8W x 0.5t 0.8W x 0.5t LOCK LOCK 17.8 17.8 15.8 15.8 Signaling Lights 6.95 6.95 3.85 3.85 SPDT/DPDT Contacts 6.95 6.95 Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm - LB Series 7 8.8 8.7 8.8 8.7 20.9 18.1 20.9 18.1 7 2-R0.6 2-R0.6 Solder/Tab Terminal Solder/Tab Terminal Lever Terminal LeverOperator OperatorSolder/Tab Solder/Tab Terminal 3PDT Contacts 8 8 8 8 0.8W x 0.5t 0.8W x 0.5t 0.6 0.6 18 18 18 18 Rectangular Rectangular Rectangular Rectangular 18 18 18 18 1 1 2.8W x 0.5t 2.8W x 0.5t 2 2 5.5 5.5 7 7 8.8 8.7 8.8 8.7 20.9 15.5 20.9 15.5 24 24 24 24 PC Terminal Terminal PCBoard Board Terminal Knob KnobOperator OperatorSolder/Tab Solder/Tab Terminal Knob KnobOperator Operator 1 1 Lever LeverOperator Operator 2.6 2.6 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 Terminal Blocks 6 6 6 6 1 1 0.8W x 0.5t 0.8W x 0.5t 7 7 2-R0.6 2-R0.6 Solder/Tab Terminal Solder/Tab Terminal 8.8 8.7 8.8 8.7 18.1 18.1 20.9 20.9 Circuit Breakers Lever Terminal LeverOperator OperatorSolder/Tab Solder/Tab Terminal 488 8 o1 18 o Square Square 6 6 6 6 1 1 5 5 5 5 20.8 20.8 18.8 18.8 11.9 11.9 Contactors 11.1 11.1 23 23 Round Round Square Square Mounting Mounting Plate Plate LOCK LOCK 8 1 8 Round Round o o1 1.95 1.95 1.95 1.95 8 8 8 8 Timers Panel Thickness: Panel Thickness: 0.5 to 3.2 mm 0.5 to 3.2 mm Gasket Gasket Locking Ring Locking Ring www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices Panel Thickness: 0.5 to 3.2 mm Panel Thickness: Gasket 0.5 to 3.2 mm Locking Ring Gasket 3.85 Round 22 Round o Round 22 Round o 22 o Locking Ring Square Square 22 22 1 22 6 6 6 6 1 1 1 2 5.5 2 17.8 17.8 2 5.5 7 28 28.5 27.9 28 28 8.5 28 7 27.9 PC Board Terminal Knob Operator Solder/Tab Terminal Knob Operator x 0.5t Solder/Tab Terminal PC Board Terminal Knob2.8W Operator Knob Operator 1 6 1 1.2 7 1.2 27.9 Lever Operator Solder/Tab Terminal 1.95 1.95 Panel Thickness: 0.5 to 3.2 mm Panel Thickness: Gasket 0.5 to 3.2 mm Locking Ring Gasket 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 Timers Square 22 22 22 1 6 Contactors 6 6 1 Rectangular 6 1 22 Rectangular Rectangular 22 Rectangular 2.8W x 0.5t 1 22 22 2.8W x 0.5t LOCK 5 5 2 o2 Square Square Square 0.8W x 0.5t 5 5 Round 22 Round o 2 o2 Locking Ring 0.8W x 0.5t 20.8 18.8 20.8 11.9 18.8 11.9 o2 Round Mounting Bracket Mounting Bracket LOCK 2 5.5 2 2 5.5 7 28 28.5 27.9 7 8.5 27.9 1 28 Lever Operator Lever Operator 2.6 1 2.6 1.2 2 7 27.9 7 27.9 Terminal Arrangement (Bottom View) SPDT/DPDT Contacts 2-R0.6 1.2 1.2 2-R0.6 Terminal Blocks 1.26 6 1 6 1 PC Board Terminal Knob Operator Solder/Tab Terminal PC Board Terminal Knob Operator Solder/Tab Terminal 6 28 28 Knob Operator Knob Operator Solder/Tab Terminal Solder/Tab Terminal 11.1 2 11.1 Lever Operator Solder/Tab Terminal Lever Operator Solder/Tab Terminal TOP 2-R0.6 2 Round 8 1.95 1.95 3PDT Contacts 2-R0.6 Solder/Tab Terminal Solder/Tab Terminal 11.1 2 7 27.9 11.1 Lever Operator Solder/Tab Terminal 23 2.6 6 6 2 23 11.1 2.6 1 Relays & Sockets 6 1 2.8W x 0.5t 11.1 Lever Operator Lever Operator 22 5 5 5 5 22 Rectangular Rectangular 22 Rectangular Rectangular 2.8W x 0.5t LOCK 17.8 15.8 17.8 15.8 22 22 2.8W x 0.5t 0.8W x 0.5t Signaling Lights 0.8W x 0.5t 22 6.95 Mounting Bracket Mounting Bracket 6.95 6.95 6.95 Square Square LOCK 2 o2 3.85 3.85 3.85 SPDT/DPDT Contacts Switches & Pilot Devices Selector Switch Flush Bezels o16mm - LB Series 3PDT Contacts TOP TOP TOP 22 12 12 32 32 22 22 12 12 24 24 14 14 34 34 24 24 14 14 21 21 11 11 31 31 21 21 11 11 Circuit Breakers 22 (SPDT contacts (SPDT contacts on the right on the only) right only) 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 489 Switches & Pilot Devices Key Selector Switches Standard Bezels LOCK LOCK 18 18 1 1 1.2 1.2 6 6 18 18 6 6 1 1 17.8 17.8 15.8 15.8 5 5 5 5 2 2 5.55.5 8.88.8 7 7 20.9 20.9 9 9 2424 25.1 25.1 Solder/Tab Terminal Solder/Tab Terminal PC Board Terminal PC Board Terminal 3PDT Contacts 18 8 1 Panel Thickness: Panel Thickness: 0.50.5 to to 3.23.2 mm mm Gasket Gasket 1.95 1.95 8 8 2-R0.6 2-R0.6 8 8 1.2 1.2 1 1 2.62.6 8 8 1.95 1.95 Locking Ring Locking Ring 8 8 Solder/Tab Terminal Solder/Tab Terminal Mounting Mounting Bracket Bracket LOCK LOCK 18 18 2 2 1.2 1.2 6 6 18 18 6 6 1 1 2323 2.8W x 0.5t 2.8W x 0.5t 2.8W x 0.5t 2.8W x 0.5t 5 5 5 5 20.8 20.8 18.8 18.8 11.9 11.9 Contactors 11.1 11.1 0.60.6 1 1 Relays & Sockets 0.60.6 2.8W x 0.5t 2.8W x 0.5t 2.8W x 0.5t 2.8W x 0.5t 17.8 17.8 Timers Mounting Mounting Bracket Bracket 6.95 6.95 6.95 6.95 2-R0.6 2-R0.6 Solder/Tab Terminal Solder/Tab Terminal Signaling Lights 3.85 3.85 3.85 3.85 1 1 2.62.6 8 8 o1o1 Panel Thickness: Panel Thickness: 0.50.5 to to 3.23.2 mm mm Gasket Gasket Locking Ring Locking Ring SPDT/DPDT Contacts 1.2 1.2 Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm - LB Series 5.55.5 8.88.8 7 7 20.9 20.9 9 9 25.1 25.1 Solder/Tab Terminal Solder/Tab Terminal Circuit Breakers Terminal Blocks PC Board Terminal PC Board Terminal 490 www.IDEC.com 2424 Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm - LB Series Switches & Pilot Devices Key Selector Switches Flush Bezels SPDT/DPDT Contacts Signaling Lights Relays & Sockets 3PDT Contacts Timers Contactors TOP Terminal Blocks Terminal Arrangement (Bottom View) SPDT/DPDT Contacts 3PDT Contacts TOP TOP 22 12 12 32 32 22 22 12 12 24 24 14 14 34 34 24 24 14 14 21 21 11 11 31 31 21 21 11 11 Circuit Breakers TOP 22 (SPDT contacts (SPDT contacts on the right on the only) right only) 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 491 Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm - LB Series Accessories Item Material Part Number Remarks Metal: Nickel-plated brass MT-001 Used to tighten the locking ring when installing the units on to the panel. Stainless Steel MT-101 Used to remove the lens or button. Locking Ring Wrench o18.0 60.0 Signaling Lights Lens Removal Tool 60.0 Switch Guard (180 Spring return) For round / square standard units AL-K6SP Relays & Sockets Guard: Polyacetal For rectangular standard units Switch Guard for Single Board Mounting Rubber Boot for Standard Bezels 1 For Standard Bezels Contactors Timers For rectangular units Base: Polyarylate AL-KH6SP Guard: Polyacetal Base: Polyarylate 1. For round units LA9Z-K3 Note: not applicable for flush mounted units. Select operator with built-in switch guard. Degree of protection: IP65 With the gasket mounted on the switch, attach the switch guard and mount on the panel. See page 495 for dimensions. LB9Z-D1 2 2. For square units Degree of protection: IP65 Used to protect standard pushbuttons and illuminated pushbuttons from inadvertent operation. See page 495 for dimensions. With the gasket mounted on the switch, attach the switch guard and mount on the panel. Silicon Rubber LB9Z-D2 Degree of protection: IP65 See page 494 for dimensions. See page 499 for mounting. 3 Terminal Blocks 3. For rectangular units LB9Z-D3 Mounting Hole Plug Plug: Metal (Zinc diecast) Metal Locking nut: Polyacetal AL-BM6 Degree of protection: IP65 Tightening torque: 0.1 to 0.29 N*m See page 494 for dimensions. AL-B6 Degree of protection: IP65 See page 494 for dimensions. Gasket: Nitrile rubber Mounting Hole Plug Circuit Breakers Rubber Nitrile rubber (black) Accessories con't on next page. 492 www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm - LB Series Switches & Pilot Devices Accessories, con't Item Material Part Number Remarks Rubber Boot for Flush Bezels 1 1. For round units LB9Z-D6 2. For square units LB9Z-D7 3. For rectangular units LB9Z-D8 1. For round units LB9Z-BS6 Degree of protection: IP65 See page 494 for dimensions. See page 499 for mounting. Relays & Sockets For Flush Bezels 3 Silicon Rubber Signaling Lights 2 Mounting Hole Plug 1 Plug: Polyamide (Black) 2 Gasket: Nitrile rubber 2. For square units LB9Z-BS7 3 LB9Z-BS8 1. For SPDT/DPDT contacts LB9Z-VL2 Contactors Terminal Cover 1 2 3. For rectangular units Timers Mounting Plate: Stainless Steel Degree of protection: IP65 Panel thickness: 0.5 to 3.2 mm See page 494 for dimensions. See page 495 for dimensions. 2. For 3PDT contacts LB9Z-VL3 Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 493 Switches & Pilot Devices Accessory Dimensions (mm) Rubber Boot Standard Bezel For round units (LB9Z-D1) For square units (LB9Z-D2) For rectangular units (LB9Z-D3) 0 20 26 11.5 11.5 11.5 Signaling Lights 20 o2 Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm - LB Series Flush Bezel For round units (LB9Z-D6) For square units (LB9Z-D7) For rectangular units (LB9Z-D8) 24 30 24 24 4 4 4 Relays & Sockets o Mounting Hole Plug Standard Bezels AL-BM6 12 2 6. o1 o17.8 o1 6. 2 Timers +0 0 .2 2.5 +0 0 .2 AL-B6 Gasket Locking Ring Panel Thickness: 0.5 to 6 mm Contactors Mounting Hole Layout Mounting Hole Layout Flush Bezels For round units (LB9Z-BS6) 22 For square units (LB9Z-BS7) For rectangular units (LB9Z-BS8) Panel Thickness: 0.5 to 3.2 mm Gasket Mounting Plate Locking Ring 22 22 18.1 28 Mounting Hole Layout .2 +00 8.2 18.2 +0.2 0 Mounting Hole Layout +0.2 0 24.2 Circuit Breakers 18.2 o1 Mounting Hole Layout +0.2 0 Terminal Blocks o 494 www.IDEC.com 2 Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm - LB Series Switches & Pilot Devices Accessory Dimensions (mm), con't Terminal Cover Standard Bezel For SPDT/DPDT contacts (LB9Z-VL2) For 3PDT contacts (LB9Z-VL3) 29.9 29.9 TOP 12.5 2.2 19.6 Signaling Lights 4.4 12.5 20.6 17.6 TOP 24.8 Switch Guard for Standard Bezel Models For round / square units (AL-K6SP) For rectangular units (AL-KH6SP ) 33 13.0 23.5 11.0 13.0 23.5 11.0 22 [For rectangular units] 32.6 For Single Board Mounting (LA9Z-K3) 14 32.6 Panel Thickness 0.5 to 3.2 R 33 22 24 33 11 11 13 22 13 Timers Panel Thickness 0.5 to 3.2 R 24 23.5 Relays & Sockets Panel Thickness 0.5 to 2.0 R [For round / square units] 23.5 34 24.0 18.0 12.4 Note: The panel depth is the same for switches with or without switch guards. Both models can be installed on the same PC board. 12.4 Wave Key 8.8 18 Contactors Standard Key 22 Key No. 0 22 0 H 14 o3. Key No. Side 1.8 8.8 22 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada Circuit Breakers Logo Side 3 H 14 Key No. 6.3 7 Terminal Blocks 8.1 Logo Side Key No. Side 495 Switches & Pilot Devices Relays & Sockets Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm - LB Series Replacement Parts Item Lens Button Marking Plate Material Part Number For round units Polyarylate o15.4 H4mm AL6M-Lk For square units Polyarylate 15.4, H4mm AL6Q-Lk For rectangular units Polyarylate W21.4 x H4 x D15.4mm AL6H-Lk For round units Polyarylate 15.4, H4mm AB6M-Bk For square units Polyarylate 15.4, H4mm AB6Q-Bk For rectangular units Polyarylate W21.4 x H4 x D15.4 AB6H-Bk For round units Acrylic o13.7 H0.8 AL6M-k For square units Acrylic 13.7, H0.8mm AL6Q-k For rectangular units Acrylic W19.7 x H0.8 (0.4) x D13.7mm AL6H-k For all units Polyamide o17.9, H3.9mm LB9Z-LNP For standard bezel Metal (Stainless steel) 17.9, t0.6mm LB9Z-LP1 For flush bezel Metal (Stainless steel) W21 x H8.2 x D20.6 t0.8mm LB9Z-LP6 For key selector switches Nickel-plated Brass AS6-SK See page 495 for dimensions. LA9Z-SK-n Specify Wave key number in place of n in the part number. 0H: Standard wave key (reversible) 1H to 2H: Reversible wave key 3H to 6H: Non-reversible wave key See page 495 for dimensions. Locking Ring Timers Anti-rotation Ring Anti-rotation Ring Remarks Specify the color code in place of k in the part number. A: Amber, C: Clear, G: Green, R: Red, S: Blue, Y: Yellow Note: Use a clear lens for or white (PW) illumination. Specify the color code in place of k in the part number. B: Black, G: Green, R: Red, S: Blue W: White, Y: Yellow Specify the color code in place of k in the part number. B: Black, W: White See page 498 for dimensions and engraving area. Contactors Spare Standard Key Spare Wave key Non-reversible Wave Key Terminal Blocks Reversible Wave Key For Wave key selector switches Diecast zinc alloy (nickel plated) W14 x H2 x D30.8mm LB Series Replacement LED Unit Item Circuit Breakers LED Unit 496 Rated Operating Voltage Part Number DC5V LB9Z-LED5k AC/DC12V LB9Z-LED1k AC/DC24V LB9Z-LED2k k Color Code A G PW R S www.IDEC.com Specify color code in place of the k in the part number. R: Red, G: Green, A: Amber, S: Blue, PW: White All illuminated LB series contain an LED unit. Use a white (PW) LED unit for yellow (Y) illumination. Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm - LB Series Switches & Pilot Devices Safety Precautions * Turn off the power to the LB series control units before installation, removal, wiring, maintenance, and inspection. Failure to turn power off may cause electrical shocks or fire hazard. * To avoid burning your hand, use the lamp holder tool when replacing the lamps. * For wiring, use wires of a proper size to meet voltage and current requirements. Solder correctly according to the instructions in "Wiring" and "Notes on Terminal Cover." Improper soldering may cause overheating and create a fire hazard. Also, when using tab terminals, use receptacles of appropriate size. Instructions Removing and Installing the Contact Block 2. Use non-corrosive liquid flux. 2. Insert the contact block with the TOP markings on the contact block and the operator placed in the same direction. Then lock the units, turning the locking lever in the direction of the arrow. 1. Solder the terminals at 350C within 3 seconds using a 60W soldering iron. Sn-Ag-Cu type is recommended. When soldering, do not touch the LB series with the soldering iron. Also ensure that no tensile force is applied to the terminals. Do not bend the terminal or apply excessive force to the terminal. 1. Turn the locking lever on the contact block in the direction opposite to the arrow on the housing. Then the contact block can be removed. Signaling Lights Wiring Terminal Cover Note: When wiring, insert the lead wires into the terminal cover holes before soldering. After wiring, terminal covers cannot be installed. Relays & Sockets Solder/tab terminal Insert the terminal cover into the contact block with the TOP markings on the contact block and the terminal cover in the same direction. locking lever Panel Mounting Standard Bezel Remove the contact block from the operator. Insert the operator into the panel cut-out from the front, then install the contact block to the operator. Standard Bezel Timers Flush Bezel Panel Anti-rotation Ring Operating Environment TOP Locking Ring TOP Contactors * Do not use the LB series where corrosive gases exist or under an environment exceeding the operating temperature and humidity ranges. Otherwise, damages due to contact failure or change of surface color may occur. * Major parts of the switch are plastic. Scratches or damages may occur when scraped with a sharp object or applied with excessive load or shock. Note that this may cause operation and appearance failure of the operator and bezel. * Adherence of detergent, cutting oil, or special chemicals to the switch may result in operation failures and appearance failures such as change of surface color. Contact Block Flush Bezel Panel Contacts (micro switch) When using NC (normally closed) and NO (normally open) contacts of the same microswitch, avoid connections of different voltages, or connections of different types of power supplies. Failure to observe this instruction may cause a shortcircuit. Terminal Blocks Handling Anti-rotation Ring TOP Locking Ring TOP Contact Block Use the optional ring wrench (MT-001) to mount the operator onto the panel. Tightening torque should not exceed 0.7 N*m. Do not use pliers. Excessive tightening will damage the locking ring. 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 497 Circuit Breakers Notes on Mounting Switches & Pilot Devices Replacing the Lens Standard Bezel From the opposite side of the TOP marking, remove the operator (lens, marking plate, and lens holder) using the optional lens removal tool (MT-101) by gripping the recesses of the color lens. Removing from the TOP side may damage the metallic bezel. Lens Unit and Contact Block Installation To insert the lens unit into the operator, press in the lens unit by making sure that the latch on the operator is aligned with the latch on the lens unit. Round lens unit Latch Round lens unit Standard Bezel Square lens unit Latch TOP Latch TOP Latch TOP Latch TOP Latch Recess Round LensRecess Unit Square Lens Unit Operator Latch Latch Operator Removing the Operator (standard bezel) Relays & Sockets Square lens unit Latch Latch Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm - LB Series Flush Bezel From the opposite side of the TOP marking, push the tip of the flat screwdriver to the groove of the color lens and pull out the operator (lens, marking plate, lens holder). Removing from the TOP side may damage the metallic bezel. Flush Bezel TOP TOP Latch Latch Recess Operator Marking Plates and Films Marking Plate and Marking Film Size Terminal Blocks Note: A transparent film inside the lens holder is attached to the unit to make it waterproof and cannot be removed. 2. Insert a marking plate into the color lens, and press the lens onto the lens holder to engage the latches. Pay attention to the orientation of the marking plate. Circuit Breakers Recesses Engage Engraving Surface Marking Color Lens Plate 498 o13.7 12.0 Engraving Area 18.0 19.7x13.7 13.7 * Engraving must be made on the engraving area within 0.5 mm deep. * The marking plate is made of white acrylic resin. 13.6 11.8 19.6 o13.6 * Film thickness: 0.1 mm per film * Marking film is not included. * Recommended marking film: Polyester film Marking Plate and Film Insertion Order Latches Engraved Surface Marking Lens Lens Film Plate Holder Lens Holder 12.0 12.0 Engraving Area Rectangular 0.8 Engraving Area Square 0.8 o12.0 Round 0.8 Lens o13.6 Contactors Replacing the Marking Plate Remove the marking plate by pushing the lens from the rear to disengage the latches between the lens and holder, using the screwdriver as shown below. Built-in Marking Plate Removing the Operator (flush bezel) Applicable Marking Film Timers For illuminated pushbuttons and pushbuttons with illuminated lens, legends and symbols can be engraved on the marking plates, or printed film can be inserted under the lens for labelling purposes. TOP Operator The marking plate must be engraved on thespecified side as shown above. Pay attention to the orientation of the marking plate. www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices The LED unit can be replaced by pulling the lens unit out of the contact block. Installing Rubber Boots When using the switches in enviroments subject to splashing water or an excessive amount of dust, make sure to use an optional rubber boot. As shown in the drawing below, j remove the gasket from the operator, and k attach the rubber boot from the front (button side). Standard Bezels Contact Block Orientation of the LED unit Insert the LED unit into the contact block with the TOP markings on the contact block and LED unit in the same orientation. TOP How to Install the Rubber Boot Rectangular TOP Signaling Lights For rectangular and square units, pull out the seals of the rubber boot and place them around the operator sleeve as shown below. Make sure that the seals are not twisted or tucked inside and that the gasket is removed, otherwise waterproof and dustproof characteristics are not ensured. LED Unit Switches & Pilot Devices Replacing the LED Unit o16mm - LB Series Seals Mount Seals Operator Relays & Sockets Remove Notes on replacing the LED Unit Rubber boot installed * When replacing the LED unit, make sure that static electricity is not applied. * Make sure that the LB series has cooled down before replacing the LED unit. * To avoid getting burned, be careful not to touch the unit while it is still hot. Gasket Square Seals Notes on Using Quick Connect Terminals 1. Use #110 tab quick connects, 0.5 mm-thick. Mount 2. When connecting the terminals on the left and center, make sure that surfaces of the quick connects face each other. Otherwise, a short-circuit may occur. TOP Operator Timers Seals Remove Rubber boot installed TOP Contactors Gasket Round Mount Operator Remove Terminal Blocks Rubber boot installed Gasket Correct Incorrect 3. A pply only horizontal force against the panel to the tab. The switch may be damaged if a force other than a horizontal force is applied. Circuit Breakers 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 499 Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm - LB Series Flush Bezels Mount the rubber boot so that the protrusion at the bottom surface of the operator fits with the recess on the operator, placing the rubber boot all around the operator sleeve. Make sure that the protrusion on the rubber boot and the recess on the operator fits correctly, otherwise, the waterproof and dustproof characteristics are not ensured. Signaling Lights Correct Good Example Example Pushbuttons and Illuminated Pushbuttons with Switch Guard Selector Switches When turning the operator or key, make sure that they are turned to the correct position. Selector Switches with Key Recess Observe the following instructions to prevent malfunction or damage. * Do not remove the key from any key retained position. Remove Relays & Sockets Do not replace the buttons when the pushbutton is in the maintained position. Replacing the button in the maintained position may damage the internal mechanism. Also, do not remove the contact block with the button in the maintained position. The contact may not operate properly when the contact block is remounted. Do not apply force to the switch guard when the switch guard is not attached to a panel. When opening the switch guard, do not open more than 180. The hinge may break. How to Install the Rubber Boot Protrusion Maintained Pushbuttons Bad Incorrect Example Example Mount Gasket * Keys are available in two types. Key numbers 0H (standard), 1H, and 2H are reversible keys which can be inserted in two ways. Key numbers 3H, 4H, 5H, and 6H are non-reversible keys. Make sure of correct insertion direction. Circuit Breakers Terminal Blocks Contactors Timers Note: Install the rubber boot before mounting the unit to the panel. * In addition to the standard key (key number 0H), six other key numbers are available. Use a key of the matching number with the key cylinder. The standard key does not have a key number indication. 500 www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm - LB Series Switches & Pilot Devices Single Board Mounting Flush Bezels The IDEC LB series is available for single board mounting. SPDT/DPDT Contacts 45 mm minimum for switches with guard 8. 2 45 mm minimum for switches with guard o1 8. 0 .1 0 .1 Signaling Lights Rear 2 22 min o1 3PDT Contacts 22 min o6 drilled hole for operating the locking lever Installing and Removing Contact Blocks Turn the locking lever to install and remove contact blocks on a PC board using a screwdriver from a hole in the PC board. 18.2 0.1 22 min Panel Cut-out 23.2 min Flush Bezels 4- R0 .5 or le ss o18 18.2 0.1 +0.1 0 22 min 18.2 0.1 o16.0 14.8 +_ 0.05 Standard Bezels Relays & Sockets Drill mounting holes in the panel as shown below. When the units are mounted collectively, provide adequate clearance. 18.2 0.1 22 min Determine the location of the switches so that the locking lever can be operated. Mounting Holes and Assembly Procedure 23.2 min 22 min 24.2 0.1 24.2 0.1 Standard Bezels SPDT/DPDT Contactsv 6. 22 min 1.9 0.05 28 min 3PDT Contacts 28 min o1 0 +0. .1 +0 0 0 6. Assembly Procedure 1. Install the operator to the panel. 18 or more (24 or more for rectangular units) Contactors 18 or more 0 1 21 or more o1 22 min 1.9 +_ 0.05 Timers 17.10.05 .2 0.1 2. Mount the contact block to the operator from the back of the panel. 23.2 or more (24 or more for rectangular units) 3. Turn the locking lever to lock the contact block. 4. Insert a PC board and solder. Terminal Blocks Notes: 1. Make sure that each terminal is inserted into the PC board correctly. 2. Do not apply tensile force to the connector cable for an extended period of time. 3. Do not expose the contact block to water. 4. Ensure to lock contact blocks when the contact blocks are installed on the operators. Circuit Breakers 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 501 Switches & Pilot Devices L6 Series -- Miniature Switches and Pilot Devices Key features: * * * * * * * Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm - L6 Series 5/8" (16mm) mounting holes Locking lever removable contact blocks Solder terminal or PCB terminal options Available assembled or as sub-components Worldwide approvals Incandescent or LED illumination Snap action contacts UL Recognized File No. E55996 CSA Certified File No. LR21451 Contact Ratings Contactors Timers Relays & Sockets Registration No. R9551089 (E-stops) Registration No. J9551458 (all other switches) Registration No. R95650511 (Pilot Lights) Conforming to Standards EN60947-1, EN60947-5-1, VDE0660-200, UL508, CSA C22-2 N0.14 Operating Temperature Operation: -25 to +55C (without freezing), 45 to 85% RH Storage: -30 to +80C (without freezing) Vibration Resistance 5 to 55Hz, 1.0 peak-peak amplitude max Shock Resistance Operating limit: 100 m/sec2 (approximately 10G) Damage limit: 1000 m/sec2 (approximately 100G) Mechanical Life Momentary pushbuttons 2,000,000 operations minimum All others: 250,000 operations minimum Degree of Protection IP65 (conforming to IEC 60529) Dielectric Strength Switch unit: between live and ground: 2500 volt AC, 1 minute between terminals of different poles: 2500 volt AC, 1 minute between terminals of same pole: 1000 volt AC, 1 minute Illumination unit: between live part and ground: 2500 volt AC, 1 minute Insulation Resistance 100M minimum (using 500V DC megger) Rated Insulation Voltage 250V AC/DC Rated Thermal Current Gold Contacts (pcb): 3A Silver Contacts (solder): 5A Contact Resistance 50 maximum initial value Lamp Ratings Circuit Breakers Terminal Blocks Rated Operating Current 502 AC resistive AC inductive DC resistive DC inductive Silver Contacts (Solder Terminals) 30V 125V 250V -- 5A 2A -- 2A 1.5A 3A 0.4A -- 1A 0.2A -- Gold Clad Contacts (PCB terminals) 30V 125V AC inductive 0.1A DC resistive 0.1A -- Minimum Recommended Load (reference value for silver contacts) 5V AC/DC, 1mA Terminal Style 0.110" Solder Tab /PCB Contact Form Snap Action, Double Throw Contact Material Solder Tab: Pure Silver /PCB: Gold Plated Silver Electrical Life (at full load) Momentary pushbuttons: 100,000 operations minimum (1800 operations / hour) All others: 100,000 operations minimum (1200 operations / hour) Lamp Current Draw 5V DC LED: 8mA 6V AC/DC LED: 7mA 6V AC/DC incandescent: 100 mA 12V AC/DC LED: 8mA 12V AC/DC incandescent: 50 mA 24V AC/DC LED: 8mA 24V AC/DC incandescent: 25 mA 120V AC = 8mA Lamp Life Incandescent: 2000 hours./LED 50,000 hours. (on pure DC, half-life intensity) www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm - L6 Series Switches & Pilot Devices Built-in LED Lamp Ratings Model LFTD-5k LFTD-1k LFTD-2k Rated Voltage 5V DC 12V AC/DC 24V AC/DC 120V AC Operating Voltage 5V DC 5% 12V AC/DC 10% 24V AC/DC 10% 120V AC 5% AC -- 9mA 9mA 8mA DC 8mA 8mA 8mA -- Lamp Base Current Draw LFTD-H2k SX6S/8x5.4 Color Code k Specify a color code in place of k in the Part No: A (amber), G (green), R (red), S (blue), W (white), Y (yellow) Same as illumination color Voltage Marking Stamped on the lamp base Life (reference value) Signaling Lights Lamp Base Color Approx. 50,000 hours A, R, W, Y (+) A, R, W, Y (-) LED Chip Internal Circuit G, S Zener Diode (-) Relays & Sockets (+) Protection Diode G, S LED Chip Protection Diode Zener Diode Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled) Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons Style Operation Oversize Round Extended Momentary Oversize Square Flush Momentary Oversize Square Extended Momentary Maintained Momentary Maintained SPDT HA1B-M2C5-j HA1B-M2C1V-j DPDT HA1B-M2C6-j HA1B-M2C2V-j SPDT HA1B-A2C5-j HA1B-A2C1V-j DPDT HA1B-A2C6-j HA1B-A2C2V-j SPDT HA2B-M1C5-j HA2B-M1C1V-j DPDT HA2B-M1C6-j HA2B-M1C2V-j SPDT HA2B-A1C5-j HA2B-A1C1V-j DPDT HA2B-A1C6-j HA2B-A1C2V-j SPDT HA2B-M2C5-j HA2B-M2C1V-j DPDT HA2B-M2C6-j HA2B-M2C2V-j SPDT HA2B-A2C5-j HA2B-A2C1V-j DPDT HA2B-A2C6-j HA2B-A2C2V-j SPDT HA1B-M3C5-j HA1B-M3C1V-j DPDT HA1B-M3C6-j HA1B-M3C2V-j SPDT HA1B-A3C5-j HA1B-A3C1V-j DPDT HA1B-A3C6-j HA1B-A3C2V-j Terminal Blocks Mushroom PCB Contactors Maintained Terminal Style Solder Tab Timers Maintained Contact jButton Color Codes Color Code Color Code Black B Blue S Green G White W Red R Yellow Y 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada Circuit Breakers 1. In place of j specify Button Color Code from table. 2. Illuminated (translucent) style lenses also available, specify as such: instead of LA1B-M1C5-j use LA1B-M1C5L-k in place of k (specify Lens Color Code from next page.) 3. PCB terminal models also available with silver contacts (change "1" or "2" to "5" or "6" respectively, ie LA1B-M1C1V-j becomes LA1B-M1C5V-j). 503 Switches & Pilot Devices Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons (Sub-Assembled) + Operators Style + Operator + Button Buttons/Lenses Momentary Maintained Oversize Round Style HA1B-AO Oversize Square HA2B-MO HA2B-AO Button Style HA1A-B1-j HA1A-L1-k* Oversize Round Extended Contacts Solder Tab PCB SPDT DPDT HA-C1 HA-C2 HA-C1V HA-C2V SPDT DPDT HA-C5 HA-C6 HA-C5V HA-C6V - Safety Lever Lock HA1B-MOL HA1B-A0L Style Oversize Square Flush HA2A-B1-j Timers Terminal Style Lens Mushroom 1. In place of j specify Button Color Code from table on right. 2. In place of k specify Lens Color Code from table on right. 3. *requires HA1L-M0 or HA1L-A0 operator instead of HA1B-M0 or HA1B-A0. 4. **requires HA2L-M0 or HA2L-A0 instead of HA2B-M0 or HA2B-A0. Contactors Complete Part Contacts HA1A-B2-j Part Number HA9Z-LS HA2A-L1-k** j Button Color Code Oversize Square Extended HA2A-B2-j - Mushroom Circuit Breakers Terminal Blocks HA1A-B3-j 504 = Oversize Round Flush HA1B-MO Relays & Sockets Safety Lever Lock Gold Contact Silver Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm - L6 Series www.IDEC.com HA1A-L3-k Color Code Black B Green G Red R Blue S White W Yellow Y k Lens Color Code Color Code Amber A Green G Red R Blue S Yellow Y White W Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm - L6 Series Switches & Pilot Devices HA1B/HA1E Stop Switch Key features: PCB or Solder Terminals Locking Lever Removable Contact Blocks Positive Action Contacts 1 or 2 form B (SPST-NC) Contacts IP65 Protection 16mm Mounting Hole Tamper Proof Construction CSA File No. LR21451 File No. DK95-00138 UL Recognized File No. E55996 Specifications Nameplates PCB or Solder Terminal Contact Material Silver Applicable Standards EN60947-5-1, UL508, CSA 22.2. No. 14 Rated Insulation Voltage 250V AC/DC Degree of Protection IP65 Conditional Short-Circuit Current and Short-Circuit Protective Device 50 A (at 250V) 10A 250V Fuse, operation class M according to IEC269-1 and IEC269-2 Positive opening travel HAAV-Yellow Plastic o43mm 1 or 2 form B (SPST-NC) Termination 3.4mm 10.3 N (2 form B contacts) Maximum travel including travel beyond the minimum travel position 5.5mm Maximum frequency of actuation 1,200 operations/hour Pollution Degree Marking Part Number Blank HAAV-0 Timers Minimum force required to achieve positive opening operation of all break contacts. Relays & Sockets Contact Form Positive Opening Operation Direct Opening Action Signaling Lights * * * * * * * 3 Positive Action Stop Switch Style Accessories: Shroud Operation Pushlock/ Turn Reset Contact DPST(NC) (2 form B) Short Body SPST-NC (1 form B) DPST-NC (2 form B) Solder Tab PCB HA1B-V2E2R HA1BV2E2VR HA1E-V2S1R HA1E-V2S2R -- Style Part Number Applicable Standards XA9Z-KG1 SEMI S2 Compliant (Approved by TUV) Contactors Stop Switch Terminal Style 1. Button is non-removable, available in red and as complete assembled unit only. 2. Stop Switch does not come with safety lever lock. Buzzer Ratings Terminal Style Operating Voltage 6V AC/DC 10% 12V to 24 AC/DC 10% Solder/ Tab LA3Z-1X2 LA3Z-1X4 PCB LA3Z-1X2V LA3Z-1X4V 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada Frequency 2 khz 500 HZ Amplitude 80db @ 0.1m (at rated voltage) Operating Voltage 6V AC/DC or 12 - 24V AC/DC 10% Adjustable Cycle 55 to 600 cycles per minute Current Draw DC: 7mA AC: 20mA Life 1000 hrs. minimum Insulation Voltage 60V AC/DC Operating Temperature -20 to 55C (no freezing), 45 to 85% RH Degree of Protection IP40 Circuit Breakers Buzzer-Rectangular Style Terminal Blocks Buzzers (IP40) 505 Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm - L6 Series Pilot Lights (Assembled) Pilot Lights kLens/LED Color Codes Style Terminal Style Solder Tab Oversize Round HA1P-1C0l-k Signaling Lights PCB HA1P-1C0lV-k Color Code Amber A Green G Red R Blue S White W Yellow Y lVoltage/Lamp Code Oversize Square Voltage Relays & Sockets HA2P-1C0l-k HA2P-1C0lV-k Oversize Round Unibody HA1P-1l-k -- HA2P-1l-k -- Timers Oversize Square Unibody Circuit Breakers Terminal Blocks Contactors 1. In place of k specify Lens/LED Color Code from table. 2. In place of l specify Voltage Code from table. 506 www.IDEC.com Code 5V DC LED 1 6V AC/DC LED 2 12V AC/DC LED 3 24V AC/DC LED 4 120V AC LED 8 6V AC/DC Incandescent 5 12V AC/DC Incandescent 6 24V AC/DC Incandescent 7 Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm - L6 Series Switches & Pilot Devices Pilot Lights (Sub-Assembled) Terminals + Safety Lever Lock Operators + Lamp Holder + Lamp + Operator Lenses Part Number Lens = Completed Unit Terminals Style Part Number Style Solder Tab PCB HA-C00 HA-C00V Signaling Lights Style + Oversize Round Oversize Round HA1A-P1-k HA1P-0 Not required for unibody operators. Oversize Square Oversize Square Style Oversize Round Unibody Part Number HA9Z-AH In place of k specify lens color code. HA1P-00 Voltage 5V DC 6V AC/DC 12V AC/DC 24V AC/DC 120 V AC HA2P-00 LFTD-5k LFTD-6k LFTD-1k LFTD-2k LFTD-H2k Incandescent LH-06 LH-14 LH-28 In place of k specify LED color code from table below. Part Number HA9Z-LS k Lens/LED Color Codes Color Code Amber A Green G Red R Blue S Yellow Y White W Contactors 6V AC/DC 12V AC/DC 24V AC/DC Style Part Number Timers LED Oversize Square Unibody Safety Lever Lock Lamps Style Relays & Sockets Lamp Holder HA2A-P1-k HA2P-0 Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 507 Switches & Pilot Devices Relays & Sockets Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm - L6 Series Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled) Illuminated Pushbuttons Style kLens Color Codes Operation Contact Momentary SPDT DPDT Oversize Round Terminal Style Solder Tab PCB HA1L-M1C5l-k HA1L-M1C6l-k HA1L-M1C1lV-k HA1L-M1C2lV-k Maintained SPDT DPDT HA1L-A1C5l-k HA1L-A1C6l-k HA1L-A1C1lV-k HA1L-A1C2lV-k Momentary SPDT DPDT HA2L-M1C5l-k HA2L-M1C6l-k HA2L-M1C1lV-k HA2L-M1C2lV-k Oversize Square Maintained SPDT DPDT HA2L-A1C5l-k HA2L-A1C6l-k HA2L-A1C1lV-k HA2L-A1C2lV-k Momentary SPDT DPDT HA1L-M3C5l-k HA1L-M3C6l-k HA1L-M3C1lV-k HA1L-M3C2lV-k Mushroom Maintained SPDT DPDT HA1L-A3C5l-k HA1L-A3C6l-k HA1L-A3C1lV-k HA1L-A3C2lV-k Circuit Breakers Terminal Blocks Contactors Timers 1. In place of k specify Lens Color Code from table. 2. In place of l specify Voltage Code from table. 3. PCB terminal models also available with silver contacts change "1" or "2" to "5" or "6" respectively, (ie LA1LM1C14V-j becomes LA1L-M1C54V-j). 4. Light independent of switch position. 508 www.IDEC.com Color Code Amber A Green G Red R Blue S Yellow Y White W lVoltage/Lamp Code Voltage Code 5V DC LED 1 6V AC/DC LED 2 12V AC/DC LED 3 24V AC/DC LED 4 120 V AC LED 8 6V AC/DC Incandescent 5 12V AC/DC Incandescent 6 24V AC/DC Incandescent 7 Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm - L6 Series Switches & Pilot Devices Illuminated Pushbuttons (Sub-Assembled) Terminals + Safety Lever Lock + + Lamp + Lenses Style Momentary Maintained HA1L-MO + Lens = Completed Unit Lamps Style Part Number Oversize Round Oversize Round Operator HA1L-A0 Style Voltage LED 5V DC 6V AC/DC 12V AC/DC 24V AC/DC 120 V AC HA1A-L1-k Signaling Lights Operators Lamp Holder Part Number LFTD-5k LFTD-6k LFTD-1k LFTD-2k LFTD-H2k Incandescent 6V AC/DC 12V AC/DC 24V AC/DC Oversize Square HA2L-MO HA2L-AO LH-06 LH-14 LH-28 Relays & Sockets Oversize Square HA2A-L1-k Contacts HA1B-MOL Style A Green G Red R Blue S Yellow Y White W SPDT DPDT HA-C10 HA-C20 HA-C10V HA-C20V In place of k specify lens color code. SPDT DPDT HA-C50 HA-C60 HA-C50V HA-C60V Lamp Holder Style Contactors Amber PCB Timers k Lens/LED Color Codes Code Solder Tab HA1B-AOL HA1A-L3-k Color Contacts Gold Terminal Style Mushroom Silver Mushroom Part Number HA9Z-AH Safety Lever Lock Part Number Terminal Blocks Style HA9Z-LS Circuit Breakers 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 509 Switches & Pilot Devices Selector Switches (Assembled) Selector Switches Contact Operations Style Signaling Lights Oversize Round Position 90 2 -Position Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm - L6 Series Maintained Spring return from right Relays & Sockets 45 3-Position Maintained Spring return from right Contact Terminal Style Solder Tab PCB L R DPDT HA1S-2C6 HA1S-2C2V L R DPDT HA1S-21C6 HA1S-21C2V L C L Spring return from left L 2-Way spring return L C C R DPDT HA1S-3C6 HA1S-3C2V R DPDT HA1S-31C6 HA1S-31C2V R DPDT HA1S-32C6 HA1S-32C2V R DPDT HA1S-33C6 HA1S-33C2V (for all selectors) Operator Position and Contact Operation Contacts Left C 2-pos. (DPDT) Right Center Circuit Breakers Terminal Blocks Contactors Timers As viewed from front of switch. www.IDEC.com C Left Right Contact Contact NO NC NO NC C 510 C Left Right Contact Contact NO NC NO NC C Right C Left Right Contact Contact NO NC NO NC C 3-pos. (DPDT) C Left Right Contact Contact NO NC NO NC C Left 1. All assembled selector switches use DPDT contacts. 2. For SPDT contacts see sub-components on next page. 3. PCB terminal models also available with silver contacts change "1" or "2" to "5" or "6" respectively, (ie LA1S-21C2V becomes LA1S-21C6V). Left Right Contact Contact NO NC NO NC C Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm - L6 Series Switches & Pilot Devices Selector Switches (Sub-Assembled) Contact + Safety Lever Lock + Operator Contacts Function 2 HA1S-2Y HA1S-21Y 3 Maintained Spring from right Spring from left Spring from both HA1S-3Y HA1S-31Y HA1S-32Y HA1S-33Y Part Number HA9Z-LS Style Contacts Solder Tab PCB SPDT DPDT HA-C1 HA-C2 HA-C1V HA-C2V SPDT DPDT HA-C5 HA-C6 HA-C5V HA-C6V Relays & Sockets Safety Lever Lock Terminal Style Part Number Maintained Spring from right Gold Position Silver Style Oversize Round Style Complete Part Signaling Lights Operators = 1. All assembled switches listed on previous page use DPDT contacts. 2. SPDT Contacts for use on 2 position selector switch only Timers Contactors Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 511 Switches & Pilot Devices Key Switches (Assembled) Key Switches Style Position 90 2 -Position Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm - L6 Series Relays & Sockets 45 3-Position Signaling Lights Oversize Round Maintained Spring return from right Contact Terminal Style Solder Tab PCB L R DPDT HA1K-2C6l HA1K-2C2Vl L R DPDT HA1K-21C6B HA1K-21C2VB R DPDT HA1K-3C6l HA1K-3C2Vl R DPDT HA1K-31C6l HA1K-31C2Vl R DPDT HA1K-32C6l HA1K-32C2Vl R DPDT HA1K-33C6D HA1K-33C2VD Maintained L Spring return from right L Spring return from left L 2-Way spring return L C C C C 1. In place of l specify Key Retention Code from next page. 2. All assembled key switches have DPDT contacts. For SPDT see sub-assembled on next page. 3. PCB terminal models also available with silver contacts change "1" or "2" to "5" or "6" respectively, (ie LA1K-2C2Vl becomes LA1K-2C6Vl). Contact Operations (for all selectors) l Key Retention Option Codes Operator Position and Contact Operation Contacts Timers Left Left Right Contact Contact NO NC NO NC C 2-pos. (DPDT) Right Left Right Contact Contact NO NC NO NC C Contactors Left Center Left Right Contact Contact NO NC NO NC C Terminal Blocks Right C Description A Key not retained in any position (removable in all positions) B Key retained in right position only C Key retained in left position only D Key retained in left and right (3 position only) E Key retained in center only (3 position only) G Key retained right and center (3 position only) H Key retained left and center (3 position only) C Left Right Contact Contact NO NC NO NC C 3-pos. (DPDT) C Code Key cannot be removed from a spring-return position. C Left Right Contact Contact NO NC NO NC C C Circuit Breakers As viewed from front of switch. 512 www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm - L6 Series Switches & Pilot Devices Selector Switches (Sub-Assembled) Contact + Safety Lever Lock + Operator Complete Part Signaling Lights Operators = Contacts 2 Maintained Spring from right Spring from left Spring from both Terminal Style Part Number Style HA1K-2l HA1K-21B HA1K-3l HA1K-31l HA1K-32l HA1K-33D Contacts Solder Tab PCB SPDT DPDT HA-C1 HA-C2 HA-C1V HA-C2V SPDT DPDT HA-C5 HA-C6 HA-C5V HA-C6V Relays & Sockets 3 Function Maintained Spring from right Gold Position Silver Style Oversize Round 1. All assembled switches listed on previous page use DPDT contacts. 2. SPDT Contacts for use on 2 position selector switch only 1. In place of l specify key removable code from table on right. 2. Operator includes two keys. Style Timers Safety Lever Lock Part Number HA9Z-LS l Key Retention Option Codes Code Description Key retained in right position only C Key retained in left position only D Key retained in left and right (3 position only) E Key retained in center only (3 position only) G Key retained right and center (3 position only) H Key retained left and center (3 position only) Terminal Blocks B Contactors A Key not retained in any position (removable in all positions) Key cannot be removed from a spring-return position. Circuit Breakers 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 513 Switches & Pilot Devices Illuminated Selector Switches (Assembled) Illuminated Selector Switches 45 3-Position Square 45 3-Position Contactors Rectangular 90 2 -Position Timers 45 3-Position Relays & Sockets Signaling Lights Round Contact Operations Position 90 2 -Position Style 90 2 -Position Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm - L6 Series Maintained Spring return from right 90 2 -Position 45 3-Position Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers 514 LA1F-2C2lV-k L R DPDT LA1F-21C6l-k LA1F-21C2lV-k Spring return from left L 2-Way spring return L Spring return from right L Spring return from left L 2-Way spring return L C C C C C Spring return from right L L L C C C C L L Maintained L Spring return from right L Spring return from left L 2-Way spring return L R DPDT LA1F-3C6l-k LA1F-3C2lV-k R DPDT LA1F-31C6l-k LA1F-31C2lV-k R DPDT LA1F-32C6l-k LA1F-32C2lV-k R DPDT LA1F-33C6l-k LA1F-33C2lV-k C C C Operator Position and Contact Operation Contacts Left Right Contact Contact NO NC NO NC Left C 2-pos. (DPDT) R DPDT LA2F-2C6l-k LA2F-2C2lV-k R DPDT LA2F-21C6l-k LA2F-21C2lV-k R DPDT LA2F-3C6l-k LA2F-3C2lV-k R DPDT LA2F-31C6l-k LA2F-31C2lV-k R DPDT LA2F-32C6l-k LA2F-32C2lV-k R DPDT LA2F-33C6l-k LA2F-33C2lV-k C Left Right Contact Contact NO NC NO NC C C Left Right Contact Contact NO NC NO NC Left C 3-pos. (DPDT) C Left Right Contact Contact NO NC NO NC Center C C Left Right Contact Contact NO NC NO NC Right C C As viewed from front of switch. DPDT LA3F-2C6l-k LA3F-2C2lV-k R DPDT LA3F-21C6l-k LA3F-21C2lV-k R DPDT LA3F-3C6l-k LA3F-3C2lV-k R DPDT LA3F-31C6l-k LA3F-31C2lV-k k Lens/LED Color Codes Color Code Color Code Amber Green A Blue S G Yellow Y Red R White W l Voltage/Lamp Code Voltage R DPDT LA3F-32C6l-k LA3F-32C2lV-k R DPDT LA3F-33C6l-k LA3F-33C2lV-k R DPDT HA1F-2C6l-k HA1F-2C2lV-k R C (for all selectors) Right R L L Spring return from right C L Maintained Maintained C L L Spring return from left C L Maintained 2-Way spring return Oversize Round LA1F-2C6l-k L Spring return from right PCB DPDT Spring return from right Maintained Solder Tab R L Spring return from right Terminal Style L Maintained Maintained Contact DPDT HA1F-21C6l-k HA1F-21C2lV-k R DPDT HA1F-3C6l-k HA1F-3C2lV-k R DPDT HA1F-31C6l-k HA1F-31C2lV-k R DPDT HA1F-32C6l-k HA1F-32C2lV-k R DPDT HA1F-33C6l-k HA1F-33C2lV-k www.IDEC.com Code 5V DC LED 1 6V AC/DC LED 2 12V AC/DC LED 3 24V AC/DC LED 4 120V AC LED 8 6V AC/DC Incandescent 5 12V AC/DC Incandescent 6 24V AC/DC Incandescent 7 1. In place of k specify Lens/LED Color Code from table above. 2. In place of l specify Voltage Code from table above. 3. All switches listed have DPDT contacts. For SPDT see sub-assembled on next page. 4. PCB terminal models also available with silver contacts change "1" or "2" to "5" or "6" respectively, (ie LA1F-2C24V-k becomes LA1F-2C64V-k). 5. Light independent of switch position. Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm - L6 Series Switches & Pilot Devices Illuminated Selector Switches (Sub-Assembled) Contacts + Safety Lever Lock + Lamp Holder + Lamp + + Lens/Handle = Completed Unit Safety Lever Lock Style Position Part Number LA1F-30 LA1F-310 LA1F-320 LA1F-330 2 Maintained Spring from right LA2F-20 LA2F-210 3 Maintained Spring from right Spring from left Spring from both LA2F-30 LA2F-310 LA2F-320 LA2F-330 2 Maintained Spring from right LA3F-20 LA3F-210 3 Maintained Spring from right Spring from left Spring from both LA3F-30 LA3F-310 LA3F-320 LA3F-330 2 Maintained Spring from right HA1F-20 HA1F-210 3 Maintained Spring from right Spring from left Spring from both HA1F-30 HA1F-310 HA1F-320 HA1F-330 Square Rectangular Part Number HA9Z-LS Lamp Holder Style Part Number HA9Z-AH Lamps Style LED Voltage 5V DC 6V AC/DC 12V AC/DC 24V AC/DC 120V AC Part Number LFTD-5k LFTD-6k LFTD-1k LFTD-2k LFTD-H2k Timers 3 Maintained Spring from right Spring from left Spring from both Style Relays & Sockets 2 LA1F-20 LA1F-210 Round Oversize Round Function Maintained Spring from right Signaling Lights Operators Operator Incandescent 6V AC/DC 12V AC/DC 24V AC/DC LH-06 LH-14 LH-28 In place of k specify LED color code from table below. Contactors Lenses/Handles Contacts Style Terminal Style Contacts Gold Style SPDT DPDT Solder Tab HA-C10 HA-C20 PCB Part Number Standard LA1A-F-k HA-C10V HA-C20V Silver SPDT DPDT HA-C50 HA-C60 HA-C50V HA-C60V All assembled selectors on previous pages use DPDT contacts. SPDT contacts are for use only on two position selectors. HA1A-F-k Color Code Amber A Green G Red R Blue S Yellow Y White W Terminal Blocks Oversize k Lens/LED Color Codes In place of k specify lens color code from table. Circuit Breakers 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 515 Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm - L6 Series Pushbutton Selectors (Assembled) Pushbutton Selectors j Button Color Codes Terminal Style Style 2 Position Signaling Lights 3 Position Color Code Color Code Solder Tab PCB Amber A Blue S HA1R-2C6-j HA1R-2C2V-j Green G Yellow Y Red R White W HA1R-3C6-j HA1R-3C2V-j 1. In place of j specify Button Color Code. 2. PCB terminal models also available with silver contacts (change "1" or "2" to "5" or "6" respectively, ie HA1R-2C2V-j becomes HA1R-2C6V-j). 3. Pushed position, momentary only. Contact Operation Contacts Operator Position and Contact Information Down Contact Operation Relays & Sockets 2 Position Left Center Normal Pushed Left Right Contact Contact NO NC NO NC Left Right Contact Contact NO NC NO NC C C C Left Right Contact Contact NO NC NO NC 3 Position 2-pos. (DPDT) Operator Position Style C -- Right Pushed -- C Pushed Left Right Contact Contact NO NC NO NC Left Right Contact Contact NO NC NO NC C Left Right Contact Contact NO NC NO NC C C Normal 2-pos. (DPDT) Blocked C C Left Right Contact Contact NO NC NO NC C C 3-pos. (DPDT) Left Right Contact Contact NO NC NO NC Timers Operation C Contacts C As viewed from front of switch. C Terminal Type Solder Tab PCB DPDT LA1T-2C6 LA1T-2C2V DPDT LA1T-21C6 LA1T-21C2V DPDT LA1T-22C6 LA1T-22C2V DPDT LA1T-3C6 LA1T-3C2V DPDT LA1T-31C6 LA1T-31C2V DPDT LA1T-32C6 LA1T-32C2V DPDT LA1T-33C6 LA1T-33C2V U Maintained 2 -Position D U Spring return from top D Contactors U Spring return from bottom D U Maintained C D Terminal Blocks 3-Position U Spring return from top C D U Spring return from bottom C D U Spring return from both C D Circuit Breakers 1. PCB terminal models also available with silver contacts (change "1" or "2" to "5" or "6" respectively, ie LA1T-2C2V becomes LA1T-2C6V). 2. Terminology: U = up, D = down, C = center. 516 All models www.IDEC.com C C C Left Right Contact Contact NO NC NO NC C C C Left Right Left Right Left Right Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact NO NC NO NC NO NC NO NC NO NC NO NC C C Lever Switches Style Spring Return from Bottom Up Left Right Contact Contact NO NC NO NC Left Right Contact Contact NO NC NO NC C C Left Right Contact Contact NO NC NO NC C C Normal Maintained Spring from Top Center Left Right Contact Contact NO NC NO NC C C C C C Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm - L6 Series Switches & Pilot Devices Switch Engraving Order Form - L6 Series Copy this order form and use it to specify Letter Height, Maximum Number of Lines and Text to be engraved. To insure engraving accuracy, fax it to your IDEC representative or Distributor. Telephone: Name: Fax: Address: Email: PO: Part Number to be Engraved: Signaling Lights Your Company: Please check one of the boxes below to indicate your choice of engraving options: # of Lines Letter Height 1 5/32 Round Switch Square Switch Max. Characters Per Line 6 # of Lines Letter Height 1 5/32 Relays & Sockets Rectangular Switch Max. Characters Per Line # of Lines 5 Letter Height Max. Characters Per Line 5/32 3 1/8 3 1 5/32 6 2 5 1/8 6 1/8 6 2 Custom* 1/8 6 4 N/A 3 1/8 6 3 Custom* 4 N/A 4 Timers 3 5/32 2 N/A *Engraving is possible, but character size will be smaller than standard sizes. Above mentioned specifications hold true for standard size pushbuttons (round, square and rectangular). Oversize pushbuttons and pilot lights allow you to engrave 1 additional character. Engraving is done on the button itself for non-iIlluminated push buttons and on marking plate for illuminated pushbuttons and pilot lights. Please enter text exactly how you want it engraved, take care to emphasize capital or small letters. Contactors 1. 2. 3. 4. Sample Letter Sizes Enter text to be engraved: 1/8 Letters: Line 1: Terminal Blocks 5/32 Letters: Line 2: Line 3: Line 4: Circuit Breakers For IDEC Internal Use Only: Work Order #: 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 517 Switches & Pilot Devices Accessories Item Specifications Appearance Part Number Notes Ring Wrench Made of metal MT-001 Used for tightening the plastic locking ring when installing the L6 series unit on a panel. Tightening torque should not exceed 9kgf cm when tightening the locking ring. Lamp Holder Tool (Made of Rubber) Made of rubber. Used for removing and replacing LED and incandescent lamps in illuminated units. OR-44 Rubber tool used for replacing LED and incandescent lamps. Lens Removal Tool For Illuminated pushbuttons and pilot lights. MT-101 Used for removing the lens or button from the housing. LED Lamp 5V DC 6V AC/DC 12V AC/DC 24V AC/DC 120V AC Incandescent Lamp 6V AC/DC 12V AC/DC 24V AC/DC Switch Guard 180 degrees opening, spring return Terminal Cover Made of white nylon Timers Relays & Sockets Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm - L6 Series LFTD-5k LFTD-6k LFTD-1k LFTD-2k LFTD-H2k LH-06 LH-14 LH-28 Prevents inadvertent switch operation. IP65 oiltight rated. All removable contacts H6-VL2 Covers terminals to prevent possible electric shock. Unibody Pilot Lights H6-PVL AL-B6 Fills unused panel cutouts. Made of nitrile rubber. Pushin installation from front of panel. IP65 (oiltight) rated. Aluminum AL-BM6 Fills unused panel cutouts. Made of aluminum. Screwon locking ring from inside of panel. IP65 (oiltight) rated. for HA1K (#231) - oversize KG9Z-SK Pair of keys. Mounting Hole Plug Contactors Terminal Blocks Oversize Round Oversize Square Mushroom Replacement Engraving Inserts Replacement Locking Ring Replacement Anti-Rotation Ring All models HA9Z-P1-W HA9Z-P2-W HA9Z-P13-W HA9Z-LN L6 oversize Replacement Selector Inserts HA9Z-LP HA9Z-HC1-j Replacement Safety Lever Lock HA9Z-LS Circuit Breakers 518 0.5W, T 1-3/4 miniature flange base HA9Z-K1 Oversize Round/Sq Rubber Replacement Keys T 1-3/4 miniature flange base. In place of j specify LED Color Code (A, G, R, S, W, Y). www.IDEC.com Prevents rotation of switches in panel. (included with all assembled switches) Applicable to round oversize selectors only j = (G, R, S, W, Y) Switches & Pilot Devices Appearance Description Used With Part Number o24mm round, metal (aluminum color), panel cut-out o20.2mm Illuminated selector switches. LA9Z-SM61 o24mm round, plastic (black), panel cut-out o20.2mm Switches & Pilot Devices Item o16mm - L6 Series LA9Z-S61B L6 Switch + Flush Bezel Signaling Lights LA9Z-S71B 024mm square, plastic (black), panel cut-out 020.2mm Flush Bezel = 24 x 30mm rectangular, plastic (black), panel cut-out o20.2 x 26.2mm Flush Switch Rectangular, plastic (black) LA9Z-KS8 Relays & Sockets Switch Guard w/ Flush Bezel (spring return) LA9Z-S81B Flush bezels not applicable for oversize units. Dimensions (mm) Lever Switches (LA1T) Buzzer (LA3Z) PC Board Terminal 0.8Wx0.5t 2-R0.6 Tab Terminal 2.8Wx0.5t Panel Thickness 0.5 to 6 K C LO R15.5 2 17.8 5.5 1.2 6 24 6 2.7 18 X1 Timers o21 X2 15.8 o18 10.8 1 2.6 10.5 9 36 24 13.5 9 Emergency Stop Switch (HA1B) Rubber Washer " .61 RO m) .5m (15 LOCK Panel Thickness 0.02"-0.24" (0.5~6.0mm) Stopper Locking Ring 8" 0.9 m) O .9m (24 PCB Terminal 0.34" Contactors + (8.7mm) NC NC - 0.21" (5.4mm) o0.70" o0.83" (21mm) (17.8mm) 0.62" (15.8mm) 0.20" 0.41" (5.2mm) (10.5mm) 1.42" (36mm) 0.53" (13.5mm) 0.43" (11mm) 0.98" (25mm) Emergency Stop Switch (HA1E) - Short Body Style Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 519 Switches & Pilot Devices Illuminated Selector Switches (LA*F) Panel Thickness 0.5 to 6 6.4 Gasket Locking Ring LOCK 1.45 6.8 T OP Anti-rotation Ring Round Rectangular o1 8 Square 17.8 6 5 NO C 5 18 6 NC X1 X2 NO X2 C o21 15.8 NC 1 1 K C Signaling Lights 0.6 Tab Terminal Width 2.8x0.5t PC Board Terminal Width 0.8x0.5t LO R15.5 1.2 Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm - L6 Series 2 2.6 1 10.5 9 5.5 13.5 9 36 PC Board Terminal 24 18 17 Solder/Tab Terminal Relays & Sockets PC Board Drilling Layout (Bottom View) Panel Cut-Out 6.4 +0.2 0 Pilot Lights, Selector Switches, Key Selector Switches 6.8 Pushbutton Lever Switches 6.8 7.85 1.45 1.45 le Ho Ho le .2 o1 .2 24 le Ho o1 .2 o1 5 5 5 24 5 5 5 1 1 1 o16.2 Illuminated Pushbuttons, Illuminated Selector Switches Timers HA1B E-Stop PCB Mounting Pattern 0.21" (5.3mm) 0.21" (5.3mm) 0.34" (8.7mm) Contactors O (1. 0.0 2m 5" m) 0.21" (5.4mm) NO C NC NO C NC X2 X2 X1 Terminal Blocks Oversize Flush Pushbutton and Pilot Lights 1.02 [25.9] Circuit Breakers 0.43 [11.0] 520 www.IDEC.com 0.94 [24.0] Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm - L6 Series Switches & Pilot Devices NO C NC NO C NC Oversize Extended Non-Illuminated Pushbutton 0.59 [15.1] Signaling Lights Oversize Unibody Pilot Lights Relays & Sockets 1.48 [37.5] NO C NC NO C NC Mushroom Pushbuttons Timers 1.18 [30.0] 0.79 [20.0] NO C NC NO Contactors C NC Oversize Selector Switch 0.94 [23.8] 0.77 [19.5] Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 521 Switches & Pilot Devices NO C NC NO C NC Oversize Key Switch 1.54 [39.0] NO C NC NO C NC Lever Switch 0.94 [23.8] Flush Bezel Selector Switches 14.8 2 17 o2 4 10 18 2 26 27.4 23 24 30 9.3 2 Flush Bezel Mounting Hole Layout Square 20.2 Rectangular 26.2 +0.2 - 0.1 +0.2 - 0.1 0. 2 + - 0 0.2 .1 Round Circuit Breakers 24 min. 522 24 min. 24 min. 24 min. +0.2 20.2 -0.1 o2 Terminal Blocks 4 o2 8.5 20 21.4 Rectangular Contactors 2 24 21.4 Square 8.5 2 8 o1 24 18 Timers 8 o1 0.9 0.8 9.8 Lever Plastic Metal o 20 22.6 Round Flush Bezel Gasket o21.4 Mounting Bracket Illuminated 20 Relays & Sockets Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm - L6 Series 24 min. 30 min. www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices X1 X2 X1 X2 NC NO NC NO X1 X2 Input Terminal (X2) Steady Slow Quick Buzzer Sound Switch Signaling Lights H6-VL2 Lamp Terminal (-) Input Terminal (X1) C C X2 Lamp Terminal (-) C Lamp Terminal (+) X2 X1 NC NO Lamp Terminal (+) Buzzer TOP X2 NC TOP NO TOP AL-K6SP Illuminated Pushbuttons C Pilot Lights AL-B6 47 2 o18 6 o16.5 17.6 TOP Switches & Pilot Devices Terminal Configurations Non Illuminated Pushbutton o16mm - L6 Series 4 15 LFTD LED Lamp Internal Circuit 12 o17.8 2.5 Relays & Sockets AL-BM6 21 Gasket Locking Ring Timers Panel Thickness 0.5 to 6 LED Chip Protective Diode Zener Diode AL-B6 Contactors o18 6 o16.5 2 Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 523 Relays & Sockets Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o16mm - L6 Series Switches & Pilot Devices General Instructions Pushbutton Assembly Lamp Installation Lamps can be replaced in two ways: 1. If contacts are accessible (or pushbutton not installed in a panel) then it is easiest to first remove the contacts from the operator. This will allow easy access to the lamp/lamp-holder assembly. Grab lamp, depress slightly, and turn counter clockwise. Lamp can then be removed by pushing it back through the lamp holder. 2. If contacts are not accessible, then the lamp can be replaced by first removing the lens from the operator. Just pull lens straight out either with a fingernail or optional lens removal tool (MT-101). Lamp/lamp-holder assembly can then be removed with lamp removal tool (OR-44). Insert lamp removal tool through operator, depress slightly, turn counter clockwise, then pull lamp/lamp-holder assembly out. Lamp can then be removed by pushing it back through the lamp holder. Engraving Lenses All buttons and lenses can be engraved directly on the outside surface. Illuminated lenses also allow for engraving on a plate that is underneath the colored section of the lens. Remove the colored section of the lens by pulling on the edge while simultaneously unhooking it from the latches on the lens holder. The marking plate will then be accessible. It can then be engraved or a thin marked insert (such as mylar or paper) can be sandwiched between the marking plate and colored section of the lens. Fitting Grooves Grooves Engraving Surface Timers Color Lens Panel Mounting Lens Holder Before any unit can be mounted into a panel, the contact block must be removed. Slide metal locking lever and pull contact off. Loosen and remove the locking ring and square anti-rotation ring from the operator and insert operator through panel cutout from the front of the panel. Slide on anti-rotation ring and tighten locking ring, using locking ring wrench (MT-001). Slide contact block onto operator, observing TOP marking on both parts. Slide metal locking lever in direction indicated by LOCK. The yellow plastic safety lever lock can then be snapped onto the locking lever; this will prevent vibration or maintenance actions from releasing the contact from the operator. PCB Mounting Being able to separate the contacts from the operator allows for assembly of the front panel components (operator and lens) to be performed in tandem with the PC board assembly and soldering. For applications where multiple rows of pushbuttons are mounted closely together, or where other components may obstruct access to the contact locking lever, be sure to include access holes in the PC board (refer to PC board layout dimensions for location). Also be sure to allow for space above and to the side of contact to ensure that no components block the contact block locking lever. PC board pins are designed to rest on the PCB, take this into consideration to ensure that pins do not short closely spaced traces. Circuit Breakers Terminal Blocks Contactors Marking Plate 524 www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm XW E-Stops Switches & Pilot Devices 22mm XW E-Stops Key features: 45 to 85% RH (no condensation) Storage Temperature -45 to +80C Operating Force Push-to-lock: 32N Pull-to-reset: 21N Turn-to-reset: 0.27N*m Minimum Force Required for Direct Opening Action 80N Min Operator Stroke Required for Direct Opening Action 4mm Maximum Operator Stroke 4.5mm Contact Resistance 50m maximum (initial value) Contact Material Gold plated silver Insulation Resistance 100M minimum (500V DC megger) Impulse Withstand Voltage 2.5kV Pollution Degree 3 Operation Frequency 900 operations/hour Shock Resistance Operating extremes: 150m/s2 (15G), Damage limits: 1000m/s2 (100G) Vibration Resistance Operating extremes: 10 to 500Hz, amplitude 0.35mm acceleration 50m/s2 Damage limits: 10 to 500Hz, amplitude 0.35mm acceleration 50m/s2 Mechanical Life 250,000 operations minimum Electrical Life 100,000 operations minimum, (250,000 operations minimum @ 24V AC/DC, 100mA) Degree of Protection Operator: IP65 (IEC60529) Terminal: IP20 (when XW9Z-VL2MF is installed) Terminal Style M3.0 screw terminal Recommended Tightening Torque for Locking Ring 2.0N*m Wire Size 16 AWG max Weight o40mm: 72g o60mm: 81g 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada Circuit Breakers Operating Humidity Terminal Blocks Non-illuminated: -25 to +60C (no freezing), Illuminated: -25 to +55C (no freezing) Contactors IEC60947-5-1, EN60947-5-1, IEC60947-5-5, EN60947-5-5, UL508, UL991, CSA C22.2 No. 14 Operating Temperature CCC No. 2005010305150897 Timers Applicable Standards Relays & Sockets UL File #E68961 Specifications Signaling Lights * The depth behind the panel is only 48.7 mm for 1 to 4 contacts (with terminal cover) for illuminated and non-illuminated units. * IDEC's original "Safe break action" ensures that the NC contacts open when the contact block is detached from the operator. * 1 to 4NC main contacts and 1 or 2NO monitor contacts * Push-to-lock, Pull or Turn-to-reset operator * Safety lock mechanism (IEC60947-5-5, 6.2) * Degree of protection IP65 (IEC60529) * Fingersafe (IP20) terminals * Two button sizes: o40 and o60 mm * Push-ON illumination type available (40mm mushroom head) * Direct opening action mechanism (IEC60947-5-5, 5.2, IEC60947-5-1, Annex K) * RoHS compliant (EU directive 2002/95/EC). * UL c-UL listed. EN compliant * UL NISD category emergency stop device (File# E305148) 525 Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm XW E-Stops Part Numbers Style Operator Type Monitor Contact Non-Illuminated Signaling Lights 40mm Mushroom 60mm Mushroom Illuminated 1 Relays & Sockets 40mm Mushroom LED with built-in 24V AC/DC LED 40mm Mushroom Push-ON LED 2 Main Contact Part Number 1NO 1NC XW1E-BV411M-R - 2NC XW1E-BV402M-R 2NO 2NC XW1E-BV422M-R 1NO 3NC XW1E-BV413M-R - 4NC XW1E-BV404M-R 1NO 1NC XW1E-BV511M-R - 2NC XW1E-BV502M-R 2NO 2NC XW1E-BV522M-R 1NO 3NC XW1E-BV513M-R - 4NC XW1E-BV504M-R 1NO 1NC XW1E-LV411Q4M-R - 2NC XW1E-LV402Q4M-R 2NO 2NC XW1E-LV422Q4M-R 1NO 3NC XW1E-LV413Q4M-R - 4NC XW1E-LV404Q4M-R 1NO 2NC XW1E-TV412Q4M-R 1. The light is independent of the position of the switch, except for push-on LED type. 2. The light only operates when the switch is pressed as it is internally wired. Contactors Timers XW Series EMO Switches Style NC Main Contact NO Monitor Contact Part Number 1NC - XW1E-BV401M-RH-EMO 40mm Mushroom 2NC - XW1E-BV402M-RH-EMO 3NC - XW1E-BV403M-RH-EMO 4NC - XW1E-BV404M-RH-EMO 1NC 1NO XW1E-BV411M-RH-EMO 2NC 1NO XW1E-BV412M-RH-EMO 3NC 1NO XW1E-BV413M-RH-EMO 2NC 2NO XW1E-BV422M-RH-EMO FB Enclosures with XW E-Stops Style Style Terminal Blocks 40mm Push-lock Turn/Pull Reset Non-Illuminated Circuit Breakers 40mm Push-lock Turn/Pull Reset Illuminated* 60mm Push-lock Turn/Pull Reset Non-Illuminated 526 NC Contact NO Contact Part Number 2NC - FB1W-XW1E-BV402MR 1NC 1NO FB1W-XW1E-BV411MR 2NC 2NO FB1W-XW1E-BV422MR 3NC 1NO FB1W-XW1E-BV413MR 4NC - FB1W-XW1E-BV404MR 2NC - FB1W-XW1E-LV402MR 1NC 1NO FB1W-XW1E-LV411MR 2NC 2NO FB1W-XW1E-LV422MR 3NC 1NO FB1W-XW1E-LV413MR 4NC - FB1W-XW1E-LV404MR 2NC - FB1W-XW1E-BV502MR 1NC 1NO FB1W-XW1E-BV511MR 2NC 2NO FB1W-XW1E-BV522MR 3NC 1NO FB1W-XW1E-BV513MR 4NC - FB1W-XW4E-BV504MR www.IDEC.com For added safety, Switch Guards and Nameplates can be used with E-Stop Enclosures *LED illumination voltage: 24V AC/DC Switches & Pilot Devices Mounting Hole Layout 250V Rated Current (Ith) 5A 3A Inductive Load (AC-15) - 3A 1.5A 2A 0.4A 0.2A Inductive Load (DC-13) 1A 0.22A 0.1A Resistive Load (AC-12) - 1.2A 0.6A - 0.6A 0.3A Panel to 6 2AThickness 0.80.4A 0.2A Inductive Load (AC-14) Resistive Load (DC-12) 20.1 Inductive Load (DC-13) 1A 0.22A Panel Cutout R0. Panel Thickness 0.8 to 6 8m 0.1A ax. o22 3.2 +0.4 0 R *4 *3 *1 X1 *4 *3 *2 X1 R *4 *3 X2 TO P 11 12 41 * Contact Type 1-2: NC main contact 3-4: NO monitor contact * Contact Number (1-4) Starting with the contact on TOP in a counterclockwise direction. Note: 1: contact on the TOP 2: contact on the Left 3: contact on the Bottom 4: contact on the Right 22 *2 LED L X2 *4 L R 42 X2 R R 21 *1 L *1 *2 LED *3 LED Terminal Marking Description *2 X1 R *4 L 4 X1 X2 *3 TOP *1 X2 *1 *2 *1 L *4 *3 *2 *3 R LED *3 TOP 3 *4 R TOP *4 Push-ON L *2 *1 *4 *1 *4 *3 *2 X1 *3 *1 X2 *2 *2 *2 *1 *1 *1 R TOP LED L *2 *1 *4 *3 L *2 *1 *2 *1 *2 *2 R *2 *2 *1 X1 R *3 *2 1NO-2NC Terminal Blocks LED *1 *1 L TOP *2 TOP *4 *2 *1 *2 *1 *2 *1 TOP L *3 R Illuminated *1 *2 *4 TOP TOP L *1 2NO-2NC 32 Voltage Code Blank: Non-illuminated Q4: Illuminated 24V AC/DC Contactors *2 1NO-1NC Color R: red RH-EMO: red with EMO engraving Timers TOP R 24.1 32 Terminal Arrangements (Bottom View) 4NC 1NO-3NC 2NC L 0.5 1 48.7 XW9Z-VL2MF *1 1 - 4 contacts, both illuminated IP20 Protection Cover and non-illuminated *2 48.7 *1 Gasket Locking Ring Contact Configuration 11: 1NO - 1NC 02: 2NC 13: 1NO - 3NC Terminal 04: Cover4NC 47.2 XW9Z-VL2M 48.7 22: 2NO-2NC Mushroom Size 12: 1NO-2NC (Push-ON 4: o40mm LED only) 01: 1NC (EMO switch only) 5: o60mm (non-illuminated only) 03: 3NC (EMO switch only) Illumination B: Non-Illuminated L: Illuminated LED T: Illuminated Push-ON LED *1 Description *2 M3 Terminal Screw XW1E - L V 4 11 Q4M - R 37 Depth (mm) *1 Part Number Key 0.5 Relays & Sockets Gasket Locking Ring o40 Depth Behind the Panel TOP R M3 Terminal Screw Current 15mA Non-Illuminated +0.2 0 Panel Cut-out Illuminated Unit LED Ratings Push-ON 24V AC/DC 10% 70mm min X Minimum applicable load: 5V AC/DC, 1mA (reference value). The rated operating currents are measured at resistive/inductive load types specified in IEC 60947-5-1. 20.1 22.3 X&Y +0.4 Y .3 Operating Voltage18.5 40mm 2 DC 5A Resistive Load (DC-12) Illuminated 18.5 - Resistive Load (AC-12) oA 37 AC 50/60Hz 250V 2 DC 125V 1 Main Monitor Contacts (NO) Contacts (NC) AC 50/60Hz 30V Size Signaling Lights Rated Operating Current Rated Operating Voltage (Ue) Measurements oA +0.4 0 Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui) Switches & Pilot Devices Contact Ratings o22mm XW E-Stops 34 33 (Example: 1NO-3NC contact) Circuit Breakers 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 527 Switches & Pilot Devices Dimensions (mm) XW LED Illuminated/Push-ON (with terminal cover) Illuminated R0. o22 8m ax. .3 +0.4 0 R0. 8 +0.218.5 3.2ma0x. o22 .3 +0.4 ax. .3 Gasket Locking Ring 20.1 Panel Cut-out 0.5 Push-ON 0.5 18.5 3.2 +0.4 0 M3 M3Terminal Terminal Screw Screw 20.1 +0.2 0 +0.4 0 +0.2 0 Panel Cut-out Gasket Gasket LockingRing Ring Locking M3 Terminal Screw 0.5 o40 37 37 37 37 +0.4 0 o40 32 32 Terminal Cover IP20 Protection Cover XW9Z-VL2M XW9Z-VL2MF 0 IP20 Protection Cover XW9Z-VL2MF o6 0.5 Relays & Sockets 47.2 48.7 Terminal Cover XW9Z-VL2M Panel Cut-out 48.7 32 47.2 48.7 32 o40mm Button o40mm Button o60mm Button 32 EMO R0 .8 0.5 R0 .8 ma x. o2 0.5 +0.2 0 o2 ma x. 2.3 +0 0 .4 3.2 +0.2 0 +0 0 .4 Timers 24.1+0.4 0 2.3 3.2 24.1+0.4 0 32 Panel Cut-out 47.2 48.7 32.2 M3 Terminal Screw 20.1 Panel Cut-out 47.2 48.7 Rubber Gasket 18.5 M3 Terminal Screw 20.1 32.2 Rubber Gasket Locking Ring Terminal Cover XW9Z-VL2MF Panel Thickness 0.8 to 6 Terminal Cover XW9Z-VL2M Accessories: Terminal Covers Locking Ring Panel Thickness 0.8 to 6 Accessories: Shrouds Description Terminal Blocks Appearance 21 37 37 21 o4 o4 0 0 18.5 Contactors 3.2 o40 37 o22 8m 24.1 Signaling Lights 18.5 R0. +0.4 0 +0.4 0 Gasket M3 Terminal Locking Ring Screw ax. .3 o6 0 20.1 LED Push-ON Type o40 18.5 8m R 24.1 R Panel Cut-out R0. o22 0 M3 Terminal Screw PanelThickness Thickness0.8 0.8toto6 6 Panel 20.1+0.2 3.2 0 24.1 Panel Thickness 0.8Thickness to 6 Panel 0.8 to 6 20.1 24.1 18.5 +0.4 0 XW Non-Illuminated (with terminal cover) R Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm XW E-Stops Part Numbers Appearance Part Numbers XW9Z-VL2M HW9Z-KG1 40mm Mushroom Head SEMI S2-0703, 12.5.1 Compliant IP20 Fingersafe Cover XW9Z-VL2MF HW9Z-KG2 40mm, and 60mm Mushroom Head SEMI S2-0703, 12.5.1 & SEMATECH Compliant HW9Z-KG3 40mm Mushroom Head SEMI S2 Compliant (Approved by TUV) HW9Z-KG4 40mm Mushroom Head SEMI S2 Compliant (Approved by TUV) & SEMATECH Legend Part Number Inner O Outer O HWAV-0 22mm 60mm "Emergency Stop" HWAV-27 22mm 60mm (blank) HWAV5-0 22mm 80mm "Emergency Stop" HWAV5-27 22mm 80mm Circuit Breakers (blank) Use 60mm nameplates for 40mm mushroom buttons and 80mm nameplates for 60mm mushroom buttons. 528 Applicable Standards Terminal Cover for contact block Accessories: Nameplates Appearance E-Stop Types www.IDEC.com Terminal Cover XW9Z-VL2M Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm XW E-Stops Switches & Pilot Devices Operating Instructions Removing the Contact Block Installing the Contact Block First unlock the operator button. Grab the bayonet ring j and pull back the bayonet ring until the latch pin clicks k, then turn the contact block counterclockwise and pull out l. First unlock the operator button. Align the small t marking on the edge of the operator with the small s marking on the yellow bayonet ring. Hold the contact block, not the bayonet ring. Press the contact block onto the operator and turn the contact block clockwise until the bayonet ring clicks. k Turn counterclockwise Bayonet Ring q marking p marking Signaling Lights j Grab k Turn clockwise j Grab k Pull j Push Notes for installing the contact block Notes for removing the contact block Make sure that the bayonet ring is in the locked position. Check that the two projections on the bayonet ring are securely in place. Latched 2. While removing the contact block, do not exert excessive force, otherwise the switch may be damaged. Relays & Sockets 1. When the contact block is removed, the monitor contact (NO contact) is closed. Unlatched Projections 3. An LED lamp is built into the contact block for illuminated pushbuttons. When removing the contact block, pull the contact block straight to prevent damage to the LED lamp. If excessive force is exerted, the LED lamp may be damaged and fail to light. Wiring Panel Mounting The applicable wire size is 16 AWG maximum. Timers Remove the locking ring from the operator and check that the rubber gasket is in place. Insert the operator from panel front into the panel hole. Face the side without thread on the operator with TOP marking upward, and tighten the locking ring using ring wrench MW9Z-T1 to a torque of 2.0 N*m maximum. Operator without thread TOP marking Contactors Locking Ring Rubber Gasket Notes for Panel Mounting Terminal Blocks To prevent the XW emergency stop switch from rotating when resetting from the latched position, use of an anti-rotation ring (HW9Z-RL) or a nameplate is recommended. Circuit Breakers 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 529 Switches & Pilot Devices IP20 Protection Terminal Cover XW9Z-VL2MF Screw Terminal 1. Wire thickness: AWG18 to 16 To install the IP20 protection cover, align the TOP marking on the cover with the TOP marking on the contact block, and press the cover toward the contact block. 2. Tighten the M3 terminal screw to a tightening torque of 0.6 to 1.0 N*m. Installing and Removing Terminal Covers XW9Z-VL2M (Press) To install the terminal cover, align the TOP marking on the terminal cover with the TOP marking on the contact block. Place the two projections on the bottom side of the contact block into the slots in the terminal cover. Press the terminal cover toward the contact block. TOP marking TOP marking TOP marking 1. 2. 3. 4. k Press the terminal cover Relays & Sockets Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm XW E-Stops Once installed, the XW9Z-VL2MF cannot be removed. The XW9Z-VL2MF cannot be installed after wiring. With the XW9Z-VL2MF installed, crimping terminals cannot be used. Make sure that the XW9Z-VL2MF is securely installed. IP20 protection cannot be achieved when installed loosely, and electric shocks may occur. Contact Bounce When the button is reset by pulling or turning, the NC main contacts will bounce. When pressing the button, the NO monitor contacts will bounce. j Place the projections on the contact block Timers To remove the terminal cover, pull out the two latches on the top side of the terminal cover. Do not exert excessive force to the latches, otherwise the latches may break. TOP Markings Pull out the latches When designing a control circuit, take the contact bounce time into consideration (reference value: 20 ms). LED Illuminated Switches LED lamp is built into the contact block and cannot be replaced. Installing the Anti-rotation Ring HW9Z-RL Align the side without thread on the operator with TOP marking, the small s marking on the anti-rotation ring, and the recess on the mounting panel. Contactors Without thread marking on the anti-rotation ring TOP marking Circuit Breakers Terminal Blocks Anti-rotation Ring (HW9Z-RL) 530 www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - CW Series Switches & Pilot Devices o22 Flush Mount CW Switches & Pilot Devices Flush bezel projects only 2.5mm from front of panel and only 39.9mm behind the panel! Key features: * * * * * * * Mark File No. or Organization UL508 CSA C22.2 No.14 Relays & Sockets Applicable Standards Signaling Lights * * * o22.3mm mounting hole compliant with IEC 60947-5-1 3.5-mm operator travel for pushbuttons ensures comfortable and reliable operation Black and metallic bezels available Illuminated pushbuttons, pushbuttons, pilot lights, selector switches and key selector switches are available Direct opening NC contact Seven different keys can be chosen for key selector switches 10A contact rating; up to three contact blocks for non-illuminated and two contact blocks for illuminated models can be connected Contact blocks can be removed by locking lever IP20 finger-safe screw terminals UL Type 4X rating UL/c-UL File No. E68961 TUV SUD EN60947-5-1 EC Low Voltage Directive Specifications Contact Ratings Operating Humidity 45 to 85% RH (no condensation) Storage Temperature -40 to +80C Contact Resistance 50 m maximum (initial value) Insulation Resistance 100 M minimum (500V DC megger) Overvoltage Category II (IEC 60664-1) Impulse Withstand Voltage 2.5 kV (IEC60664-1/60947-5-1) Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui) 300V Rated Thermal Current (Ith) 10A Rated Operating Voltage (Ue) 24V 120V 240V Resistive Load (AC-12) 10A 10A 6A Inductive Load (AC-15) 10A 6A 3A Resistive Load (DC-12) 8A 2.2A 1.1A Inductive Load (DC-13) 4A 1.1A 0.55A Resistive Load (AC-12) 5A 5A 3A Inductive Load (AC-15) 5A 3A 1.5A Resistive Load (DC-12) 4A 1.1A 0.55A Inductive Load (DC-13) 2A 0.55A 0.27A Electrical Life 50,000 operations AC 50/60 Hz 3 (IEC60947-5-1) Vibration Resistance Operating extremes: 5 to 55Hz, amplitude 0.5 mm Shock Resistance Operating extremes: 100 m/s2 Damage limits: 1000 m/s2 Mechanical Life (minimum operations) Pushbutton, illuminated pushbutton: 2,000,000 Selector switch: 250,000 Key selector switch: 250,000 Electrical Life (minimum operations) 50,000 (see Contact Ratings) 100,000 (see Contact Ratings) (switching frequency 1800 operations/h) Degree of Protection (IEC60529) Panel front: IP65 Terminals: IP20 Short-circuit Protection 250V/10A fuse, (Type aM IEC60269-1, IEC602069-2) Electrical Shock Protection Class II (IEC61140) Terminal Style Screw terminal (M3.5 slotted Phillips screw) Bezel Material Polyamide Applicable Wire Size Up to 2 wires of 2 mm (solid wire o1.6) maximum (AWG14 to 16) (Ring terminal cannot be used) 2-position (3NC) 3-position (2NC) Operator Angle for Direct Opening Action 90 45 Recommended Tightening Torque Terminal: Locking ring: Minimum Operator Torque for Direct Opening Action 0.2 N*m 0.3 N*m Maximum Operator Angle 90 45 Type 4X Rated Operating Current (Ie) Electrical Life 100,000 operations AC 50/60 Hz DC Contact Material Silver 1. Minimum applicable load (reference value): 3V AC/DC, 5 mA (Applicable range is subject to the operating conditions and load.) 2. The operational current represents the classification by making and breaking currents (IEC 60947-5-1). 3. UL, c-UL rating: A300 1.0 to 1.3 N*m 1.2 N*m 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada Circuit Breakers Direct Opening of Key Selector Switch 2 Terminal Blocks Pollution Degree Contactors DC Timers Operating Temperature Non-illuminated: -25 to +60C (no freezing) LED illuminated: -25 to +55C (no freezing) 531 Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - CW Series Weights Illuminated Pushbutton 46g (CW1L-M1E02QH, 2 contact blocks) Pushbutton 45g (CW1B-M1E03, 3 contact blocks) Pilot Light 27g (CW1P-1EQH) Selector Switch 48g (CW1S-2E03, 3 contact blocks) Key Selector Switch 61g (CW1K-2E03, 3 contact blocks) Signaling Lights LED Module Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui) 250V Rated Operating Voltage (Ue) 6V AC/DC 12V AC/DC Operating Voltage Range 6V AC/DC10% 12V AC/DC10% 24V AC/DC 100/120V AC 230/240V AC 24V AC/DC10% 100/120V AC10% 230/240V AC10% A (amber), G (green), PW (white), R (red), S (blue) Illumination Color Code k LED Module Part Number CW-EAQ2k CW-EAQ3k CW-EAQ4k CW-EAQHk CW-EAQM4k Current Draw 15 mA 15 mA 16.5 mA 18 mA 18 mA Relays & Sockets Life (reference value) Approx. 30,000 hours X1 X1 R Internal Circuit LED Chip R X2 Rectifying Diode Zener Diode Resistor Timers 1. Specify an illumination color code in place of k in the part number. 2. Use the white (PW) LED module for yellow illumination. Mounting Hole Layout IEC 60947-5-1 compliant 3.2 +0.2 0 R0.8 max. o22 Contactors 50 24.1+0.4 0 .3 +0.4 0 30 Circuit Breakers Terminal Blocks Note: Determine mounting centers to ensure proper spacing. 532 R www.IDEC.com R X2 C R LED Chip Rectifying Diode Zener Diode Resistor Capacitor Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - CW Series Switches & Pilot Devices Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled) Style Operating Voltage 6V AC/DC Round Flush CW0L-01 (black bezel) 24V AC/DC CW4L-1E10Q2k CW1L-1E01Q2k CW4L-1E01Q2k 1NO-1NC CW1L-1E11Q2k CW4L-1E11Q2k 2NO CW1L-1E20Q2k CW4L-1E20Q2k 2NC CW1L-1E02Q2k CW4L-1E02Q2k 1NO CW1L-1E10Q3k CW4L-1E10Q3k 1NC CW1L-1E01Q3k CW4L-1E01Q3k 1NO-1NC CW1L-1E11Q3k CW4L-1E11Q3k 2NO CW1L-1E20Q3k CW4L-1E20Q3k 2NC CW1L-1E02Q3k CW4L-1E02Q3k 1NO CW1L-1E10Q4k CW4L-1E10Q4k 1NC CW1L-1E01Q4k CW4L-1E01Q4k 1NO-1NC CW1L-1E11Q4k CW4L-1E11Q4k 2NO CW1L-1E20Q4k CW4L-1E20Q4k 2NC CW1L-1E02Q4k CW4L-1E02Q4k 1NO CW1L-1E10QHk CW4L-1E10QHk 1NC CW1L-1E01QHk CW4L-1E01QHk CW4L-1E02QHk 1NO CW1L-1E10QM4k CW4L-1E10QM4k 1NC CW1L-1E01QM4k CW4L-1E01QM4k CW1L-1E11QM4k CW4L-1E11QM4k 2NO CW1L-1E20QM4k CW4L-1E20QM4k 2NC CW1L-1E02QM4k CW4L-1E02QM4k 1NO CW1L-2E10Q2k CW4L-2E10Q2k 1NC CW1L-2E01Q2k CW4L-2E01Q2k 1NO-1NC CW1L-2E11Q2k Round Extended CW0L-02 CW4L-2E11Q2k 2NO CW1L-2E20Q2k CW4L-2E20Q2k 2NC CW1L-2E02Q2k CW4L-2E02Q2k 1NO CW1L-2E10Q3k CW4L-2E10Q3k 1NC CW1L-2E01Q3k 12V AC/DC CW4L-2E01Q3k 1NO-1NC CW1L-2E11Q3k CW4L-2E11Q3k 2NO CW1L-2E20Q3k CW4L-2E20Q3k 2NC CW1L-2E02Q3k CW4L-2E02Q3k 1NO CW1L-2E10Q4k CW4L-2E10Q4k 1NC CW1L-2E01Q4k CW4L-2E01Q4k (black bezel) 24V AC/DC 1NO-1NC CW1L-2E11Q4k CW4L-2E11Q4k 2NO CW1L-2E20Q4k CW4L-2E20Q4k 2NC CW1L-2E02Q4k CW4L-2E02Q4k 1NO CW1L-2E10QHk CW4L-2E10QHk 1NC CW1L-2E01QHk CW4L-2E01QHk CW1L-2E11QHk CW4L-2E11QHk 2NO CW1L-2E20QHk CW4L-2E20QHk 2NC CW1L-2E02QHk CW4L-2E02QHk 1NO CW1L-2E10QM4k CW4L-2E10QM4k 1NC CW1L-2E01QM4k CW4L-2E01QM4k CW1L-2E11QM4k CW4L-2E11QM4k 2NO CW1L-2E20QM4k CW4L-2E20QM4k 2NC CW1L-2E02QM4k CW4L-2E02QM4k 100/120V AC 1NO-1NC (metallic bezel) 230/240V AC 1NO-1NC 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada A: G: PW: R: S: Y: amber green white red blue yellow 1. Specify an illumination color code in place of k in the Part Number. 2. Specify function code in place of in the Part Number. M: momentary, A: maintained 3. See page 543 for dimensions. 4. See next page for replacement LED modules. 5. A dummy block is installed when one contact block is used. Circuit Breakers CW1L-1E02QHk Terminal Blocks CW4L-1E20QHk 2NC amber green white red blue yellow Contactors CW4L-1E11QHk CW1L-1E20QHk A: G: PW: R: S: Y: Timers CW1L-1E11QHk 2NO Illumination Color Code k Relays & Sockets CW1L-1E10Q2k 1NC 230/240V AC 1NO-1NC 6V AC/DC Metallic Bezel 1NO 100/120V AC 1NO-1NC (metallic bezel) Black Bezel Signaling Lights 12V AC/DC Contact Configuration 533 Switches & Pilot Devices Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - CW Series Illuminated Pushbuttons (Sub-assembled) Contact Blocks + LED Module + Contact Blocks Style Contacts Mounting Adapter + Operator + 1NO 1NC Black Bezel Style Relays & Sockets YW-E10R Dummy Block Round Extended Part Number Timers 1. In place of j, specify the Lens/LED Color Code from table. 2. In place of k, specify the Voltage Code from table. 3. Use PW LED for yellow lens. Contactors CW1L-M20 CW4L-M20 CW1L-A10 CW4L-A10 Round Extended CW1L-A20 Completed Unit j Lens/LED Color Code Color Code Amber A Green G Red R Blue S White PW Yellow Y CW4L-A20 k Voltage Code CW-EAQ kj Contact Block Mounting Adaptor Lens Style Part Number Round Flush Round Extended CW9Z-L11j CW9Z-L12j 1. In place of j, specify the Lens/LED Color Code from table. Part Number Circuit Breakers Terminal Blocks CW-CN 534 CW1L-M10 CW4L-M10 Maintained CW-DB LED Module Style Metallic Bezel Momentary YW-E01 Round Flush Style = Operators Round Flush Finger-safe screw terminal Lens www.IDEC.com Voltage Code 6V AC/DC 2 12V AC/DC 3 24V AC/DC 4 100/120V AC H 230/240V AC M4 Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - CW Series Switches & Pilot Devices Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled) Style Round Flush CW0B-01 Round Extended CW0B-02 Metallic Bezel 1NO CW1B-1E10j CW4B-1E10j 1NC CW1B-1E01j CW4B-1E01j 1NO-1NC CW1B-1E11j CW4B-1E11j 2NO CW1B-1E20j CW4B-1E20j 2NC CW1B-1E02j CW4B-1E02j 2NO-1NC* CW1B-M1E21j CW4B-M1E21j 1NO-2NC* CW1B-M1E12j CW4B-M1E12j 3NO* CW1B-M1E30j CW4B-M1E30j 3NC* CW1B-M1E03j CW4B-M1E03j 1NO CW1B-2E10j CW4B-2E10j 1NC CW1B-2E01j CW4B-2E01j 1NO-1NC CW1B-2E11j CW4B-2E11j 2NO CW1B-2E20j CW4B-2E20j 2NC CW1B-2E02j CW4B-2E02j 2NO-1NC* CW1B-M2E21j CW4B-M2E21j 1NO-2NC* CW1B-M2E12j CW4B-M2E12j 3NO* CW1B-M2E30j CW4B-M2E30j 3NC* CW1B-M2E03j CW4B-M2E03j Button Color Code j B: G: R: S: W: Y: black green red blue white yellow 1. Specify a button color code in place of j in the part number. 2. Specify function code in place of in the Part Number. M: momentary, A: maintained 3. See page 543 for dimensions. 4. Two or one dummy block is installed when one or two contact blocks are used, respectively. *These contact configurations are not available in maintained action Relays & Sockets (metallic bezel) Black Bezel Signaling Lights (black bezel) Contact Configuration Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons (Sub-assembled) Style Contacts LED Module + Lens = Operators* 1NO 1NC j Button Color Code Style Black Bezel Round Flush Finger-safe screw terminal Completed Unit CW1B-M1j Metallic Bezel CW4B-M1j Momentary YW-E10R YW-E01 Round Extended CW1B-M2j CW4B-M2j CW1B-A1j CW4B-A1j Round Extended CW1B-A2j CW4B-A2j Maintained Dummy Block CW-DB Code Black B Green G Red R Blue S White W Yellow Y Terminal Blocks Round Flush Color Contactors Contact Blocks + Timers Contact Blocks 1. Specify a button color code in place of j. 2. *Operator button is not removable from operator. Contact Block Mounting Adaptor Style Part Number Circuit Breakers CW-CN 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 535 Switches & Pilot Devices Relays & Sockets Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - CW Series Pilot Lights (Assembled) Style Operating Voltage Black Bezel Metallic Bezel Round Flush Lens CW0P-1 6V AC/DC CW1P-1EQ2k CW4P-1EQ2k 12V AC/DC CW1P-1EQ3k CW4P-1EQ3k 24V AC/DC CW1P-1EQ4k CW4P-1EQ4k 100/120V AC CW1P-1EQHk CW4P-1EQHk (black bezel) 230/240V AC CW1P-1EQM4k CW4P-1EQM4k Round Dome Lens CW0P-2 6V AC/DC CW1P-2EQ2k CW4P-2EQ2k 12V AC/DC CW1P-2EQ3k CW4P-2EQ3k 24V AC/DC CW1P-2EQ4k CW4P-2EQ4k 100/120V AC CW1P-2EQHk CW4P-2EQHk 230/240V AC CW1P-2EQM4k CW4P-2EQM4k (metallic bezel) Illumination Color Code k A: G: R: S: PW: Y: amber green red blue white yellow 1. Specify an illumination color code in place of k in the Part Number 2. See page 543 for dimensions. 3. See page 545 for replacement LED modules. 4. Two dummy blocks are installed. Pilot Lights (Sub-assembled) + LED Module + Mounting Adapter + Operator + Lens = Completed Unit Timers Contact Blocks* * 2 dummy blocks are required for each completed pilot light. Contact Block Contactors Style Contact Block Mounting Adaptor Contacts Dummy Block Part Number Style Part Number Lens Style Part Number CW-DB CW-CN LED Module Style Part Number Terminal Blocks Black Bezel CW1P-00 Metallic Bezel CW4P-00 Circuit Breakers 1. In place of j, specify the Lens/LED Color Code from table. 2. In place of k, specify the Voltage Code from table. 3. Use PW LED for yellow lens. Style 536 CW9Z-L11j Round Dome CW9Z-L15j 1. In place of j, specify the Lens/LED Color Code from table. Operators CW-EAQ kj Round Flush www.IDEC.com j Lens/LED Color Code k Voltage Code Voltage Code Color Code 6V AC/DC 2 Amber A 12V AC/DC 3 Green G 24V AC/DC 4 Red R 100/120V AC H Blue S 230/240V AC M4 White PW Yellow Y Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - CW Series Switches & Pilot Devices Selector Switches (Assembled) CW0S (Knob Operator) Shape (black bezel) 1NO (10) 1NO-1NC (11) CW0S-2E10 CW0S-21E10 -- Dummy 3 -- Dummy 1 -- Dummy 2 -- Dummy CW0S-2E01 CW0S-21E01 3 NC 1 NO 2 -- Dummy CW0S-2E11 CW0S-21E11 Dummy CW0S-2E20 CW0S-21E20 Dummy CW0S-2E02 CW0S-21E02 CW0S-2E21 CW0S-21E21 CW0S-2E12 CW0S-21E12 CW0S-2E30 CW0S-21E30 CW0S-2E03 CW0S-21E03 3 NC 1 NO -- 2NC (02) 1 NC 2 -- 3 NC 1 NO 2 NO 3 NC 1 NO 2 NC 3 NC 1 NO 2 NO 3 NO 1 NC 2 NC 3 NC R Contactors NO 2 NO 3NC (03) Spring return from right 1 3 3NO (30) Maintained Type 2 1NO-2NC (12) L R Mounting Position 2NO (20) 2NO-1NC (21) R L Timers 90 2-position L Operator Position Relays & Sockets 1NC (01) Contact Block Signaling Lights No. of Positions Contact Configuration (metallic bezel) Terminal Blocks 1. Specify a bezel color code in place of 0 in the part number: 1 (black bezel), 4 (metallic bezel). 2. Lever operator is also available. For dimensions, see page 544. 3. To order a lever operator selector switch, insert L before E in the knob operator part number. Example: Knob Operator part number CW1S-2E10 becomes CW1S-2LE10 for Lever Operator. Lever Operator Contact Block Mounting Position 1 2 3 Left Center Right CW1S-0L (black bezel) CW4S-0L (metallic bezel) 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 1 NO 2 NC 3 NC C R Operator Position Circuit Breakers L 537 Switches & Pilot Devices No. of Positions Contact Configuration 1NO-1NC (11) 1NO-1NC (11N1) Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - CW Series Relays & Sockets 1NO-1NC (11N2) Timers NO -- NC NC -- 3 NO 1 NO 2 NC 3 1 -- -- NC NO 1NO-1NC (11N4) 1 -- 2 NO 3 NC 1 NO 2NC (02) 2NO-1NC (21) 2NO-1NC (21N1) Contactors 1 2 3 1 2 3 2NC (02N1) 1NO-2NC (12) 1NO-2NC (12N1) Terminal Blocks Type 2 2NO (20N1) 45 3-position Mounting Position 1NO-1NC (11N3) 2NO (20) 3NO (30) 3NC (03) Operator Position Contact Block 2 -- 3 NO 1 -- 2 NO 3 NO 1 2 3 1 NC -- NC -- 2 NC 3 NC 1 NO 2 NO 3 NC 1 NO 2 NC 3 NO 1 NO 2 NC 3 1 NC NC 2 NO 3 NC 1 NO 2 NO 3 NO 1 NC 2 NC 3 NC L L C R L Circuit Breakers R L C R L C R Maintained Spring return from right Spring return from left Spring return two-way Dummy CW0S-3E11 CW0S-31E11 CW0S-32E11 CW0S-33E11 Dummy CW0S-3E11N1 CW0S-31E11N1 CW0S-32E11N1 CW0S-33E11N1 CW0S-3E11N2 CW0S-31E11N2 CW0S-32E11N2 CW0S-33E11N2 CW0S-3E11N3 CW0S-31E11N3 CW0S-32E11N3 CW0S-33E11N3 CW0S-3E11N4 CW0S-31E11N4 CW0S-32E11N4 CW0S-33E11N4 CW0S-3E20 CW0S-31E20 CW0S-32E20 CW0S-33E20 CW0S-3E20N1 CW0S-31E20N1 CW0S-32E20N1 CW0S-33E20N1 CW0S-3E02 CW0S-31E02 CW0S-32E02 CW0S-33E02 CW0S-3E02N1 CW0S-31E02N1 CW0S-32E02N1 CW0S-33E02N1 CW0S-3E21 CW0S-31E21 CW0S-32E21 CW0S-33E21 CW0S-3E21N1 CW0S-31E21N1 CW0S-32E21N1 CW0S-33E21N1 CW0S-3E12 CW0S-31E12 CW0S-32E12 CW0S-33E12 CW0S-3E12N1 CW0S-31E12N1 CW0S-32E12N1 CW0S-33E12N1 CW0S-3E30 CW0S-31E30 CW0S-32E30 CW0S-33E30 CW0S-3E03 CW0S-31E03 CW0S-32E03 CW0S-33E03 C R Dummy Dummy Dummy Dummy Dummy Dummy Dummy 1. Specify a bezel color code in place of 0 in the Part Number, 1 (black bezel), 4 (metallic bezel) 2. For the contact block mounting position, see page 540. 3. Lever operator is also available. For dimensions, see page 544. 4. To order a lever operator selector switch, insert L before E in the knob operator part number. Example: Knob Operator part number CW1S-3E11 becomes CW1S-3LE11 for Lever Operator. 538 C www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - CW Series Switches & Pilot Devices Selector Switches (Sub-assembled) Contact Block + Mounting Adaptor + Operator = Completed Unit Signaling Lights Contact Blocks Style Contacts 1NO 1NC Finger-safe screw terminal YW-E10R YW-E01 Relays & Sockets Dummy Block CW-DB Contact Block Mounting Adaptor Style Part Number Timers CW-CN Operators Style Position Handle 2 position Lever Knob (knob operator shown) Lever Metallic Bezel Maintained CW1S-2 CW4S-2 Spring return from right CW1S-21 CW4S-21 Maintained CW1S-2L CW4S-2L Spring return from right CW1S-21L CW4S-21L Maintained CW1S-3 CW4S-3 Spring return from right CW1S-31 CW4S-31 Spring return from left CW1S-32 CW4S-32 Spring return two-way CW1S-33 CW4S-33 Maintained CW1S-3L CW4S-3L Spring return from right CW1S-31L CW4S-31L Spring return from left CW1S-32L CW4S-32L Spring return two-way CW1S-33L CW4S-33L Terminal Blocks 3 position Black Bezel Contactors Knob Description Lever or knob is supplied with operator. Circuit Breakers 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 539 Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - CW Series Key Selector Switches (Assembled) CW0K Shape (black bezel) Signaling Lights Contact Block No. of Positions Contact Configuration Type 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 NO -- -- -- -- NC NO -- NC NO -- NO NC -- NC NO NO NC NO NC NC NO NO NO NC NC NC Relays & Sockets 1NC (01) 1NO-1NC (11) 2NO (20) 2NC (02) Timers 2NO-1NC (21) 1NO-2NC (12) 3NO (30) Contactors Operator Position L Mounting Position 1NO (10) 90 2-position (metallic bezel) 3NC (03) L R R L R Maintained Spring return from right Dummy Dummy Dummy Dummy CW0K-2AE10 CW0K-21BE10 CW0K-2AE01 CW0K-21BE01 Dummy CW0K-2AE11 CW0K-21BE11 Dummy CW0K-2AE20 CW0K-21BE20 Dummy CW0K-2AE02 CW0K-21BE02 CW0K-2AE21 CW0K-21BE21 CW0K-2AE12 CW0K-21BE12 CW0K-2AE30 CW0K-21BE30 CW0K-2AE03 CW0K-21BE03 Terminal Blocks 1. Specify a bezel color code in place of 0 in the Part Number: 1 (black bezel), 4 (metallic bezel). 2. On the spring-returned models, the key can be released only from the maintained position. On the maintained models, the key can be released from any position. Key retained positions are also available. See below. 3. Two keys are supplied. 4. Key cylinder material: Metal 5. Besides the standard key (key number 0H), six other keys are also available. See below. 6. For the contact block mounting position, see page 541. 7. For dimensions, see page 544. 8. When ordering an optional key or optional key retained positions, specify designation codes as shown below: Example: CW1K-2AE10-1H (blank): 1H to 2H: 3H to 6H: Standard key (0H, reversible) Reversible key Non-reversible key Circuit Breakers Key removal position code 2-position A: Removable in all positions B: Removable in left only C: Removable in right only Note: Key number is indicated on the key cylinder. Standard keys do not have a key number indication. 3-position A: Removable in all positions B: Removable in left and center C: Removable in right and center D: Removable in center only E: Removable in right and left G: Removable in left only H: Removable in right only Note: Key is retained in all spring-returned positions. 540 www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices Contact Configuration 1NO-1NC (11) 1NO-1NC (11N1) 1NO-1NC (11N3) 2NO (20) 2NO (20N1) 45 3-position 2NC (02) 2NO-1NC (21) 1NO-2NC (12) 1NO-2NC (12N1) 3NC (03) L C R L C R Maintained Spring return from right Spring return from left Spring return two-way Dummy CW0K-3AE11 CW0K-31BE11 CW0K-32CE11 CW0K-33DE11 Dummy CW0K-3AE11N1 CW0K-31BE11N1 CW0K-32CE11N1 CW0K-33DE11N1 CW0K-3AE11N2 CW0K-31BE11N2 CW0K-32CE11N2 CW0K-33DE11N2 CW0K-3AE11N3 CW0K-31BE11N3 CW0K-32CE11N3 CW0K-33DE11N3 CW0K-3AE11N4 CW0K-31BE11N4 CW0K-32CE11N4 CW0K-33DE11N4 CW0K-3AE20 CW0K-31BE20 CW0K-32CE20 CW0K-33DE20 CW0K-3AE20N1 CW0K-31BE20N1 CW0K-32CE20N1 CW0K-33DE20N1 CW0K-3AE02 CW0K-31BE02 CW0K-32CE02 CW0K-33DE02 CW0K-3AE02N1 CW0K-31BE02N1 CW0K-32CE02N1 CW0K-33DE02N1 C R 1 NO 2 3 1 2 NC -- -- NC 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 NO -- NO NC NO -- NO -- NO 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 NO NC -- NC -- NC NC NO 2 3 1 NO NC NO CW0K-3AE21 CW0K-31BE21 CW0K-32CE21 CW0K-33DE21 2 NC CW0K-3AE21N1 CW0K-31BE21N1 CW0K-32CE21N1 CW0K-33DE21N1 3 NO 1 NO 2 3 1 2 3 1 NC NC NC NO NC NO CW0K-3AE12 CW0K-31BE12 CW0K-32CE12 CW0K-33DE12 CW0K-3AE12N1 CW0K-31BE12N1 CW0K-32CE12N1 CW0K-33DE12N1 2 NO CW0K-3AE30 CW0K-31BE30 CW0K-32CE30 CW0K-33DE30 3 1 2 3 NO NC NC NC CW0K-3AE03 CW0K-31BE03 CW0K-32CE03 CW0K-33DE03 Dummy Dummy Dummy Dummy Dummy Dummy Dummy Contact Block Mounting Position 1 2 3 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada Left Center Right L 1 NO 2 NC 3 NC C R Circuit Breakers 1. Specify a bezel color code in place of 0 in the Part Number: 1 (black bezel), 4 (metallic bezel) 2. On the spring-returned types, the key can be released only from the maintained position. On the maintained types, the key can be released from every position. Key retained positions are also available. See page 540. 3. Two keys are supplied. 4. Key cylinder material: Metal 5. Besides the standard key (key number 0H), six other keys are also available. See page 540. 6. For the contact block mounting position, see right. 7. For dimensions, see page 544. Terminal Blocks 3NO (30) R Contactors 2NO-1NC (21N1) NO -- NC NC -- NO C Timers 2NC (02N1) 1 2 3 1 2 3 L L R Relays & Sockets 1NO-1NC (11N4) Type C Signaling Lights 1NO-1NC (11N2) Mounting Position L Switches & Pilot Devices No. of Positions Operator Position Contact Block o22mm - CW Series Operator Position 541 Switches & Pilot Devices Key Selector Switches (Sub-assembled) Contact Block + Mounting Adaptor + Contact Block Style Relays & Sockets Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - CW Series Operator = Completed Unit Contact Block Mounting Adaptor Contacts 1NO 1NC Finger-safe screw terminal YW-E10R YW-E01 Dummy Block Style Part Number CW-CN CW-DB Operator Timers Style Position Contactors 2 position Terminal Blocks 3 position Description Black Bezel Metallic Bezel Maintained, key removable all positions CW1K-2A CW4K-2A Maintained, key removed left only CW1K-2B CW4K-2B Maintained, key removed right only CW1K-2C CW4K-2C Spring return from right CW1K-21B CW4K-21B Maintained, key removable all positions CW1K-3A CW1K-3A Maintained, key removed left and center only CW1K-3B CW4K-3B Maintained, key removed right and center only CW1K-3C CW4K-3C Maintained, key removed center only CW1K-3D CW4K-3D Maintained, key removed left and right only CW1K-3E CW4K-3E Maintained, key removed left only CW1K-3G CW4K-3G Maintained, key removed right only CW1K-3H CW4K-3H Spring return from right, key removed left and center only CW1K-31B CW4K-31B Spring return from right, key removed center only CW1K-31D CW4K-31D Spring return from right, key removed left only CW1K-31G CW4K-31G Spring return from left, key removed right and center only CW1K-32C CW4K-32C Spring return from left, key removed center only CW1K-32D CW4K-32D Spring return from left, key removed right only CW1K-32H CW4K-32H Spring return two-way, key removed center only CW1K-33D CW4K-33D Circuit Breakers 2 keys supplied with operator. 542 www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - CW Series Switches & Pilot Devices Illuminated Pushbuttons Round Extended M3.5 Terminal Screw Contact Block 10 10 Locking Ring LOC 28.5 Gasket K 41.4 o19.5 Lens Diameter o28 10 10 o19.5 Lens Diameter o28 K 0.5 M3.5 Terminal Screw LED Module Signaling Lights 41.4 LOC Gasket 1 1 Locking Ring 2 2 0.5 M3.5 Terminal Screw LED Module Panel Thickness 0.8 to 3.2 3 3 10 Panel Thickness 0.8 to 3.2 10 M3.5 Terminal Screw Contact Block 28.5 Round Flush 2.5 2.5 Momentary: 39.9 Maintained: 44.6 30 5.2 Momentary: 39.9 Maintained: 44.6 30 Relays & Sockets Pushbuttons Round Flush Round Extended Panel Thickness 0.8 to 3.2 10 10 10 0.5 0.5 o19.5 K 28.5 28.5 41.4 LOC Gasket o28 Locking Ring K o28 o19.5 Button Diameter 41.4 LOC Gasket Timers Locking Ring Button Diameter 10 1 1 2 2 10 Panel Thickness 0.8 to 3.2 M3.5 Terminal Screw Contact Block 3 3 10 M3.5 Terminal Screw Contact Block 2.5 2.5 30 Momentary: 39.9 Maintained: 44.6 5.2 30 Contactors Momentary: 39.9 Maintained: 44.6 Pilot Lights Round Flush Round Dome Panel Thickness 0.8 to 3.2 10 10 28.5 K o28 o19.5 41.4 LOC Gasket (Lens Diameter) Locking Ring 28.5 o28 o19.5 0.5 Circuit Breakers (Lens Diameter) 10 10 10 41.4 K Terminal Blocks LOC Gasket 1 1 M3.5 Terminal Screw LED Module 0.5 Locking Ring 2 2 M3.5 Terminal Screw LED Module 3 3 10 Panel Thickness 0.8 to 3.2 2.5 39.9 2.5 30 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 39.9 4.1 30 543 Switches & Pilot Devices Selector Switches Knob Operator Lever Operator Panel Thickness 0.8 to 3.2 10 10 10 1 1 10 Panel Thickness 0.8 to 3.2 2 10 M3.5 Terminal Screw Contact Block 3 2 10 M3.5 Terminal Screw Contact Block 3 Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - CW Series 0.5 Operator Angle 45 Gasket LOC K 45 Locking Ring Gasket 13.1 30 Keys 1 45 LOC Logo Stamping Logo Stamping Key No. Stamping Key No. Stamping o28 41.4 Key No. Key No. 0 H0 H K 45 28.5 Gasket 22 22 1414 10 2 Operator Angle 0.5 4.84.8 10 3 8.8 8.8 Locking Ring Non-reversible Key 8.8 8.8 10.4 Terminal Blocks Logo Stamping Logo Stamping 3 H3 H 1.5 6.36.3 30 31.5 Key No.: 0H to 2H (reversible key) Key No. Stamping Key No. Stamping 31.5 Circuit Breakers Key No.: 3H to 6H (non-reversible key) 544 22 22 1414 Contactors 2.5 39.9 K 30 Reversible Key Panel Thickness 0.8 to 3.2 10 17.1 39.9 Key Selector Switches M3.5 Terminal Screw Contact Block LOC 2.5 2.5 39.9 45 o28 41.4 o28 41.4 28.5 Locking Ring 28.5 Signaling Lights Operator Angle Timers Relays & Sockets 0.5 www.IDEC.com Key No. Key No. 45 Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - CW Series Switches & Pilot Devices Accessories Item Appearance Part Number Remarks Locking Ring Wrench Brass MW9Z-T1 * Used to tighten the locking ring when installing the CW series control unit in a panel cut-out * Weight: Approx 150g Mounting Hole Plug Polyamide (black) LW9Z-BP1 * Used to plug an unnecessary o22.3mm hole in the panel * Degree of protection: IP65 * Panel thickness: 0.8 to 6.0mm 110 8 o2 Signaling Lights Material LED Modules Shape Current Draw Part Number Illumination Color Code k 6V AC/DC10% 15 mA CW-EAQ2k 12V AC/DC10% 15 mA CW-EAQ3k 24V AC/DC10% 16.5 mA CW-EAQ4k 100/120V AC10% 18 mA CW-EAQHk 230/240V AC10% 18 mA CW-EAQM4k Specify an illumination color code in place of k in the Part Number A: amber G: green PW: white R: red S: blue Use a white (PW) LED module for yellow (Y) illumination. Replacement Parts Remarks 1 Round Flush Polyalylate CW9Z-L11k 2 Round Extended Polyalylate CW9Z-L12k 3 Round Dome Polyalylate CW9Z-L15k Color code k: A (amber), C (clear), G (green), R (red), S (blue), Y (yellow) Use a clear (C) lens for white (PW) illumination. 1: For illuminated pushbutton, pilot light 2: For illuminated pushbutton 3: For pilot light 1NO YW-E10R Housing color: Blue/Black Terminal No.: 3-4 1NC YW-E01 Housing color: Reddish purple Terminal No.: 1-2 Dummy Block Polyamide (black) CW-DB Locking Ring Polyamide (black) CW9Z-LN Gasket Nitrile rubber CW9Z-WM Waterproof gasket between CW control unit bezel and the mounting panel. LA9Z-SK-0 Specify a key No. in place of 0. 0H: Standard key (reversible) 1H to 2H: Reversible key 3H to 6H: Non-reversible key For dimensions, see page 544. CW9Z-D11 Use for flush buttons and pilot lights. CW9Z-D12 Use for extended buttons and dome pilot. Lens 1 2 3 Contact Blocks Spare Key Zinc (nickel-plated) Reversible Nameplate Round Flush Round Extended Plastic Circuit Breakers Rubber Boot (clear) Terminal Blocks Non-reversible Contactors Part Number Timers Material Item Relays & Sockets Operating Voltage Range CWAM-OB 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 545 Switches & Pilot Devices Nameplates - CW Series Nameplate Standard Legend Codes CWAM-Black Plastic Legend Nameplate (blank engraving CWAM-OB plate included) Nameplate (engraved) CWAM-j Additional Insert HWNP-O (blank) Relays & Sockets Pushbuttons Additional Insert HWNP-j (engraved) HWNP Dimensions 27 AUTO CLOSE DOWN EMERG.STOP FAST FORWARD HAND HIGH IN INCH JOG LOW LOWER OFF ON Pushbuttons/Selector Switches Code Legend Code 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 OPEN OUT RAISE RESET REVERSE RUN SLOW START STOP TEST UP I (Int'l On) O (Int'l Off) EMO 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 125 126 127 150 151 152 Legend AUTO-MAN CLOSE-OPEN DOWN-UP FAST-SLOW FOR-REV HAND-AUTO HIGH-LOW JOG-RUN LEFT-RIGHT LOWER-RAISE MAN-AUTO OFF-ON ON-OFF OPEN-CLOSE RAISE-LOWER Code 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 Legend Selector Switches Code REV-FOR RUN-JOG RUN-SAFE SAFE-RUN SLOW-FAST START-STOP STOP-START UP-DOWN OI (Int'l OFF ON) 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 250 12 Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - CW Series Legend AUTO-MAN-OFF AUTO-OFF-MAN CLOSE-OFF-OPEN DOWN-OFF-SLOW FAST-OFF-SLOW FOR-OFF-REV LEFT-OFF-RIGHT LOWER-OFF-RAISE OFF-MAN-AUTO OFF-SLOW-FAST OFF-1-2 OPEN-OFF-CLOSE SLOW-OFF-FAST SUMMER-OFF-WINTER UP-OFF-DOWN 1-OFF-2 HAND-OFF-AUTO 1. To order engraved nameplates, add legend code to nameplate part number. 2. Character height based on the number of characters and size of nameplate. Standard character size is 3/16". 3. Nameplates with standard legends are the same list price as blank nameplates. 1. In place of j, insert either the standard legend code from table below or custom engraving delimited by " ". 2. Standard engravings are available at no charge. Contactors Timers Nameplates Order Form -- CW Series Copy this order form and use it to specify Letter Height, Custom Engravings, Location of Engraving on Nameplate, and Quantity Desired. To ensure engraving accuracy, fax it to your IDEC representative or Distributor. Your Company: IDEC Rep/Distributor Contact: Name: PO number (if known): Telephone: IDEC Rep/Distributor Phone: Fax & Email: IDEC Rep/Distributor Fax & Email: CWAM Nameplate Terminal Blocks Engraving Location Step 1. Choose Letter Size - 7/64" or 1/8". Check the box for the letter size you want. Then write your lettering in box below the check boxes. Note: 1/8" size letters cannot exceed 9 characters. 11 characters maximum (for 7/64" size letters) 1/8" Letter Size 9 characters maximum (for 7/8" size letters) Sample Letter Sizes 7/64" Letters: A B C D Qty 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Circuit Breakers Step 2. Specify Quantity. Enter the number of nameplates desired in the box on the right. 7/64" Letter Size 546 www.IDEC.com 1/8" Letters: A BCD Code 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - CW Series Turn off the power to CW series switches before installation, removal, wiring and maintenance. Failure to turn power off may cause electrical shocks or fire hazard. When wiring, use wires of a proper size to meet the voltage and current requirements. Tighten the M3.5 terminal screws to a tightening torque of 1.0 to 1.3 N*m. Failure to tighten the terminal screws may cause overheating and fire. Operating Instructions Removing and Installing the Contact Unit Illuminated Pushbuttons and Pilot Lights When using the CW series switches in a safetyrelated circuit of a control system, observe safety rules and regulations of each country concerning particular applications of the actual machines and facilities. Perform risk assessment before operation to ensure safety. 1. To remove the contact block from the operator, push the yellow locking lever and turn it to the left. Removing the Lens To remove the lens from an illuminated pushbutton or pilot light, insert a flat screwdriver under the flange of the lens at 90 from the TOP marking and twist the screwdriver. Locking Lever Do not insert the screwdriver too far and do not apply excessive force to the lens, otherwise the bezel surface may be damaged. Operating Conditions Main parts of the CW series switches are made of plastic. Do not scratch the surface with a sharp object or apply excessive electric shock or load, otherwise the switches may be damaged. In particular, keep the button, lens and bezel from such damage, otherwise appearance and function may be impaired. Installation in Panel Cut-out Remove the locking ring from the operator. With the anti-rotation projection on the operator aligned with the recess in the mounting hole, insert the operator into the mounting hole. Tighten the locking ring from the rear of the panel. Anti-rotation projection Recess in mounting hole TOP Marking TOP Marking Screwdriver Insertion Angle Panel Approx. 30 Panel Surface TOP marking on illuminated pushbuttons, pushbuttons and pilot lights Panel Mounting First remove the contact block and then the locking ring from the operator. Insert the operator into the panel cut-out from the front, tighten the locking ring from the back, then install the contact block to the operator. Installing the Lens Turn the groove in the lens to the TOP marking on the operator housing. With the groove aligned with the ridge, press the lens in. TOP Marking Ridge TOP marking on selector and key selector switches 1. Mounting hole dimensions are in compliance with IEC60947-5-1. Groove in the Lens Note for Panel Mounting When installing the operator in a panel cut-out, use the optional locking ring wrench (MW9Z-T1) to tighten the locking ring to a recommended tightening torque of 1.2 N*m. Do not use pliers and do not tighten excessively, otherwise the operator may be damaged. Marking Marking film can be applied for inscriptions or identification. Terminal Blocks 2. If the anti-rotation projection is removed from the bezel, CW series switches can be mounted in o22.3mm mounting holes. To remove the antirotation projection, remove the gasket and use cutting pliers to break the projection. Contactors Mounting Hole Locking Ring Timers Do not apply detergents, cutting oils, or chemicals which may impair the function and appearance of the CW series switches. Screwdriver Insertion Direction 2. To install, align the TOP marking on the operator with the TOP marking on the contact block mounting adaptor, and turn the locking lever to the right. Relays & Sockets In corrosive gas or high-temperature, high-humidity environments, contact failure due to corrosion or color change or breakage of the housing may occur. Signaling Lights Notes for Operation Switches & Pilot Devices Safety Precautions Applicable Marking Film Size Illuminated Pushbutton (Round Flush) Pilot Light (Round Flush, Round Extended) Illuminated Pushbutton (Round Extended) 13.8 9 5. Circuit Breakers 9 5. o1 12.6 o1 Thickness: 0.2 mm maximum Film material: Polyester (recommended) Note: Film is not supplied and must be provided by the user. 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 547 Switches & Pilot Devices Operating Instructions, con't Contact Blocks and LED Modules Applicable Crimping Terminals Pushbutton caps cannot be removed. Do not tamper with the cap using a screwdriver or pliers, otherwise it may be damaged. To remove the contact block from the operator, insert a flat screwdriver under the latch and push the screwdriver down as shown below. Before removing the LED module, first remove all contact blocks, and then remove the LED module in the same manner. Spade terminal When using crimping terminals, be sure to use insulating tubes or insulated crimping terminals. Turn the selector operator or key to the detent positions. Key Selector Switches 8.1 max. Insulation Tube Crimping Terminal Wire To prevent malfunction and damage, take the following precautions. * Besides the standard key (0H), six other keys are available. Use only a key with a number that matches the number on the switches' key cylinder. (The standard key does not have a key number.) * Keys are available in two shapes. -0H (standard), 1H, 2H: reversible keys -3H, 4H, 5H, 6H: non-reversible keys Make sure of correct insertion direction. Applicable Wires Stranded wire: 2.0 mm2 maximum (14AWG) Solid wire: o1.6 mm maximum Insulation 8.0 max. 8.0 max. One or two wires can be connected to the terminal. Timers Ferrule When connecting two ferrules to one terminal, use ferrules without insulation. 1.7 max. * Do not remove the key while turning. 0.5 min. Wiring 1.7 max. * Completely insert the key before turning. Relays & Sockets 11.5 max. 3.6 min. Selector Switches 6.9 max. Pushbuttons o1.6 max. Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - CW Series 8.0 max. When using spade terminals or ferrules, ensure that they are inserted completely. Ring terminals cannot be used. Screw Tightening Torque Circuit Breakers Terminal Blocks Contactors Tighten the M3.5 terminal screws to a recommended torque of 1.0 to 1.3 N*m. 548 www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series Switches & Pilot Devices HW Series -- 22mm IEC Style Global Pushbuttons Key features: Signaling Lights * Locking lever removable contact blocks * Finger-safe IP20 contacts as standard, other terminal styles available * Tamperproof construction * All E-stops meet EN418 and are compliant with SEMI S2 standards * Worldwide approvals * Easy to assemble * Choice of black plastic or metallic front bezels * Incandescent or LED illumination * Transformer or full voltage * Slow make double break self cleaning contacts HW: The Best Engineered Switch in the World Complete with finger-safe contact blocks offering IP20 protection, these 7/8" (22mm) switches include illuminated and non-illuminated pushbuttons, pilot All switches also incorporate mechanically keyed safety locking levers, ensuring correct installation and maintaining safety in high-vibration applications. Registration No. R9551089 (E-stops) Registration No. R50054316 (Dual Pushbuttons) Registration No. J9650511 (Pilot Lights) Registration No. J9551458 (all other switches) (R) File No. E68961 lights, selector switches, and emergency stop switches. Certificate No. 2005010305145656 File No. LR92374 Maximum Inrush Current 40 A (40 ms) Rated Insulation Voltage 600V Rated Switching Over-Voltage Less than 4kV, conforming to IEC60947-1 Rated Impulse Withstanding Voltage 4kV for contact circuit, 2.5kV for lamp circuit Rated Thermal Current 10 Amp Minimum Switching Capacity 5 mA at 3V AC/DC Electrical Reliability MTBF < 1 fault for 10 million operation cycles (3V DC, 5mA) Lamp Ratings Incandescent: 1 W LEDs: 6V/17mA max, 12V & 24V/11mA max, 120 & 240V/10mA max Contactors Rated Operational Characteristics AC-15: A600 or Ue = 250V, le = 3A (NO, NC, NO-EM, NC-LB) DC-13: P600 or Ue = 125V, le = 1.1A (NO, NC) DC-13: Q600 or Ue = 125V, le = 0.9A (NO-EM, NC-LB) Timers Specifications Electrical Relays & Sockets IDEC's HW switches are "The best engineered switch in the world" for a reason. Carrying the CE mark, UL, CSA, CCC (Chinese), and TUV approvals, these switches are designed for use in almost any part of the world. Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 549 Switches & Pilot Devices Mechanical Contact Operation Slow break NC or NO, self-cleaning Positive Action Operation (Emergency Stops with NC contacts) 5.5mm to 10mm travel to latch, 45N minimum force to latch 10mm maximum travel, 1,800 operations per hour maximum for a Pushlock Turn Reset 900 operations per hour maximum for a Push-Pull Operating Force Flush and extended pushbuttons--with 1NO or 1NC contact: 6.22N (momentary), 7.02N (maintained) Additional contacts--1NO or 1NC: +3.2N (momentary), + 3.3N (maintained) Recommended Terminal Torque 0.8 N m (7.1 in lb.) Applicable Wire Size Minimum 1 x 22 AWG, max. 2 x 14 AWG or 1 x 12 AWG Contact Resistance Initial contact resistance of 50m or less Contact Gap 4mm (NO and NC), 2mm (NO-EM and NC-LB) Horsepower Rating Reference Value: 1/4 HP @ 120V (1o non-reversing), 1HP @ 240V (3o non-reversing) Contact Material Silver (gold plated contacts available - contact IDEC) Operating Temperature Operation: -25 to +50C (without freezing), Storage: -40 to +70C (without freezing) Vibration Resistance 10 to 55Hz, 98m/sec2 (10G) conforming to IEC6068-2-6 Shock Resistance 980m/sec2 (100G) conforming to IEC6068-2-7 Mechanical Life Momentary pushbuttons: 5,000,000 (900 operations per hour), All other switches: 500,000 Conforming to Standards EN60947-1, EN60947-5-1, VDE0660-200, UL508, CSA C22-2 No.14 Approvals (R) File No. E68961 Standards & Approvals Timers Relays & Sockets Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series File No. LR92374 Registration No. R9551089 (E-stops) Registration No. R50054316 (Dual Pushbuttons) Registration No. J9650511 (Pilot Lights) Registration No. J9551458 (all other switches) Electric Shock Protection Class 0 conforming to IEC60536 Degree of Protection (conforming to IEC60529) (conforming to NEMA ICS6-110) IP65 (from front of the panel) IP20 (Type HW-F contact block) NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 3S, 4, 4X, 5, 12, 13 (from front of panel) Pollution Degree (conforming to IEC60947-1) 3 for switches not using a transformer, 2 for switches using a transformer External Short-Circuit Protection 10A 250V fuse conforming to IEC60269-1 Contact Ratings Characteristics Contactors Terminal Referencing Terminal Blocks Certificate No. 2005010305145656 CSA: pushbuttons and selector switches: A600 pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons, direct supply pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons with integral transformer (100/110, 115, 120, 200/220, 230, 240, 380, 400/440, 480V) UL: pushbuttons and selector switches: A600 pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons, direct supply pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons with integral transformer (100/110, 115, 120, 200/220, 230, 240, 380, 400/440, 480V) TUV: pushbuttons and selector switches: A600=P600 (NO, NC)/Q600 (NO-EM, NC-LB) pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons, direct supply pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons with integral transformer (100/110, 115, 120, 200/220, 230, 240, 380, 400/440, 480V) Pushbuttons Illuminated Pushbuttons Selector Switches Illuminated Selector Switches Pushbutton Selectors Conforming to CENELEC EN50005 Contact Block Type HW-C/HW-F /HW-G Rated Insulation Voltage 600V Rated Continuous Current 10A Contact Ratings by Utilization Category IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 (A600) DC-13 (P600) Operational Voltage Operational Current AC 50/60 Hz DC AC-12 Control of resistive loads & solid state loads 24V 48V 50V 110V 220V 440V 10A -- 10A 10A 6A 2A AC-15 Control of electromagnetic loads (> 72VA) 10A -- 7A 5A 3A 1A DC-12 Control of resistive loads & solid state loads 8A 5A -- 2.2A 1.1A -- DC-13 Control of electromagnets 5A 2A -- 1.1A 0.6A -- Circuit Breakers For dimensions, see page 601. 550 www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series Switches & Pilot Devices LED Lamp Ratings (LSTD Type) Model LSTD-6k LSTD-1k LSTD-2k LSTD-H2k LSTD-M4k Rated Voltage 6V AC/DC 12V AC/DC 24V AC/DC 120V AC 240V AC Voltage Range 6V AC/DC 10% 12V AC/DC 10% 24V AC/DC 10% 120V AC 5% 240V AC 5% Lamp Base Current Draw BA9S/13 A, R, W: G, S: 17mA 8mA 11mA 11mA 10mA 10mA DC A, R, W: G, S: 14mA 5.5mA 10mA 10mA - - Color Code A (amber), G (green), R (red), S (blue), W (white) Lamp Base Color Same as illumination color Voltage Marking Life (reference value) Die stamped on the base Approx. 50,000 hours (The luminance reduces to 50% the initial intensity when used on complete DC.) A, R, W A, R, W In place of k, specify the Lens/LED Color Code. Relays & Sockets Internal Circuit Signaling Lights AC G, S LED Chip LED Chip LED Chip Protection Diode Protection Protection DiodeDiode Zener Diode Zener Diode Zener Diode Timers Contactors Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 551 Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series Relays & Sockets Signaling Lights Non-Illuminated Round Pushbuttons (Assembled) Round Flush Function Contacts Timers Momentary Contactors Maintained Plastic Bezel Terminal Blocks Plastic Bezel Operator Only HW1B-M1-j HW4B-M1-j HW1B-M2-j HW4B-M2-j HW1B-M1F10-j HW4B-M1F10-j HW1B-M2F10-j HW4B-M2F10-j 1NC HW1B-M1F01-j HW4B-M1F01-j HW1B-M2F01-j HW4B-M2F01-j 1NO-1NC HW1B-M1F11-j HW4B-M1F11-j HW1B-M2F11-j HW4B-M2F11-j 2NO HW1B-M1F20-j HW4B-M1F20-j HW1B-M2F20-j HW4B-M2F20-j 2NC HW1B-M1F02-j HW4B-M1F02-j HW1B-M2F02-j HW4B-M2F02-j 2NO-2NC HW1B-M1F22-j HW4B-M1F22-j HW1B-M2F22-j HW4B-M2F22-j Operator Only HW1B-A1-j HW4B-A1-j HW1B-A2-j HW4B-A2-j 1NO HW1B-A1F10-j HW4B-A1F10-j HW1B-A2F10-j HW4B-A2F10-j 1NC HW1B-A1F01-j HW4B-A1F01-j HW1B-A2F01-j HW4B-A2F01-j 1NO-1NC HW1B-A1F11-j HW4B-A1F11-j HW1B-A2F11-j HW4B-A2F11-j 2NO HW1B-A1F20-j HW4B-A1F20-j HW1B-A2F20-j HW4B-A2F20-j 2NC HW1B-A1F02-j HW4B-A1F02-j HW1B-A2F02-j HW4B-A2F02-j 2NO-2NC HW1B-A1F22-j HW4B-A1F22-j HW1B-A2F22-j HW4B-A2F22-j Color Code Black B Green G Red R Blue S White W Yellow Y 1. In place of j, specify the Button Color Code from table below. 2. For nameplates and accessories, see page 596 and 599. 3. For dimensions, see page 601. 4. For contact assembly part numbers, see page 600. 5. All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard, fingersafe (HW-F...) contacts. 6. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered by removing an "F" from the part number (Ex. HW1B-M1F11-R becomes HW1B-M111-R). 7. Operator only models include operator plus button. 8. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6 total contacts). N* Circuit Breakers *Gray available for round flush only. 552 Metal Bezel 1NO j Button Color Code Gray Round Extended Metal Bezel www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series Switches & Pilot Devices Part Number Structure H W 1 B - M 1 F 10 - R Button Colors Bezel 1: Plastic Bezel 4: Metal Bezel Function Contact Arrangement Operator M: Momentary Action A: Maintained Action Terminals 1: Flush 2: Extended 20: 2NO 02: 2NC 22: 2NO-2NC Signaling Lights F: Fingersafe Contacts C: Exposed Screw Terminals blank: Spring-up Terminals 10: 1NO 01: 1NC 11: 1NO-NC B: Black G: Green R: Red S: Blue W: White Y: Yellow N: Gray* *Available for round flush only Non-Illuminated Round Pushbuttons (Replacement Parts) + Mounting Adaptor + Safety Lever Lock Contacts Spring-Up Terminal Anti-Rotation Ring 1NO 1NC HW-F10 HW-F01 HW-F10R (early make) HW-F01R (late break) HW-G10 HW-G01 HW-G10R (early make) HW-G01R (late break) HW-C10 HW-C01 HW-C10R (early make) HW-C01R (late break) Dummy Block Part Number Completed Unit Style Part Number HW9Z-RL HW1A-B1-j Use with notched panel cutout to prevent unit rotation. Round Extended Operators HW1A-B2-j Plastic Bezel Style Round Flush/ Extended Metal Bezel 1. In place of j, specify the Button Color Code from table. HW1B-M0 HW4B-MO j Button Color Code HW1B-A0 Safety Lever Lock Style HW4B-AO Color Code Color Code Black B White W Green G Yellow Y Red R Gray N* Blue S Terminal Blocks Part Number *Gray available for round flush only. Part Number HW9Z-LS 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada Circuit Breakers 1. Used to mount contact blocks to operator. 2. IDEC strongly recommends using the safety lever lock to prevent heavy vibration or maintenance personnel from inadvertently unlocking contacts. = Round Flush TW-DB HW-CB2C Button Buttons Style Contact Block Mounting Adaptor Style + Contactors Exposed Screw Terminal Operator Timers Standard Fingersafe (IP20) + Maintained Style Anti-Rotation Ring Relays & Sockets Contact Blocks + Momentary Contact Blocks 553 Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series Relays & Sockets Signaling Lights Non-Illuminated Mushroom Head Pushbuttons (Assembled) o29mm Mushroom Head Function Timers Momentary Contactors Maintained o40mm Mushroom Head Contacts Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Operator Only HW1B-M3-j HW4B-M3-j HW1B-M4-j HW4B-M4-j 1NO HW1B-M3F10-j HW4B-M3F10-j HW1B-M4F10-j HW4B-M4F10-j 1NC HW1B-M3F01-j HW4B-M3F01-j HW1B-M4F01-j HW4B-M4F01-j 1NO-1NC HW1B-M3F11-j HW4B-M3F11-j HW1B-M4F11-j HW4B-M4F11-j 2NO HW1B-M3F20-j HW4B-M3F20-j HW1B-M4F20-j HW4B-M4F20-j 2NC HW1B-M3F02-j HW4B-M3F02-j HW1B-M4F02-j HW4B-M4F02-j 2NO-2NC HW1B-M3F22-j HW4B-M3F22-j HW1B-M4F22-j HW4B-M4F22-j Operator Only HW1B-A3-j HW4B-A3-j HW1B-A4-j HW4B-A4-j 1NO HW1B-A3F10-j HW4B-A3F10-j HW1B-A4F10-j HW4B-A4F10-j 1NC HW1B-A3F01-j HW4B-A3F01-j HW1B-A4F01-j HW4B-A4F01-j 1NO-1NC HW1B-A3F11-j HW4B-A3F11-j HW1B-A4F11-j HW4B-A4F11-j 2NO HW1B-A3F20-j HW4B-A3F20-j HW1B-A4F20-j HW4B-A4F20-j 2NC HW1B-A3F02-j HW4B-A3F02-j HW1B-A4F02-j HW4B-A4F02-j 2NO-2NC HW1B-A3F22-j HW4B-A3F22-j HW1B-A4F22-j HW4B-A4F22-j Terminal Blocks j Button Color Code Function Circuit Breakers Momentary 554 Color Code o60mm Mushroom Head Black B Contacts Plastic Bezel Green G Operator Only HW1B-M5-j* Red R 1NO HW1B-M5F10-j* Blue S 1NC HW1B-M5F01-j* White W 1NO-1NC HW1B-M5F11-j* 2NO HW1B-M5F20-j* Yellow Y 2NC HW1B-M5F02-j* 2NO-2NC HW1B-M5F22-j* www.IDEC.com 1. In place of j, specify the Button Color Code from table. 2. *60mm mushroom available only in red, green, black, and yellow. 3. For nameplates and accessories, see page 596 and 599. 4. For dimensions, see page 601. 5. For contact assembly part numbers, see page 600. 6. All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard fingersafe (HW-F...) contacts. 7. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered by removing an "F" from the part number (Ex. HW1B-M1F11-R becomes HW1B-M111-R). 8. Units with exposed screw terminals (HW-C...) must be ordered as sub-components. 9. Operator only models include operator plus button. 10. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6 total contacts). Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series Switches & Pilot Devices Part Number Structure H W 1 B - M 3 F 10 - R Button Colors Bezel 1: Plastic Bezel 4: Metal Bezel Function Contact Arrangement Operator M: Momentary Action A: Maintained Action (Not available for 60mm mushroom) Terminals F: Fingersafe Contacts C: Exposed Screw Terminals blank: Spring-up Terminals 10: 1NO 01: 1NC 11: 1NO-NC 20: 2NO 02: 2NC 22: 2NO-2NC Signaling Lights 3: o29mm Mushroom 4: o40mm Mushroom 5: o60mm Mushroom (Not available for 60mm jumbo mushroom pushbutton.) B: Black G: Green R: Red S: Blue W: White Y: Yellow Non-Illuminated Mushroom Head Pushbuttons (Replacement Parts) + Mounting Adaptor + Safety Lever Lock Style Contacts Standard Fingersafe (IP20) Operator + Button Safety Lever Lock 1NO 1NC HW-F10 HW-F01 HW-F10R (early make) HW-F01R (late break) HW-G10 HW-G01 HW-G10R (early make) HW-G01R (late break) HW-C10 HW-C01 HW-C10R (early make) Dummy Block HW-C01R (late break) TW-DB Style Part Number Style HW9Z-LS o29mm Mushroom Cap Part Number HW1A-B3-j Anti-Rotation Ring Appearance Part Number o40mm Mushroom Cap HW9Z-RL HW1A-B4-j Operators Style Plastic Bezel o29mm Mushroom o40mm Mushroom HW1B-M0L Metal Bezel HW4B-MOL Maintained O60mm Jumbo Mushroom Momentary HW-CB2C HW1B-A0L HW1B-M5-j* HW4B-AOL 1. In place of j, specify the Button Color Code from table. j Button Color Code Color Code Color Code Black B Blue S Green G White W R Yellow Y Red Terminal Blocks Part Number HW1B-M5 available only in black, red, green and yellow. - Circuit Breakers 1. Used to mount contact blocks to operator. 2. IDEC strongly recommends using the safety lever lock to prevent heavy vibration or maintenance personnel from inadvertently unlocking contacts. Completed Unit Buttons Contact Block Mounting Adaptor Style = Contactors Exposed Screw Terminal + Timers Spring-Up Terminal Anti-Rotation Ring Relays & Sockets Contact Blocks + Momentary Contact Blocks 1. *60mm mushroom operator includes non-removable button (available in red, black, green and yellow only). 2. For nameplates and accessories, see page 596 and 599. 3. For dimensions, see page 601. 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 555 Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series Relays & Sockets Signaling Lights Non-Illuminated Square Pushbuttons (Assembled) Function Timers Momentary Maintained Square Extended Plastic Bezel Plastic Bezel Operator Only HW2B-M1-j HW2B-M2-j 1NO HW2B-M1F10-j HW2B-M2F10-j 1NC HW2B-M1F01-j HW2B-M2F01-j 1NO-1NC HW2B-M1F11-j HW2B-M2F11-j 2NO HW2B-M1F20-j HW2B-M2F20-j 2NC HW2B-M1F02-j HW2B-M2F02-j 2NO-2NC HW2B-M1F22-j HW2B-M2F22-j Operator Only HW2B-A1-j HW2B-A2-j 1NO HW2B-A1F10-j HW2B-A2F10-j 1NC HW2B-A1F01-j HW2B-A2F01-j 1NO-1NC HW2B-A1F11-j HW2B-A2F11-j 2NO HW2B-A1F20-j HW2B-A2F20-j 2NC HW2B-A1F02-j HW2B-A2F02-j 2NO-2NC HW2B-A1F22-j HW2B-A2F22-j j Button Color Code Color Code Black B Green G Red R Blue S White W Yellow Y 1. In place of j, specify the Button Color Code from table. 2. For nameplates and accessories, see page 596 and 599. 3. For dimensions, see page 601. 4. For contact assembly part numbers, see page 600. 5. Square pushbuttons available in plastic bezel only. 6. All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard fingersafe (HW-F...) contacts. 7. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered by removing an "F" from the part number (Ex. HW2B-M1F11-R becomes HW1B-M111-R). 8. Units with exposed screw terminals (HW-C...) must be ordered as sub-components. 9. Operator only model includes operator and button. 10. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6 total contacts). Circuit Breakers Terminal Blocks Contactors Square Flush Contacts 556 www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series Switches & Pilot Devices Part Number Structure H W 2 B - M 1 F 10 - R Button Colors Function M: Momentary Action A: Maintained Action Contact Arrangement Operator 1: Flush 2: Extended 10: 1NO 01: 1NC 11: 1NO-NC Terminals Signaling Lights F: Fingersafe Contacts C: Exposed Screw Terminals blank: Spring-up Terminals 20: 2NO 02: 2NC 22: 2NO-2NC B: Black G: Green R: Red S: Blue W: White Y: Yellow Non-Illuminated Square Pushbuttons (Replacement Parts) Contact Blocks Mounting Adaptor + + Safety Lever Lock + Anti-Rotation Ring + Operator + Button = Completed Unit Relays & Sockets Contact Blocks Style Contacts Spring-Up Terminal 1NO 1NC HW-F10 HW-F01 HW-F10R (early make) HW-F01R (late break) HW-G10 HW-G01 HW-G10R (early make) HW-G01R (late break) Style Buttons Part Number Style Part Number Square Flush HW9Z-LS HW2A-B1-j Anti-Rotation Ring Appearance Part Number Square Extended HW2A-B2-j HW9Z-RL HW-C10 HW-C01 HW-C10R (early make) HW-C01R (late break) Style Part Number Plastic Bezel Style Square Flush Extended HW-CB2C HW2B-A0 j Button Color Code Color Code Color Code Black B Blue S Green G White W Red R Yellow Y 2. For nameplates and accessories, see pages 596 and 599. 3. For dimensions, see page 601. 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada Circuit Breakers 1. Used to mount contact blocks to operator. 2. IDEC strongly recommends using the safety lever lock to prevent heavy vibration or maintenance personnel from inadvertently unlocking contacts. HW2B-M0 1. In place of j, specify the Button Color Code from table. Terminal Blocks Contact Block Mounting Adaptor Operators Momentary TW-DB Maintained Dummy Block Use with notched panel cutout to prevent unit rotation. Contactors Exposed Screw Terminal Timers Standard Fingersafe (IP20) Safety Lever Lock 557 Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series O29mm Head Pushlock Turn Reset O40mm Head Pushlock Turn Reset Contacts Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Operator Only HW1B-V3j HW4B-V3j HW1B-V4j HW4B-V4j 1NO HW1B-V3F10-j HW4B-V3F10-j HW1B-V4F10-j HW4B-V4F10-j 1NC HW1B-V3F01-j HW4B-V3F01-j HW1B-V4F01-j HW4B-V4F01-j 1NO-1NC HW1B-V3F11-j HW4B-V3F11-j HW1B-V4F11-j HW4B-V4F11-j 2NO HW1B-V3F20-j HW4B-V3F20-j HW1B-V4F20-j HW4B-V4F20-j 2NC HW1B-V3F02-j HW4B-V3F02-j HW1B-V4F02-j HW4B-V4F02-j Timers Relays & Sockets Signaling Lights Non-Illuminated E-Stop Pushbuttons (Assembled) Contacts Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel HW1B-V4R-EMO-2* HW4B-V4R-EMO-2* HW1B-X4R* HW4B-X4R* 1NO HW1B-V4F10-R-EMO-2* HW4B-V4F10-R-EMO-2* HW1B-X4F10-R* HW4B-X4F10-R* 1NC HW1B-V4F01-R-EMO-2* HW4B-V4F01-R-EMO-2* HW1B-X4F01-R* HW4B-X4F01-R* 1NO-1NC HW1B-V4F11-R-EMO-2* HW4B-V4F11-R-EMO-2* HW1B-X4F11-R* HW4B-X4F11-R* 2NO HW1B-V4F20-R-EMO-2* HW4B-V4F20-R-EMO-2* HW1B-X4F20-R* HW4B-X4F20-R* 2NC HW1B-V4F02-R-EMO-2* HW4B-V4F02-R-EMO-2* HW1B-X4F02-R* HW4B-X4F02-R* o60mm Head Pushlock Turn Reset Circuit Breakers O40mm Head Pushlock Key Reset Operator Only Terminal Blocks Contactors O40mm Head EMO Pushlock Turn Reset Contacts Plastic Bezel Operator Only HW1B-V5R* 1NO HW1B-V5F10-R* 1NC HW1B-V5F01-R* 1NO-1NC HW1B-V5F11-R* 2NO HW1B-V5F20-R* 2NC HW1B-V5F02-R* 558 1. * Available in Red only. 2. Available in red or yellow. Insert color code in place of j (R: Red, Y: Yellow). 2. For accessories, see page 599. 3. For dimensions, see page 601. 5. For nameplates and shrouds, see page 600. 4. For contact assembly part numbers, see page 600. 7. All HW series E-stops comply with EN60947-5-5, the IEC "E-Stop Addendum to the Low Voltage Directive," this includes "tamper proof" operation whereby a change of contact state is not possible by "teasing" or "floating" the operator. 8. All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard fingersafe (HW-F...) contacts. 9. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered by removing an "F" from the part number (Ex. HW1B-M1F11-R becomes HW1B-M111-R). 10. Units with exposed screw terminals (HW-C...) must be ordered as sub-components. 11. Operator only models include operator and button. 12. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6 total contacts). www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series H W 1 B - V 3 F 10 - R - EMO-2 Engraved Button* Bezel EMO-2: EMO switch 1: Plastic Bezel 4: Metal Bezel Function V: Pushlock Turn Reset X: Pushlock Key Reset (not available for 60mm jumbo mushroom) *Option available for red EMO E-Stop only Operator Button Colors Contact Arrangement Terminals F: Fingersafe C: Exposed Screw blank: Springup 10: 1NO 01: 1NC 11: 1NO-NC R: Red Y: Yellow 20: 2NO 02: 2NC 22: 2NO-2NC Note: some switches only available in red. Signaling Lights 3: o29mm Head 4: o40mm Head 5: o60mm Head Non-Illuminated E-Stop Pushbuttons (Replacement Parts) Contact Blocks + Mounting Adaptor + Style + Standard Fingersafe (IP20) HW-F10 HW-F01 HW-F10R (early make) HW-F01R (late break) HW-G10 HW-G01 HW-G10R (early make) HW-G01R (late break) HW-C10 HW-C01 HW-C10R (early make) HW-C01R (late break) Dummy Block Style = Completed Unit Anti-Rotation Ring Part Number Appearance HW9Z-LS Part Number HW9Z-RL Use with notched panel cutout to prevent unit rotation. Operators Style Plastic o29mm Head Pushlock Turn Reset o40mm Head Pushlock Turn Reset TW-DB Metal red HW1B-V3R HW4B-V3R yellow HW1B-V3Y HW4B-V3Y red HW1B-V4R HW4B-V4R yellow HW1B-V4Y HW4B-V4Y Contactors 1NC Operator Timers 1NO Exposed Screw Terminal Anti-Rotation Ring Safety Lever Lock Contacts Spring-Up Terminal + Relays & Sockets Contact Blocks Safety Lever Lock Switches & Pilot Devices Part Number Structure o40mm Head EMO Pushlock Turn Reset* Contact Block Mounting Adaptor Part Number HW1B-V4R-EMO-2 HW4B-V4R-EMO-2 HW1B-X4R HW4B-X4R HW1B-V5R - Terminal Blocks Style o40mm Head Pushlock Key Reset* HW-CB2C o60mm Head Pushlock Turn Reset* Circuit Breakers 1. Used to mount contact blocks to operator. 2. IDEC strongly recommends using the safety lever lock to prevent heavy vibration or maintenance personnel from inadvertently unlocking contacts. 1. *Available in red only. 2. All E-Stop buttons are not removable from the operator. 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 559 Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series Relays & Sockets Signaling Lights Push Pull & Unibody E-Stop Pushbuttons (Assembled) o40mm Unibody Pushlock Turn Reset* o40mm Head Push-Pull Timers Contacts Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Contacts Plastic Bezel HW1E-BV4F11-R Operator Only (Red) HW1B-Y2R HW4B-Y2R 1NO-1NC Operator Only (Yellow) HW1B-Y2Y HW4B-Y2Y 2NC HW1E-BV4F02-R 1NO HW1B-Y2F10-j HW4B-Y2F10-j 1NC HW1B-Y2F01-j HW4B-Y2F01-j 1NO-2NC HW1E-BV412R-TK2093-1 1NO-1NC HW1B-Y2F11-j HW4B-Y2F11-j 2NC HW1B-Y2F02-j HW4B-Y2F02-j 2NO HW1B-Y2F20-j HW4B-Y2F20-j l Full Voltage Code Unibody Illuminated E-Stops* Contactors Contacts LED Incandescent 1NO-1NC HW1E-LV4F11QD-R-l HW1E-LV4F11Q-R-l 2NC HW1E-LV4F02QD-R-l HW1E-LV4F02Q-R-l 2NC (with push-on illumination) HW1E-TV4F02QD-R-l HW1E-TV4F11Q-R-l 1NO-1NC (with push-on illumination ) HW1E-TV4F11QD-R-l HW1E-TV4F02Q-R-l Terminal Numbering (Unibody only) Voltage Code 6VAC/DC 6V Models Terminal Number 12VAC/DC 12V 1NO-1NC NO = 13/14, NC = 11/12 24VAC/DC 24V 2NC NC = 11/12, NC = 21/22 120V AC* 120V Lamp + = X2, Lamp - = X1 240V AC* 240V HW1E-L HW1E-T *LED only. Circuit Breakers Terminal Blocks 1. * Available in Red only. 2. Available in red or yellow. Insert color code in place of j (R: Red, Y: Yellow). 3. In place of l, specify Full Voltage Code. 4. With single unit construction, the positive action contacts are integrated in the body of the switch. This provides an extra degree of safety and reliability for critical emergency stop functions. 5. In the illuminated version, the light is independent of the switch action (except push-on LED model). 6. For accessories, see page 599. 7. For dimensions, see page 601. 8. For nameplates and shrouds, see page 599. 9. For contact assembly part numbers, see page 599. 10. All HW Series E-Stop operators include non-removable color caps. 11. All HW series E-Stops comply with EN60947-5-5, the IEC "E-Stop Addendum to the Low Voltage Directive," this includes "tamper proof" operation whereby a change of contact state is not possible by "teasing" or "floating" the operator. 12. All HW series E-Stop switches comply with SEMI S2 standards. 13. All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard fingersafe (HW-F...) contacts. 14. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered by removing an "F" from the part number (Ex. HW1B-M1F11-R becomes HW1B-M111-R). 15. Units with exposed screw terminals (HW-C...) must be ordered as sub-components. 16. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6 total contacts). 560 www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series H W 1 E - LV4 F 11 - Q D R - 24V Full Voltage Code Button Colors (Illuminated E-Stop) Bezel 1: Plastic Bezel 4: Metal Bezel* (*not available for HW1E unibody) Function Lamp Code B: Push Pull E: Pushlock Turn Reset D: LED blank: Incandescent Illumination Contacts 11: 1NO-1NC 02: 2NC 10: 1NO 20: 2NO 6V: 6V AC/DC 12V: 12V AC/DC 24V: 24V AC/DC 120V: 120VC AC* 240V: 240V AC* (*only available in 40mm Push Pull E-Stop) Illumination Circuit *LED only Signaling Lights BV4: Non-illuminated (unibody style) LV4: Illuminated TV4: Illuminated Push On Y2: Non-illuminated Push Pull E-Stop R: Red Y: Yellow* Switches & Pilot Devices Part Number Structure blank: 40mm Push Pull & Non-illuminated Unibody E-Stop Q: Illuminated Unibody E-Stop Illuminated & Non-Illuminated E-Stop Pushbuttons (Replacement Parts) Mounting Adaptor + Contact Blocks Style Operator Standard Fingersafe (IP20) HW-F10 HW-F01 HW-F10R (early make) HW-F01R (late break) HW-G10 HW-G01 HW-G10R (early make) HW-G01R (late break) HW-C10 HW-C01 Style Part Number HW-C01R (late break) Completed Unit Anti-Rotation Ring Appearance Part Number HW9Z-RL HW-CB2C Use with notched panel cutout to prevent unit rotation. 1. Used to mount contact blocks to operator. 2. IDEC strongly recommends using the safety lever lock to prevent heavy vibration or maintenance personnel from inadvertently unlocking contacts. Safety Lever Lock HW-C10R (early make) = Style Operators Style Part Number o40mm Head Push-Pull Plastic HW1B-Y2R Part Number Metal HW4B-Y2R HW9Z-LS Plastic HW1B-Y2Y TW-DB HW4B-Y2Y Terminal Blocks Metal 1. There are no replacement parts for the HW1E unibody E-Stop. 2. For illuminated unibody E-Stop, see page 600 for replacement lens. Contactors 1NC Dummy Block + Timers 1NO Exposed Screw Terminal Anti-Rotation Ring Contact Block Mounting Adaptor Contacts Spring-Up Terminal + Relays & Sockets Safety Lever Lock red + yellow Contact Blocks All E- Stop Buttons are not removable from the operator. Circuit Breakers 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 561 Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series Relays & Sockets Signaling Lights E-Stop Stations 29mm Pushlock Turn Reset 40mm Pushlock Turn Reset Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel 1NO-1NC FB1W-HW1B-V311R FB1W-HW4B-V311R FB1W-HW1B-V411R FB1W-HW4B-V411R 2NC FB1W-HW1B-V302R FB1W-HW4B-V302R FB1W-HW1B-V402R FB1W-HW4B-V402R Contacts Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel 1NO-1NC FB1W-HW1B-Y211R FB1W-HW4B-Y211R FB1W-HW1B-X411R FB1W-HW4B-X411R 2NC FB1W-HW1B-Y202R FB1W-HW4B-Y202R FB1W-HW1B-X402R FB1W-HW4B-X402R Timers Contacts Terminal Blocks Contactors 40mm Push-Pull Reset 40mm Pushlock Key Reset 40mm EMO Pushlock Turn Reset Contacts Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel 1NO-1NC FB1W-HW1B-V411R-EMO-2 FB1W-HW4B-V411R-EMO-2 2NC FB1W-HW1B-V402R-EMO-2 FB1W-HW4B-V402R-EMO-2 Circuit Breakers 1. Maximum of two contact blocks. 2. Box is supplied with yellow top and black bottom only. 562 www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series Switches & Pilot Devices Jumbo Dome Pilot Lights (Assembled) Plastic Bezel HW1P-5Q0 Full Voltage 24V AC/DC HW1P-5Q4-k Operator Only HW1P-5Q7* Full Voltage 24V AC/DC HW1P-5Q7-k Actual Size Signaling Lights Operator Only Jumbo Dome LED Incandescent Relays & Sockets 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. In place of k, specify the Lens/LED Color Code. *Incandescent operator comes with bulb. Available with spring-up terminals in 24V only. For nameplates and accessories, see page 596 and 599. For dimensions, see page 601. k Lens/LED Color Code Code Amber A Green G Red R Blue S White W Yellow Y Timers Color Item Appearance Description Contactors Jumbo Dome Replacement Parts Part Number Lens HW1A-P5k Polycarbonate Lens LED Diffusing Lens* HW9Z-PP5C Terminal Blocks LED Lamps Jumbo Dome LED Lamp LSTDB-2k 1. In place of k, specify the Lens/LED Color Code. 2. *Diffusing lens for LED models only. 3. Use white LED for yellow lens. Lamp Ratings LED LSTDB-2 Incandescent LSB-2 Operating Voltage 24V AC/DC 10% Rated Current Power Consumption 15mA 0.36W 150mA 3.6W 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada Circuit Breakers Part Number 563 Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series Signaling Lights Pilot Lights (Assembled) Relays & Sockets Round Flush Dome Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Operator Only HW1P-1FQ0-k HW4P-1FQ0-k HW1P-2FQ0-k HW4P-2FQ0-k Full Voltage HW1P-1FQm-k-l HW4P-1FQm-k-l HW1P-2FQm-k-l HW4P-2FQm-k-l 120V AC HW1P-1FH2m-k HW4P-1FH2m-k HW1P-2FH2m-k HW4P-2FH2m-k 240V AC HW1P-1FM4m-k HW4P-1FM4m-k HW1P-2FM4m-k HW4P-2FM4m-k 480V AC HW1P-1FT8m-k HW4P-1FT8m-k HW1P-2FT8m-k HW4P-2FT8m-k 110V DC HW1P-1D2D-k - HW1P-2D2D-k - Transformer Timers DC-DC Converter* Square Flush Contactors Plastic Bezel Operator Only HW2P-1FQ0-k Full Voltage HW2P-1FQm-k-l Transformer DC-DC Converter* 120V AC HW2P-1FH2m-k 240V AC HW2P-1FM4m-k 480V AC HW2P-1FT8m-k 110V DC HW2P-1D2D-k l Full Voltage Code m Lamp Type Code Color Code Voltage Code Lamp Code Amber A 6VAC/DC 6V Incandescent Blank Green G 12VAC/DC 12V LED D Red R 24VAC/DC 24V Blue S 120V AC (LED only) 120V White W 240V AC (LED only) 240V Yellow Y Circuit Breakers Terminal Blocks k Lens/LED Color Code 564 www.IDEC.com 1. In place of k, specify the Lens/LED Color Code from table below. 2. In place of lspecify the Full Voltage Code from table below. 3. In place of m specify Lamp Type Code from table below. 4. *DC-DC convertor voltage input from 90-140V DC, comes with spring-up terminals only. 5. DC-DC converter models with LED lamps only. 6. For nameplates and accessories, see page 596 and 599. 7. For dimensions, see page 601. 8. Pilot lights do not come with anti-rotation ring. 9. Operator models come with operator and lens. 10. Yellow pilot light comes with white LED. Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series Switches & Pilot Devices Part Number Structure H W 1 P - 2 F Q D - R - 12V Lamp Voltage Bezel 1: Round Plastic 2: Square Plastic 4: Round Metal Operator 1: Flush 2: Dome Illumination Circuit Lens/LED Colors Q: Full Voltage H2: 120V AC Transformer M4: 240V AC Transformer T8: 480V AC Transformer D2: DC-DC Converter A: Amber G: Green R: Red S: Blue W: White Y: Yellow Lamp Type Code D: LED Blank: Incandescent Signaling Lights (full voltage units only) 6V: 6V AC/DC 12V: 12V AC/DC 24V: 24V AC/DC 120V: 120V AC* 240V: 240V AC* *LED only Pilot Lights (Replacement Parts) Transformer* + Lamp + Operator + Lens = Completed Unit Relays & Sockets (not applicable for full voltage units) Transformer Units Style LED/Incandescent Voltage Part Number 120V AC HW-FH20 HW-MH20* 240V AC HW-FM40 HW-MM40* 480V AC HW-FT80 HW-RT80* 110V DC** Style Type Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Round Flush Standard HW1P-1FQ0 HW4P-1FQ0 Full Voltage Transformer Dome Full Voltage HW-RD0* 1. *With spring-up terminals - to use spring-up terminal type, must use transformer type operator designed for spring-up transformer. 2. ** DC-DC converter voltage input from 90-140V DC. Transformer Square Flush Full Voltage Lamps Voltage LED Incandescent Part Number 6V AC/DC LSTD-6k 12V AC/DC LSTD-1k 24V AC/DC LSTD-2k 120V AC LSTD-H2k 240V AC LSTD-M4k 6V AC/DC IS-6 IS-12 24V AC/DC IS-24 1. In place of k, specify the LED Color Code. 2. The LED contains a current-limiting resistor and reverse polarity protection diodes. Spring-up Terminals HW1P-100 - Standard HW1P-2FQ0 HW4P-2FQ0 Spring-up Terminals HW1P-2Q0 HW4P-2Q0 Standard HW1P-20 HW4P-20 Spring-up Terminals HW1P-200 - Standard HW2P-1FQ0 - Spring-up Terminals HW2P-1Q0 Standard HW2P-10 - Spring-up Terminals HW2P-100 - Lenses Style l Lens Color Code Part Number Round/ Flush Dome HW1A-P1-l HW1A-P2-l Color Code Amber A Green G Red R Blue S White W Yellow Y For yellow lens use white LED. Code Color Code Amber A Blue S Green G White W Square/ Flush HW2A-P1-l Circuit Breakers Color R HW4P-10 1. Transformer type requires separate transformer & lamp. Must select correct transformer bases on standard or spring up terminal type. Use 6V lamps or LEDs. 2. Full voltage type only requires lamp. k LED Color Code Red HW4P-1Q0 HW1P-10 Terminal Blocks 12V AC/DC Transformer HW1P-1Q0 Standard Contactors Style Spring-up Terminals Timers (6V secondary voltage) Operators In place of l, specify the Lens Color Code. For yellow lens use white LED. 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 565 Switches & Pilot Devices Illuminated Round Pushbuttons (Assembled) Illuminated Full Voltage Pushbuttons Flush Extended Extended w/ Full Shroud Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Momentary Contacts Operator Only 1NO 1NC 1NO-1NC 2NO HW1L-M1-k HW1L-M1F10Qm-k-l HW1L-M1F01Qm-k-l HW1L-M1F11Qm-k-l HW1L-M1F20Qm-k-l HW4L-M1-k HW4L-M1F10Qm-k-l HW4L-M1F01Qm-k-l HW4L-M1F11Qm-k-l HW4L-M1F20Qm-k-l HW1L-M2-k HW1L-M2F10Qm-k-l HW1L-M2F01Qm-k-l HW1L-M2F11Qm-k-l HW1L-M2F20Qm-k-l HW4L-M2-k HW4L-M2F10Qm-k-l HW4L-M2F01Qm-k-l HW4L-M2F11Qm-k-l HW4L-M2F20Qm-k-l HW1L-MF2-k HW1L-MF2F10Qm-k-l HW1L-MF2F01Qm-k-l HW1L-MF2F11Qm-k-l HW1L-MF2F20Qm-k-l HW4L-MF2-k HW4L-MF2F10Qm-k-l HW4L-MF2F01Qm-k-l HW4L-MF2F11Qm-k-l HW4L-MF2F20Qm-k-l Maintained Timers Relays & Sockets Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series Operator Only 1NO 1NC 1NO-1NC 2NO HW1L-A1-k HW1L-A1F10Qm-k-l HW1L-A1F01Qm-k-l HW1L-A1F11Qm-k-l HW1L-A1F20Qm-k-l HW4L-A1-k HW4L-A1F10Qm-k-l HW4L-A1F01Qm-k-l HW4L-A1F11Qm-k-l HW4L-A1F20Qm-k-l HW1L-A2-k HW1L-A2F10Qm-k-l HW1L-A2F01Qm-k-l HW1L-A2F11Qm-k-l HW1L-A2F20Qm-k-l HW4L-A2-k HW4L-A2F10Qm-k-l HW4L-A2F01Qm-k-l HW4L-A2F11Qm-k-l HW4L-A2F20Qm-k-l HW1L-AF2-k HW1L-AF2F10Qm-k-l HW1L-AF2F01Qm-k-l HW1L-AF2F11Qm-k-l HW1L-AF2F20Qm-k-l HW4L-AF2-k HW4L-AF2F10Qm-k-l HW4L-AF2F01Qm-k-l HW4L-AF2F11Qm-k-l HW4L-AF2F20Qm-k-l Contactors Illuminated Transformer Pushbuttons Terminal Blocks Metal Bezel Operator Only 1NO-1NC 2NO HW1L-M1-k HW1L-M1F11lm-k HW1L-M1F20lm-k HW4L-M1-k HW4L-M1F11lm-k HW4L-M1F20lm-k HW1L-M2-k HW1L-M2F11lm-k HW1L-M2F20lm-k HW4L-M2-k HW4L-M2F11lm-k HW4L-M2F20lm-k HW1L-MF2-k HW4L-MF2-k HW1L-MF2F11lm-k HW4L-MF2F11lm-k HW1L-MF2F20lm-k HW4L-MF2F20lm-k Operator Only 1NO-1NC 2NO HW1L-A1-k HW1L-A1F11lm-k HW1L-A1F20lm-k HW4L-A1-k HW4L-A1F11lm-k HW4L-A1F20lm-k HW1L-A2-k HW1L-A2F11lm-k HW1L-A2F20lm-k HW4L-A2-k HW4L-A2F11lm-k HW4L-A2F20lm-k HW1L-AF2-k HW1L-AF2F11lm-k HW1L-AF2F20lm-k 2. In place of lspecify Voltage Code from table. In place of m specify Lamp Code from table. Light independent of switch position. For replacement part numbers, see page 567. For nameplates and accessories, see page 596. and 599. 7. For dimensions, see page 601. 8. For contact assembly part numbers, see page 600. 9. Full voltage and transformer models use the same operator. 10. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6 total contacts). 11. Yellow pushbutton comes with white LED. 3. 4. 5. 6. Circuit Breakers Extended w/ Full Shroud Plastic Bezel 1. In place of k, specify Lens/LED Color Code from table. 566 Extended Metal Bezel Momentary Flush Plastic Bezel Maintained Contacts k Lens/LED Color Code Color Code Amber A Green G Red R Blue S White W Yellow l Voltage Code Y Transformer Models Voltage Code Voltage Code 6V AC/DC 6V 120V AC H2 12V AC/DC 12V 240V AC M4 24V AC/DC 24V 480V AC T8 120V AC (LED only) 120V 240V AC (LED only) 240V www.IDEC.com Metal Bezel HW4L-AF2-k HW4L-AF2F11lm-k HW4L-AF2F20lm-k m Lamp Code Full Voltage Models Yellow LED not available. Use white LED for yellow lens. Plastic Bezel Lamp Code Incandescent Blank LED D Switches & Pilot Devices W 1 Switches & Pilot Devices H o22mm - HW Series Part Number Structure - M F2 F 10 Q D - G - 12V L Lamp Voltage Bezel 1: Plastic 4: Metal Function M: Momentary A: Maintained Lens Color Operator 1F: Flush 2F: Extended F2: Extended w/ shroud A: Amber S: Blue G: Green W: White R: Red Y: Yellow Contact Arrangement Illumination Circuit Q: Full Voltage H2: Transformer 120V AC M4: Transformer 240V AC T8: Transformer 480V AC Lamp Code *LED only D: LED Blank: Incandescent Signaling Lights 10: 1NO 01: 1NC 11: 1NO-1NC 20: 2NO (full voltage units only) 6V: 6V AC/DC 12V: 12V AC/DC 24V: 24V AC/DC 120V: 120VC AC* 240V: 240V AC* Illuminated Round Pushbuttons (Replacement Parts) Transformer* + Contact Blocks + Lead Holder + Mounting Adaptor + Safety Lever Lock + Lamp + Anti-Rotation Ring + Operator + Lens Completed Unit = Relays & Sockets *Transformer not needed with full voltage models. Lamp Circuit Components Contact Blocks Style Description Lead Holder For use with HW-CBL on all illuminated pushbutton units. One required for each deck (pair) of contacts. Full Voltage Adaptor Exposed HW-DA1B Spring Up HW-GA1 Fingersafe TW-DA1FB Exposed TW-DA1B 120VAC 240VAC 480VAC Fingersafe TW-F126B TW-F246B TW-F486B 120V 240V 480V Spring Up HW-T126 HW-T246 HW-L486 Exposed TW-T126B TW-T246B TW-T486B For use with even number of contacts. 110VDC Operators Metal Bezel Momentary HW1L-M0 HW4L-M0 Round Flush/ Extended Maintained HW1L-A0 HW4L-A0 Momentary HW1L-MF0 HW4L-MF0 Extended with Full Shroud Maintained HW1L-AF0 HW4L-AF0 1NC HW-F01 HW-F01R (late break) Spring-Up Terminal HW-G10 HW-G10R (early make) HW-G01 HW-G01R (late break) Exposed Screw Terminal HW-C10 HW-C10R (early make) HW-C01 HW-C01R (late break) Contact Block Mounting Adaptor Style Part Number Anti-Rotation Ring Part Number Appearance HW-CBL 1. Used to mount contact blocks to operator (first pair only). 2. IDEC strongly recommends using the safety lever lock to prevent heavy vibration or maintenance personnel from inadvertently unlocking contacts. Safety Lever Lock Style HW9Z-RL Use with notched panel cutout to prevent unit rotation. Lamps Style Part Number HW9Z-LS LED Lenses Style Round Flush Part Number HW1A-L1-k Round Extended HW1A-L2-k In place of k, specify the Lens Color Code from previous page. 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada Incandescent Voltage Part Number 6V AC/DC LSTD-6k 12V AC/DC LSTD-1k 24V AC/DC LSTD-2k 120V AC LSTD-H2k 240V AC LSTD-M4k 6V AC/DC IS-6 12V AC/DC IS-12 24V AC/DC IS-24 1. In place of k, specify the LED Color Code. 2. The LED contains a current-limiting resistor and reverse polarity protection diodes. 3. Yellow LED not available, use white LED when using yellow lens. 567 Circuit Breakers Plastic Bezel Style 1NO HW-F10 HW-F10R (early make) 1. All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard fingersafe (HW-F...) contacts. 2. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered by removing an "F" from the part number (Ex. HW1B-M1F11-R becomes HW1B-M111-R). 3. Units with exposed screw terminals (HW-C...) must be ordered as sub-components. HW-L16D HW-GA1 "Dummy Block with full voltage adaptor" does not require the use of HW-LH3. Contacts Standard Fingersafe (IP20) Terminal Blocks HW-DA1FB 120V 240V 480V DC-DC Converter HW-LH3 Fingersafe For use with odd number of contacts. Style Contactors Transformer Unit (6V secondary voltage) Part Number Timers Dummy Block with Full Voltage Adaptor Terminals Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series Relays & Sockets Signaling Lights Illuminated Mushroom & Square Pushbuttons (Assembled) Full Voltage Timers Momentary Transformer Contactors Momentary Maintained 1. Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Plastic Bezel Operator Only HW1L-M4-k HW4L-M4-k HW2L-M1-k 1NO HW1L-M4F10Qm-k-l HW4L-M4F10Qm-k-l HW2L-M1F10Qm-k-l 1NC HW1L-M4F01Qm-k-l HW4L-M4F01Qm-k-l HW2L-M1F01Qm-k-l 1NO-1NC HW1L-M4F11Qm-k-l HW4L-M4F11Qm-k-l HW2L-M1F11Qm-k-l 2NO HW1L-M4F20Qm-k-l HW4L-M4F20Qm-k-l HW2L-M1F20Qm-k-l Operator Only HW1L-A4-k HW4L-A4-k HW2L-A1-k 1NO HW1L-A4F10Qm-k-l HW4L-A4F10Qm-k-l HW2L-A1F10Qm-k-l 1NC HW1L-A4F01Qm-k-l HW4L-A4F01Qm-k-l HW2L-A1F01Qm-k-l 1NO-1NC HW1L-A4F11Qm-k-l HW4L-A4F11Qm-k-l HW2L-A1F11Qm-k-l 2NO HW1L-A4F20Qm-k-l HW4L-A4F20Qm-k-l HW2L-A1F20Qm-k-l 1NO-1NC HW1L-M4F11lm-k HW4L-M4F11lm-k HW2L-M1F11lm-k 2NO HW1L-M4F20lm-k HW4L-M4F20lm-k HW2L-M1F20lm-k 1NO-1NC HW1L-A4F11lm-k HW4L-A4F11lm-k HW2L-A1F11lm-k 2NO HW1L-A4F20lm-k HW4L-A4F20lm-k HW2L-A1F20lm-k Full voltage and transformer units use the same operator. Terminal Blocks 2. In place of k, specify the Lens/LED Color Code from table. 3. In place of lspecify the Voltage Code from table. Circuit Breakers 4. In place of m specify Lamp Type Code from table. 5. Light independent of switch position 6. For nameplates and accessories, see page 596. and 599. 7. For dimensions, see page 601. 8. For contact assembly part numbers, see page 600. 9. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6 total contacts). 10. Yellow pushbutton comes with white LED. 568 Square Flush Contacts Maintained 40mm Mushroom Head k Lens/LED Color Code Color Code Amber A Green G Red R Blue S White W Yellow Y* l Voltage Code m Lamp Code Full Voltage Models 1. *40mm mushroom lenses not available in yellow. 2. Yellow LED not available. Use white LED for yellow lens. Transformer Models Voltage Code Voltage Code 6V AC/DC 6V 120V AC H2 12V AC/DC 12V 240V AC M4 24V AC/DC 24V 480V AC T8 120V AC (LED only) 120V 240V AC (LED only) 240V www.IDEC.com Lamp Code Incandescent Blank LED D Switches & Pilot Devices W 1 Switches & Pilot Devices H o22mm - HW Series Part Number Structure - M 1 F 10 Q D - G - 12V L Lamp Voltage Bezel 1: Round Plastic 2: Square Plastic 4: Round Metal Function M: Momentary A: Maintained Lens Color Operator 1: Square Flush 4: Mushroom A: Amber S: Blue G: Green W: White R: Red Y: Yellow Contact Arrangement Illumination Circuit Q: Full Voltage H2: Transformer 120V AC M4: Transformer 240V AC T8: Transformer 480V AC Lamp Code *LED only D: LED Blank: Incandescent Signaling Lights 10: 1NO 01: 1NC 11: 1NO-1NC 20: 2NO (full voltage units only) 6V: 6V AC/DC 12V: 12V AC/DC 24V: 24V AC/DC 120V: 120VC AC* 240V: 240V AC* Illuminated Mushroom & Square Pushbuttons (Replacement Parts) Transformer* + Contact Blocks + Lead Holder + Adaptor + Safety Lever Lock + Lamp Anti-Rotation Ring + + Operator + Lens Completed Unit = Relays & Sockets *Transformer not needed with full voltage models. Lamp Circuit Components Contact Blocks Style Description Lead Holder For use with HW-CBL on all illuminated pushbutton units. One required for each deck (pair) of contacts. Full Voltage Adaptor For use with even number of contacts. 120VAC 240VAC 480VAC 120V 240V 480V DC-DC Converter HW-LH3 Fingersafe HW-DA1FB Exposed HW-DA1B Spring Up HW-GA1 Fingersafe TW-DA1FB Exposed TW-DA1B Fingersafe TW-F126B TW-F246B TW-F486B Spring Up HW-T126 HW-T246 HW-L486 Exposed TW-T126B TW-T246B TW-T486B Standard Fingersafe (IP20) HW-F10 HW-F10R (early make) HW-F01 HW-F01R (late break) Spring-Up Terminal HW-G10 HW-G10R (early make) HW-G01 HW-G01R (late break) Exposed Screw Terminal HW-C10 HW-C10R (early make) HW-C01 HW-C01R (late break) Contact Block Mounting Adaptor Part Number Appearance 1. Used to mount contact blocks to operator (first pair only). 2. IDEC strongly recommends using the safety lever lock to prevent heavy vibration or maintenance personnel from inadvertently unlocking contacts. Safety Lever Lock Style Part Number HW9Z-RL Use with notched panel cutout to prevent unit rotation. Lamps Style LED Momentary HW1L-M0L HW4L-M0L Maintained HW1L-A0L HW4L-A0L Momentary HW2L-M0 Maintained HW2L-A0 - Style Part Number Incandescent o40mm Mushroom Lens ALW4BLU-k* Square Flush HW2A-L1-k 1. In place of k, specify the Lens Color Code. 2. *Mushroom lens not available in yellow. 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada Voltage Part Number 6V AC/DC LSTD-6k 12V AC/DC LSTD-1k 24V AC/DC LSTD-2k 120V AC LSTD-H2k 240V AC LSTD-M4k 6V AC/DC IS-6 12V AC/DC IS-12 24V AC/DC IS-24 Circuit Breakers Metal Bezel Part Number HW-CBL Lenses Plastic Bezel Style Anti-Rotation Ring HW9Z-LS Operators Square 1NC HW-L16D HW-GA1 "Dummy Block with full voltage adaptor" does not require the use of HW-LH3. o40mm Mushroom 1NO 1. All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard fingersafe (HW-F...) contacts. 2. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered by removing an "F" from the part number (Ex. HW1B-M1F11-R becomes HW1B-M111-R). 3. Units with exposed screw terminals (HW-C...) must be ordered as sub-components. Style 110VDC Contacts Terminal Blocks 120V 240V 480V Style Contactors Transformer Unit (6V secondary voltage) For use with odd number of contacts. Part Number Timers Dummy Block with Full Voltage Adaptor Terminals 1. In place of k, specify the LED Color Code. 2. The LED contains a current-limiting resistor and reverse polarity protection diodes. 3. Yellow LED not available, use white LED when using yellow lens. 569 Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series Signaling Lights Selector Switches 2-Position (Assembled) Mounting Relays & Sockets Contact 2-Position Selector Switches Operator Position L R Operator Only Timers Handle Maintained L Spring Return from Right L R Knob Lever HWnS-2T HWnS-2L HWnS-21T HWnS-21L 1NO 1 O X Knob Lever HWnS-2TF10 HWnS-2LF10 HWnS-21TF10 HWnS-21LF10 1NO1NC 1 2 O X X O Knob Lever HWnS-2TF11 HWnS-2LF11 HWnS-21TF11 HWnS-21LF11 2NO 1 2 O O X X Knob Lever HWnS-2TF20 HWnS-2LF20 HWnS-21TF20 HWnS-21LF20 2NO2NC 1 2 3 4 X O X O O X O X Knob Lever HWnS-2TF22 HWnS-2LF22 HWnS-21TF22 HWnS-21LF22 Contactors 1. In place of n enter 1 for plastic bezel or 4 for metal bezel. 2. For nameplates, see page 596. 3. All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard fingersafe (HW-F...) contacts. 4. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered by removing an "F" from the part number (Ex. HW1BM1F11-R becomes HW1B-M111-R). 5. Units with exposed screw terminals (HW-C...) must be ordered as sub-components. 6. Standard color for knob and lever is black. 7. Optional colors available for lever type. Must order in components. See next page for part numbers. 8. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6 total contacts). 9. For Truth Tables see page 608. n Bezel Type Type Code Plastic 1 Metal 4 Circuit Breakers Terminal Blocks R 570 www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series Switches & Pilot Devices Part Number Structure H W 1 S - 2 1 T F 10 Contact Arrangement 10: 1NO 11: 1NO-1NC 20: 2NO Bezel 1: Plastic 4: Metal # of Positions 2: 2-Position Handle Operator T: Knob L: Lever Signaling Lights blank: Maintained 1: Spring Return from Right Selector Switches 2-Position (Replacement Parts) Contact Blocks + Mounting Adaptor + Safety Lever Lock Style 1NC Standard Fingersafe (IP20) HW-F10 HW-F01 HW-F10R (early make) HW-F01R (late break) HW-G10 HW-G01 HW-G10R (early make) HW-G01R (late break) HW-C10 HW-C01 Exposed Screw Terminal = Completed Unit Style Part Number HW9Z-RL Use with notched panel cutout to prevent unit rotation. Operators Style Description HW-C01R (late break) TW-DB Part Number Metal Bezel Knob HW1S-2T HW4S-2T Lever HW1S-2 HW4S-2 Spring Return from Right Knob HW1S-21T HW4S-21T Lever HW1S-21 HW4S-21 1. Knob operator comes with black handle. 2. To order lever type, lever and inserts must be ordered separately, along with lever operator. See part numbers below. Levers & Inserts Style 1. Used to mount contact blocks to operator (first pair only). 2. IDEC strongly recommends using the safety lever lock to prevent heavy vibration or maintenance personnel from inadvertently unlocking contacts. Part Number Lever TW-HC1-j Standard lever color is black. Standard insert color is white. 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada j Handle/Insert Color Code Color Code Black* B Blue S Green G Red R Yellow Y White W Circuit Breakers Lever Color Insert ASWHHL-j Terminal Blocks HW-CB2C Part Number Plastic Bezel Contactors HW-C10R (early make) Contact Block Mounting Adaptor Safety Lever Lock Handle Maintained Dummy Block HW9Z-LS Operator Timers 1NO Spring-Up Terminal Style + Anti-Rotation Ring Contacts Style Anti-Rotation Ring Relays & Sockets Contact Blocks + 1. * Lever color inserts not available in black. 2. Lever not available in white. 571 Switches & Pilot Devices Selector Switches 3-Position (Assembled) Relays & Sockets Mounting 3-Position Selector Switches Contact Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series Operator Position L C R Contactors Timers Operator Only Terminal Blocks Handle Spring Return from Right Maintained L C L R Circuit Breakers L R C Spring Return Two-Way L R C Knob Lever HWnS-3T* HWnS-3L HWnS-31T HWnS-31L HWnS-32T HWnS-32L HWnS-33T HWnS-33L R 1NO1NC 1 2 0 0 X 0 X X Knob Lever HWnS-3TF11 HWnS-3LF11 HWnS-31TF11 HWnS-31LF11 HWnS-32TF11 HWnS-32LF11 HWnS-33TF11 HWnS-33LF11 2NO 1 2 X 0 0 0 0 X Knob Lever HWnS-3TF20 HWnS-3LF20 HWnS-31TF20 HWnS-31LF20 HWnS-32TF20 HWnS-32LF20 HWnS-33TF20 HWnS-33LF20 2NC 1 2 0 X X X X 0 Knob Lever HWnS-3TF02 HWnS-3LF02 HWnS-31TF02 HWnS-31LF02 HWnS-32TF02 HWnS-32LF02 HWnS-33TF02 HWnS-33LF02 2NO1NC 1 2 3 X 0 0 0 0 X 0 X 0 Knob HWnS-3JTF21N1 - - - 2NO2NC 1 2 3 4 X 0 0 X 0 0 X X 0 X X 0 Knob HWnS-3TF22 HWnS-31TF22 HWnS-32TF22 HWnS-33TF22 2NO2NC 1 2 3 4 0 X X 0 0 0 X 0 X 0 0 X Knob HWnS-3STF22N9 - - - 4NO 1 2 3 4 X 0 X 0 0 0 0 0 0 X 0 X Knob 4NO 1 2 3 4 X 0 X 0 0 X 0 0 0 X 0 X Knob HWnS-3STF40N2 - - - 4NC 1 2 3 4 0 X 0 X X X X X X 0 X 0 Knob HWnS-3TF04 HWnS-31TF04 HWnS-32TF04 HWnS-33TF04 n Bezel Type HWnS-3TF40 HWnS-31TF40 1. In place of n enter 1 for plastic bezel or 4 for metal bezel. 2. Knob operator includes black knob/lever operator includes black lever. 3. * Three position operator is available with three different cams. HWnS-3T: Maintained (standard cam) HWnS-3ST: Maintained (S cam) HWnS-3JT: Maintained (J cam) 4. Operator cams are color coded (white=standard cam, red=S cam, black =J cam). 5. For nameplates, see page 596. 6. For contact assembly part numbers, see page 600 572 C Spring Return from Left HWnS-32TF40 HWnS-33TF40 Type Code Plastic 1 Metal 4 7. All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard fingersafe (HW-F...) contacts. 8. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered by removing an "F" from the part number (Ex. HW1B-M1F11-R becomes HW1B-M111-R). 9 . Units with exposed screw terminals (HW-C...) must be ordered as sub-components. 10. Standard color for knob and lever is black. 11. Optional colors available for lever type. Must order in components. See next page for part numbers. 12. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6 total contacts). 13. For Truth Tables see page 608. www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series Switches & Pilot Devices Part Number Structure H W 1 S - 3 1 T F 20 Contact Arrangement 11: 1NO-1NC 20: 2NO 21: 2NO-1NC 22: 2NO-2NC 40: 4NO 04: 4NC Bezel 1: Plastic 4: Metal # of Positions 3: 3-Position Handle Operator T: Knob L: Lever Signaling Lights blank: Maintained 1: Spring Return from Right 2: Spring Return from Left 3: Spring Return Two Way Selector Switches 3-Position (Replacement Parts) Contact Blocks + Mounting Adaptor + Safety Lever Lock Style Anti-Rotation Ring 1NC Standard Fingersafe (IP20) HW-F10 HW-F01 HW-F10R (early make) HW-F01R (late break) HW-G10 HW-G01 HW-G10R (early make) HW-G01R (late break) HW-C10 HW-C01 HW-C10R (early make) HW-C01R (late break) Exposed Screw Terminal Dummy Block Style Completed Unit Part Number Operators Style TW-DB Handle Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Maintained (standard cam) Knob HW1S-3T HW4S-3T Lever HW1S-3 HW4S-3 Maintained (S cam) Knob HW1S-3ST HW4S-3ST Maintained (J cam) Knob HW1S-3JT HW4S-3JT Spring Return from Right (standard cam) Knob HW1S-31T HW4S-31T Lever HW1S-31 HW4S-31 Knob HW1S-32T HW4S-32T Lever HW1S-32 HW4S-32 Knob HW1S-33T HW4S-33T Lever HW1S-33 HW4S-33 2-Way Spring Return (standard cam) HW-CB2C Safety Lever Lock Part Number Knob operator comes with black handle. Three position knob operator is available with three different cams. Operator cams are color coded (white=standard cam, red=S cam, black =J cam). To order lever type, lever and inserts must be ordered separately, along with lever operator. See part numbers below. Levers & Inserts Style j Handle/Insert Color Code Part Number Lever ASWHHL-j TW-HC1-j Color Code Color Code Black* B Red R Blue S Yellow Y Green G White W Circuit Breakers Lever Color Insert Terminal Blocks 1. 2. 3. 4. Contactors Description Spring Return from Left (standard cam) Part Number 1. Used to mount contact blocks to operator (first pair only). 2. IDEC strongly recommends using the safety lever lock to prevent heavy vibration or maintenance personnel from inadvertently unlocking contacts. Use with notched panel cutout to prevent unit rotation. HW9Z-RL Contact Block Mounting Adaptor HW9Z-LS = Timers 1NO Spring-Up Terminal Style Operator Anti-Rotation Ring Contacts Style + Relays & Sockets Contact Blocks + 1. * Lever color inserts not available in black. 2. Lever not available in white. Standard lever color is black. Standard insert color is white. 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 573 Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series Signaling Lights Selector Switches 4- & 5-Position (Assembled) 1 2 3 Handle 4 1 2 3 4 Operator Only Timers Maintained Knob Lever HWnS-4T HWnS-4L Operator Only 2NO2NC 1NO2NC 1 2 3 4 X 0 0 0 0 X 0 0 O 0 X 0 O 0 0 0 Knob Lever HWnS-4TF12 HWnS-4LF12 1NO3NC 1 2 3 4 O O O O X X O O X O X O X O O X Knob Lever HWnS-4TF13N6 HWnS-4LF13N6 2NO2NC 1 2 3 4 X O O O O X O O O O X O O O O X Knob Lever HWnS-4TF22N3 HWnS-4LF22N3 Contactors 1. In place of n enter 1 for plastic bezel or 4 for metal bezel. 2. Knob operator includes black knob/lever operator includes black lever. 3. For nameplates, see page 596. 4. For contact assembly part numbers, see page 600. 5. Five position circuit cannot be made to make five independent contact closures. 6. All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard fingersafe (HW-F...) contacts. 7. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered by removing an "F" from the part number (Ex. HW1B-M1F11-R becomes HW1B-M111-R). 8. Units with exposed screw terminals (HW-C...) must be ordered as sub-components. 9. Standard color for knob and lever is black. 10. Optional colors available for lever type. Must order in components. See next page for part numbers. 11. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6 total contacts). 12. For Truth Tables see page 608. 1 2 3 4 n Bezel Type Type Code Plastic 1 Metal 4 Circuit Breakers Terminal Blocks Mounting 5-Position Selector Switch Operator Position Contact Mounting Relays & Sockets Contact 4-Position Selector Switches 574 www.IDEC.com Operator Position 1 X O O O 2 O X O O 3 O O O O 4 O O X O Handle 5 O O O X Maintained 2 3 1 4 5 Knob Lever HWnS-5T HWnS-5L Knob Lever HWnS-5TF22N3 HWnS-5LF22N3 Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series Switches & Pilot Devices Part Number Structure H W 1 S - 4 T F 13N6 Contact Arrangement Bezel 1: Plastic 4: Metal (based on desired truth table) 12: 1NO-2NC 13N6: 1NO-3NC 22N3: 2NO-2NC # of Positions 4: 4-Position 5: 5-Position Handle T: Knob L: Lever Signaling Lights Selector Switches 4- & 5-Position (Replacement Parts) Contact Blocks + Mounting Adaptor + Safety Lever Lock Style Anti-Rotation Ring + 1NC Standard Fingersafe (IP20) HW-F10 HW-F01 HW-F10R (early make) HW-F01R (late break) HW-G10 HW-G01 HW-G10R (early make) HW-G01R (late break) HW-C10 HW-C01 HW-C10R (early make) HW-C01R (late break) Exposed Screw Terminal Style Part Number HW9Z-RL Use with notched panel cutout to prevent unit rotation. Operators Style Position 4 TW-DB 5 Description Metal Bezel Knob HW1S-4T HW4S-4T Lever HW1S-4 HW4S-4 Knob HW1S-5T HW4S-5T Lever HW1S-5 HW4S-5 Maintained 1. Knob operator comes with black handle. 2. To order lever type, lever and inserts must be ordered separately, along with lever operator. See part numbers below. Part Number Levers & Inserts HW-CB2C Part Number Lever Lever Color Insert ASWHHL-j TW-HC1-j 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada Color Code Black* B Blue S Green G Red R Yellow Y White W Circuit Breakers Standard lever color is black. Standard insert color is white. j Handle/Insert Color Code Terminal Blocks Style 1. Used to mount contact blocks to operator (first pair only). 2. IDEC strongly recommends using the safety lever lock to prevent heavy vibration or maintenance personnel from inadvertently unlocking contacts. Part Number Plastic Bezel Maintained Contact Block Mounting Adaptor Safety Lever Lock Handle Contactors Dummy Block HW9Z-LS Completed Unit Timers 1NO Spring-Up Terminal Style = Anti-Rotation Ring Contacts Style Operator Relays & Sockets Contact Blocks + 1. * Lever color inserts not available in black. 2. Lever not available in white. 575 Switches & Pilot Devices Key Switches 2-Position (Assembled) Mounting Contact 2-Position Key Switches Operator Position L R Operator Only Maintained L R Spring Return from Right L R HWnK-2A HWnK-21B 1NO 1 O X HWnK-2AF10 HWnK-21BF10 1NO1NC 1 2 0 X X 0 HWnK-2AF11 HWnK-21BF11 2NO 1 2 O O X X HWnK-2AF20 HWnK-21BF20 2NO2NC 1 2 3 4 0 X 0 X X 0 X 0 HWnK-2AF22 HWnK-21BF22 Timers Relays & Sockets Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series Contactors 1. In place of n enter 1 for plastic bezel or 4 for metal bezel. 2. Key is removable in all maintained positions. Other key removable options available. 3. Two keys are supplied with all switches. 4. All standard operators are keyed alike. 5. Other key removable options available. See table below 6. For nameplates, see page 596. 7. For contact assembly part numbers, see page 600. 8. Key is retained in "Spring Return" position. 9. All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard fingersafe (HW-F...) contacts. 10. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered by removing an "F" from the part number (Ex. HW1B-M1F11-R becomes HW1B-M111-R). 11. Units with exposed screw terminals (HW-C...) must be ordered as sub-components. 12. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6 total contacts). 13. For Truth Tables see page 600. Code Description A Key not retained in any position (removable in all positions) B Key retained in right position only C Key retained in left position only Circuit Breakers Terminal Blocks Key Removable Option Codes 576 www.IDEC.com n Bezel Type Type Code Plastic 1 Metal 4 Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series Switches & Pilot Devices Part Number Structure H W 1 K - 2 1 B F 10 Contact Arrangement 10: 1NO 20: 2NO 11: 1NO-1NC 22: 2NO-2NC Bezel 1: Plastic 4: Metal # of Positions 2: 2-Position Operator Key Retained Position blank: Maintained 1: Spring Return from Right Signaling Lights A: Key not retained in any position (removable in all positions) B: Key retained in right position only C: Key retained in left position only Key Switches 2-Position (Replacement Parts) Contact Assembly + Mounting Adaptor + Safety Lever Lock Style + Operator = Completed Unit Safety Lever Lock 1NC Standard Fingersafe (IP20) HW-F10 HW-F01 HW-F10R (early make) HW-F01R (late break) HW-G10 HW-G01 HW-G10R (early make) HW-G01R (late break) HW-C10 HW-C01 HW-C10R (early make) HW-C01R (late break) Exposed Screw Terminal Dummy Block Style HW9Z-LS Anti-Rotation Ring Style Use with notched panel cutout to prevent unit rotation. Operators Part Number HW-CB2C Description Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Maintained HW1K-2A HW4K-2A Maintained, key removed left only HW1K-2B HW4K-2B Spring Return from Right HW1K-21B HW4K-21B Maintained, key removed right only HW1K-2C HW4K-2C Terminal Blocks Contact Block Mounting Adaptor Part Number HW9Z-RL Style TW-DB Part Number Contactors 1NO Timers Contacts Spring-Up Terminal Style Anti-Rotation Ring Relays & Sockets Contact Blocks + 1. Operator includes two keys. 2. All standard operators are keyed alike. Circuit Breakers 1. Used to mount contact blocks to operator (first pair only). 2. IDEC strongly recommends using the safety lever lock to prevent heavy vibration or maintenance personnel from inadvertently unlocking contacts. 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 577 Switches & Pilot Devices Key Switches 3-Position (Assembled) Mounting 3-Position Key Switches Contact Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series Operator Position L C R Spring Return from Right Maintained L C L R C R Spring Return from Left L C Spring Return Two Way L R C R n Bezel Type HWnK-3A* HWnK-31B HWnK-32C HWnK-33D Type Code HWnK-31BF11 HWnK-32CF11 HWnK-33DF11 Plastic 1 Metal 4 1NO1NC 1 2 0 0 X 0 X X HWnK-3AF11 2NO 1 2 X 0 0 0 0 X HWnK-3AF20 HWnK-31BF20 HWnK-32CF20 HWnK-33DF20 2NC 1 2 0 X X X X 0 HWnK-3AF02 HWnK-31BF02 HWnK-32CF02 HWnK-33DF02 2NO1NC 1 2 3 X 0 0 0 0 X 0 X 0 HWnK-3JAF21N1 2NO2NC 1 2 3 4 X 0 0 X 0 0 X X 0 X X 0 HWnK-3AF22 2NO2NC 1 2 3 4 0 X X 0 0 0 X 0 X 0 0 X HWnK-3SAF22N9 4NO 1 2 3 4 X 0 X 0 0 0 0 0 0 X 0 X HWnK-3AF40 4NO 1 2 3 4 X 0 X 0 0 X 0 0 0 X 0 X HWnK-3SAF40N2 4NC 1 2 3 4 0 X 0 X X X X X X 0 X 0 HWnK-3AF04 Terminal Blocks Contactors Timers Relays & Sockets Operator Only Circuit Breakers 1. In place of n enter 1 for plastic bezel or 4 for metal bezel. 2. Key is removable in all maintained positions. Other key removable options available. 3. Two keys are supplied with all switches. 4. All standard operators are keyed alike. 5. Other key removable options available. See table to the right. 6. * Operator is available with three different cams. HWnK-3A: Maintained (standard cam) HWnK-3SA: Maintained (Cam S) HWnK-3JA: Maintained (Cam J) 7. For nameplates, see page 596. 578 - HWnK-31BF22 - HWnK-31BF40 - HWnK-31BF04 - HWnK-32CF22 - HWnK-33DF22 - HWnK-32CF40 - HWnK-33DF40 - HWnK-32CF04 8. For contact assembly part numbers, see page 600. 9. All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard fingersafe (HW-F...) contacts. 10. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered by removing an "F" from the part number (Ex. HW1B-M1F11-R becomes HW1B-M111R). 11. Units with exposed screw terminals (HW-C...) must be ordered as sub-components. 12. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6 total contacts). 13. For Truth Tables see page 608. www.IDEC.com - HWnK-33DF04 Key Removable Option Codes Code Description A Key not retained in any position (removable in all positions) B Key retained in right position only C Key retained in left position only D Key retained in left and right (3 position only) E Key retained in center only (3 position only) G Key retained right and center (3 position only) H Key retained left and center (3 position only) Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series Switches & Pilot Devices Part Number Structure H W 1 K - 3 1 B F 11 Contact Arrangement 11: 1NO-1NC 40: 4NO 20: 2NO 04: 4NC 22: 2NO-2NC Bezel 1: Plastic 4: Metal # of Positions 3: 3-Position Operator blank: Maintained 1: Spring Return from Right 2: Spring Return from Left 3: Spring Return Two Way Key Removable Option Code (see chart on previous page) Signaling Lights Key Switches 3-Position (Replacement Parts) Contact Assembly + Mounting Adaptor + Safety Lever Lock Style = Completed Unit Standard Fingersafe (IP20) HW-F10 HW-F01 HW-F10R (early make) HW-F01R (late break) HW-G10 HW-G01 HW-G10R (early make) HW-G01R (late break) HW-C10 HW-C01 HW-C10R (early make) HW-C01R (late break) Style Part Number HW9Z-LS Anti-Rotation Ring Style Part Number HW9Z-RL Use with notched panel cutout to prevent unit rotation. Operators Style TW-DB Part Number 1. 2. 3. 4. Description Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Maintained (standard cam) HW1K-3A HW4K-3A Maintained (S cam) HW1K-3SA HW4K-3SA Maintained (J cam) HW1K-3JA HW4K-3JA Spring Return from Right (standard cam) HW1K-31B HW4K-31B Spring Return from Left (standard cam) HW1K-32C HW4K-32C 2-Way Spring Return (standard cam) HW1K-33D HW4K-33D Terminal Blocks Contact Block Mounting Adaptor HW-CB2C Contactors 1NC Dummy Block Style Operator Timers 1NO Exposed Screw Terminal + Safety Lever Lock Contacts Spring-Up Terminal Anti-Rotation Ring Relays & Sockets Contact Blocks + Operator includes two keys. All standard operators are keyed alike. Other key removable options available. See table on previous page. Key not removable from spring-returned position Circuit Breakers 1. Used to mount contact blocks to operator (first pair only). 2. IDEC strongly recommends using the safety lever lock to prevent heavy vibration or maintenance personnel from inadvertently unlocking contacts. 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 579 Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series Signaling Lights Illuminated Selector Switches 2-Position (Assembled) 2-Position Illuminated Selector Switches Relays & Sockets Contact Mounting Style Operator Position L Part Number Type R L Operator Only L R HWnF-2k Full Voltage 1NO1NC 1 2 O X X O 2NO 1 2 O O X X 2NO2NC 1 2 3 4 O X O X X O X O Transformer Transformer HWnF-21k HWnF-2F11Qm-k-l HWnF-21F11Qm-k-l HWnF-2F11H2m-k HWnF-2F11M4m-k HWnF-2F11T8m-k HWnF-21F11H2m-k HWnF-21F11M4m-k HWnF-21F11T8m-k HWnF-2F20Qm-k-l HWnF-21F20Qm-k-l 120V 240V 480V HWnF-2F20H2m-k HWnF-2F20M4m-k HWnF-2F20T8m-k HWnF-21F20H2m-k HWnF-21F20M4m-k HWnF-21F20T8m-k HWnF-2F22Qm-k-l HWnF-21F22Qm-k-l 120V 240V 480V HWnF-2F22H2m-k HWnF-2F22M4m-k HWnF-2F22T8m-k HWnF-21F22H2m-k HWnF-21F22M4m-k HWnF-21F22T8m-k Full Voltage Transformer R 120V 240V 480V Full Voltage Timers Spring Return from Right Maintained Terminal Blocks Contactors 1. In place of k specify Lens/LED color code. 2. In place of l specify Full Voltage code. 3. In place of m specify Lamp code. 4. In place of n enter 1 for plastic bezel or 4 for metal bezel. 5. For nameplates, see page 596. 6. For contact assembly part numbers, see page 600. 7. Light is independent of switch position. 8. All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard fingersafe (HW-F...) contacts. 9. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered by removing an "F" from the part number (Ex. HW1B-M1F11-R becomes HW1B-M111-R). 10. Units with exposed screw terminals (HW-C...) must be ordered as sub-components. 11. Yellow selector switch comes with white LED. 12. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6 total contacts). 13. For Truth Tables see page 608. Circuit Breakers k Lens/LED Color Code 580 l Full Voltage Code Full Voltage Models m Lamp Code n Bezel Code Color Code Lamp Code Type Code Amber A Voltage Code Incandescent Blank Plastic 1 Green G 6VAC/DC 6V LED D Metal 4 Red R 12VAC/DC 12V Blue S 24VAC/DC 24V White W 120V AC (LED only) 120V Yellow Y 240V AC (LED only) 240V www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices W 1 F Part Number Structure - 21 F 20 Q D - G - 24V Bezel 1: Plastic 4: Metal Lamp Voltage Contact Arrangement 2: Maintained 21: Spring Return from Right 11: 1NO-1NC 20: 2NO 22: 2NO-2NC Illumination Circuit Q: Full Voltage H2: Transformer 120V AC M4: Transformer 240V AC T8: Tranformer 480V AC Illuminated Selector Switches 2-Position (Replacement Parts) Transformer* + Contact Blocks + Lead Holder + Mounting Adaptor + Safety Lever Lock + Lamp + Anti-Rotation Ring + Operator + Lens = Completed Unit Contact Blocks Lamp Circuit Components Style Description Lead Holder For use with HW-CBL on all illuminated pushbutton units. One required for each deck (pair) of contacts. Dummy Block with Full Voltage Adaptor For use with odd number of contacts. For use with even number of contacts. 120VAC 240VAC 480VAC 120V 240V 480V DC-DC Converter HW-LH3 Fingersafe HW-DA1FB Exposed HW-DA1B Spring Up HW-GA1 Fingersafe TW-DA1B Fingersafe TW-F126B TW-F246B TW-F486B Spring Up HW-T126 HW-T246 HW-L486 Exposed TW-T126B TW-T246B TW-T486B 110VDC Operators Style Style Metal Bezel Maintained HW1F-2 HW4F-2 Spring return from right HW1F-21 HW4F-21 Standard Fingersafe (IP20) HW-F10 HW-F10R (early make) HW-F01 HW-F01R (late break) Spring-Up Terminal HW-G10 HW-G10R (early make) HW-G01 HW-G01R (late break) Exposed Screw Terminal HW-C10 HW-C10R (early make) HW-C01 HW-C01R (late break) HW-CBL 1. Used to mount contact blocks to operator (first pair only). 2. IDEC strongly recommends using the safety lever lock to prevent heavy vibration or maintenance personnel from inadvertently unlocking contacts. Safety Lever Lock Style Part Number Color Code Color Code Amber A Blue S Green G White W Red R Yellow Y Anti-Rotation Ring Style Part Number HW9Z-RL Use with notched panel cutout to prevent unit rotation. Lamps Style HW9Z-LS LED Illuminated Knob Appearance Part Number HW9Z-FDY-k In place of k, specify the Color Code. Illuminated knobs must be ordered separately. 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada Incandescent Voltage Part Number 6V AC/DC LSTD-6k 12V AC/DC LSTD-1k 24V AC/DC LSTD-2k 120V AC LSTD-H2k 240V AC LSTD-M4k 6V AC/DC IS-6 12V AC/DC IS-12 24V AC/DC IS-24 Circuit Breakers Description Plastic Bezel 1NC Part Number HW-L16D 1. HW-GA1 "Dummy Block with full voltage adaptor" does not require the use of HW-LH3. 2. DC-DC convertor features spring-up terminals. 3. DC-DC convertor applicable voltage range 90-140V DC. 1NO Contact Block Mounting Adaptor k Lens/LED Color Code TW-DA1FB Exposed Contacts Terminal Blocks 120V 240V 480V Style Contactors Transformer Unit (6V secondary voltage) Terminals Part Number Timers Full Voltage Adaptor Relays & Sockets *Transformer not needed with full voltage models. Signaling Lights (Full voltage units only) 6V: 6V AC/DC A: Amber S: Blue G: Green W: White 12V: 12V AC/DC R: Red Y: Yellow 24V: 24V AC/DC 120V: 120V AC* Lamp Code 240V: 240V AC* D: LED *LED only Blank: Incandescent Lens Color Position Switches & Pilot Devices H o22mm - HW Series 1. In place of k, specify the LED Color Code. 2. The LED contains a current-limiting resistor and reverse polarity protection diodes. 3. Use white LED for yellow lens. Yellow LED not available. 581 Switches & Pilot Devices Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series Illuminated Selector Switches 3-Position (Assembled) 3-Position Illuminated Selector Switches Mounting Relays & Sockets Contact Style Part Number Operator Position L C Type R L Operator Only Full Voltage 1NO1NC 1 2 O O X O X X 2NO 1 2 O 0 X 0 O X 2NC 1 2 O X X X X O 2NO2NC 1 2 3 4 X O O X O O X X O X X O X O X O O O O O O X O X Full Voltage 4NO 1 2 3 4 O X O X X X X X X O X O Full Voltage 4NC 1 2 3 4 Transformer 120V 240V 480V Timers Full Voltage Transformer 120V 240V 480V Terminal Blocks Contactors Full Voltage Transformer Transformer Transformer Circuit Breakers 1. In place of k specify Lens/LED color code. 2. In place of l specify Full Voltage code. 3. In place of m specify Lamp code. 4. In place of n enter 1 for plastic bezel or 4 for metal bezel. 5. For nameplates, see page 596. 6. For contact assembly part numbers, see page 600. 7. Light is independent of switch position. 8. All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard fingersafe (HW-F...) contacts. 582 120V 240V 480V Full Voltage Transformer Spring Return from Right Maintained 120V 240V 480V 120V 240V 480V 120V 240V 480V C L R C R Spring Return from Left L C Spring Return TwoWay L R C R HWnF-3k HWnF-31k HWnF-32k HWnF-33k HWnF-3F11Qm-k-l HWnF-31F11Qm-k-l HWnF-32F11Qm-k-l HWnF-33F11Qm-k-l HWnF-3F11H2m-k HWnF-3F11M4m-k HWnF-3F11T8m-k HWnF-31F11H2m-k HWnF-31F11M4m-k HWnF-31F11T8m-k HWnF-32F11H2m-k HWnF-32F11M4m-k HWnF-32F11T8m-k HWnF-33F11H2m-k HWnF-33F11M4m-k HWnF-33F11T8m-k HWnF-3F20Qm-k-l HWnF-31F20Qm-k-l HWnF-32F20Qm-k-l HWnF-33F20Qm-k-l HWnF-3F20H2m-k HWnF-3F20M4m-k HWnF-3F20T8m-k HWnF-31F20H2m-k HWnF-31F20M4m-k HWnF-31F20T8m-k HWnF-32F20H2m-k HWnF-32F20M4m-k HWnF-32F20T8m-k HWnF-33F20H2m-k HWnF-33F20M4m-k HWnF-33F20T8m-k HWnF-3F02Qm-k-l HWnF-31F02Qm-k-l HWnF-32F02Qm-k-l HWnF-33F02Qm-k-l HWnF-3F02H2m-k HWnF-3F02M4m-k HWnF-3F02T8m-k HWnF-31F02H2m-k HWnF-31F02M4m-k HWnF-31F02T8m-k HWnF-32F02H2m-k HWnF-32F02M4m-k HWnF-32F02T8m-k HWnF-33F02H2m-k HWnF-33F02M4m-k HWnF-33F02T8m-k HWnF-3F22Qm-k-l HWnF-31F22Qm-k-l HWnF-32F22Qm-k-l HWnF-33F22Qm-k-l HWnF-3F22H2m-k HWnF-3F22M4m-k HWnF-3F22T8m-k HWnF-31F22H2m-k HWnF-31F22M4m-k HWnF-31F22T8m-k HWnF-32F22H2m-k HWnF-32F22M4m-k HWnF-32F22T8m-k HWnF-33F22H2m-k HWnF-33F22M4m-k HWnF-33F22T8m-k HWnF-3F40Qm-k-l HWnF-31F40Qm-k-l HWnF-32F40Qm-k-l HWnF-33F40Qm-k-l HWnF-3F40H2m-k HWnF-3F40M4m-k HWnF-3F40T8m-k HWnF-31F40H2m-k HWnF-31F40M4m-k HWnF-31F40T8m-k HWnF-32F40H2m-k HWnF-32F40M4m-k HWnF-32F40T8m-k HWnF-33F40H2m-k HWnF-33F40M4m-k HWnF-33F40T8m-k HWnF-3F04Qm-k-l HWnF-31F04Qm-k-l HWnF-32F04Qm-k-l HWnF-33F04Qm-k-l HWnF-3F04H2m-k HWnF-3F04M4m-k HWnF-3F04T8m-k HWnF-31F04H2m-k HWnF-31F04M4m-k HWnF-31F04T8m-k HWnF-32F04H2m-k HWnF-32F04M4m-k HWnF-32F04T8m-k HWnF-33F04H2m-k HWnF-33F04M4m-k HWnF-33F04T8m-k 9. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered by removing an "F" from the part number (Ex. HW1B-M1F11-R becomes HW1B-M111-R). 10. Units with exposed screw terminals (HW-C...) must be ordered as subcomponents. 11. Yellow selector switch comes with white LED. 12. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6 total contacts). 13. For Truth Tables see page 608. k Lens/LED Color l Full Voltage Code Color Code Lamp Code Amber A Voltage Code Incandescent Blank Green G 6VAC/DC 6V LED D Red R 12VAC/DC 12V Blue S 24VAC/DC 24V White W 120V AC (LED only) 120V Yellow Y 240V AC (LED only) 240V www.IDEC.com Full Voltage Models m Lamp Code n Bezel Code Type Code Plastic 1 Metal 4 Switches & Pilot Devices W 1 F Part Number Structure - 31 F 20 Q D - G - 24V Bezel Full Voltage Code 6V: 6V AC/DC 12V: 12V AC/DC A: Amber S: Blue G: Green W: White 24V: 24V AC/DC R: Red Y: Yellow 120V: 120V AC* 240V: 240V AC* Lens Color Contact Arrangement 11: 1NO-1NC 22: 2NO-2NC Illumination Circuit 20: 2NO 40: 4NO Q: Full Voltage 02: 2NC 04: 4NC H2: Transformer 120V AC M4: Transformer 240V AC T8: Tranformer 480V AC Lamp Code *LED only D: LED Blank: Incandescent Illuminated Selector Switches 3-Position (Replacement Parts) Transformer* Contact Blocks + + Lead Holder + Mounting Adaptor + Safety Lever Lock + Lamp + Anti-Rotation Ring + Operator + Lens = Completed Unit Lamp Circuit Components Style Description Dummy Block with Full Voltage Adaptor Contacts 1NO 1NC Standard Fingersafe (IP20) HW-F10 HW-F10R (early make) HW-F01 HW-F01R (late break) HW-LH3 Spring-Up Terminal HW-G10 HW-G10R (early make) HW-G01 HW-G01R (late break) Fingersafe HW-DA1FB Exposed HW-DA1B Exposed Screw Terminal HW-C10 HW-C10R (early make) HW-C01 HW-C01R (late break) Spring Up HW-GA1 Terminals Fingersafe TW-DA1FB Exposed TW-DA1B Fingersafe TW-F126B TW-F246B TW-F486B 120V 240V 480V Spring Up HW-T126 HW-T246 HW-L486 120V 240V 480V Exposed TW-T126B TW-T246B TW-T486B For use with even number of contacts. 120VAC 240VAC 480VAC Style Part Number HW-CBL 1. Used to mount contact blocks to operator (first pair only). 2. IDEC strongly recommends using the safety lever lock to prevent heavy vibration or maintenance personnel from inadvertently unlocking contacts. Style Part Number Description Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Maintained HW1F-3 HW4F-3 HW1F-31 HW4F-31 HW1F-32 HW4F-32 2-Way spring return HW1F-33 HW4F-33 Color Code A Blue S Green G White W Red R Yellow Y Anti-Rotation Ring Style Part Number HW9Z-RL Use with notched panel cutout to prevent unit rotation. Lamps Style LED Illuminated Knob Part Number HW9Z-FDY-k In place of k, specify the Color Code. Illuminated knobs must be ordered separately. 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada Incandescent Voltage Part Number 6V AC/DC LSTD-6k 12V AC/DC LSTD-1k 24V AC/DC LSTD-2k 120V AC LSTD-H2k 240V AC LSTD-M4k 6V AC/DC IS-6 12V AC/DC IS-12 24V AC/DC IS-24 1. In place of k, specify the LED Color Code. 2. The LED contains a current-limiting resistor and reverse polarity protection diodes. 3. Use white LED for yellow lens. Yellow LED not available. 583 Circuit Breakers Spring return from right Spring return from left Code Amber HW9Z-LS Appearance Operators Color Safety Lever Lock HW-L16D 1. HW-GA1 "Dummy Block with full voltage adaptor" does not require the use of HW-LH3. 2. DC-DC convertor features spring-up terminals. 3. DC-DC convertor applicable voltage range 90-140V DC. Style Contact Block Mounting Adaptor k Lens/LED Color Code Terminal Blocks 110VDC Style Contactors DC-DC Converter For use with odd number of contacts. Part Number Timers Full Voltage Adaptor Transformer Unit (6V secondary voltage) Contact Blocks For use with HW-CBL on all illuminated pushbutton units. One required for each deck (pair) of contacts. Lead Holder Relays & Sockets *Transformer not needed with full voltage models. Signaling Lights 1: Plastic Position 4: Metal 3: Maintained 31: Spring Return from Right 32: Spring Return from Left 33: Spring Return 2-Way Switches & Pilot Devices H o22mm - HW Series Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series Signaling Lights Mono Lever Switches 2-Position (Assembled) 2-Position Mono Lever Switches Relays & Sockets Style Timers HW1M Standard Lever Contactors HW1M-L Interlocking Lever Part Number Description HW1M-F1010-20 Maintained up and down HW1M-F2020-20 Spring return up and down HW1M-F1010-40 Maintained up and down HW1M-F2020-40 Spring return up and down HW1M-F0101-20 Maintained right and left HW1M-F0202-20 Spring return right and left HW1M-F0101-40 Maintained right and left HW1M-F0202-40 Spring return right and left HW1M-LF1010-20 Maintained up and down HW1M-LF2020-20 Spring return up and down HW1M-LF1010-40 Maintained up and down HW1M-LF2020-40 Spring return up and down HW1M-LF0101-20 Maintained right and left HW1M-LF0202-20 Spring return right and left HW1M-LF0101-40 Maintained right and left HW1M-LF0202-40 Spring return right and left Circuit Diagrams 2 Position Left/Right Circuit Number 20 40 No. Position Left Center Right X 0 0 HW-F10 0 0 X HW-F10 X 0 0 HW-F10 0 0 X HW-F10 X 0 0 HW-F10 0 0 X 1 HW-F10 2 1 2 3 4 2 Position Up/Down Circuit Number 20 40 Circuit Breakers Terminal Blocks 1. All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard (HW-F...) contacts. 2. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered by removing an "F" from the part number (Ex. HW1B-M1F11-R becomes HW1B-M111-R). 3. Units with exposed screw terminals (HW-C...) must be ordered as sub-components. 4. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6 total contacts). 584 Contact Mounting www.IDEC.com Contact Mounting No. Position Down Center Up X 0 0 HW-F10 0 0 X HW-F10 X 0 0 HW-F10 0 0 X HW-F10 X 0 0 HW-F10 0 0 X 1 HW-F10 2 1 2 3 4 Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series Switches & Pilot Devices Part Number Structure H W 1 M - L F 0 blank: Standard L: Interlocking 1 0 1 up right down left Type 20 Circuit Number 20 or 40 (see contact arrangement on previous page) Lever Action 1: Maintained 2: Spring 0: Blocked Signaling Lights Mono Lever Switches 2-Position (Sub-assembled) Part Numbers Contact Assembly + Mounting Adaptor + Style Anti-Rotation Ring + Operator = Completed Unit Anti-Rotation Ring 1NO 1NC Standard Fingersafe (IP20) HW-F10 HW-F01 HW-F10R (early make) HW-F01R (late break) HW-G10 HW-G01 HW-G10R (early make) HW-G01R (late break) Spring-Up Terminal Exposed Screw Terminal HW-C10 HW-C01 HW-C10R (early make) HW-C01R (late break) Part Number HW9Z-RL Use with notched panel cutout to prevent unit rotation. Operators Style Description Part Number Standard Maintained Up/Down HW1M-1010 Spring return Up/Down HW1M-2020 Maintained Left/Right HW1M-0101 Spring return Left/Right HW1M-0202 Maintained Up/Down HW1M-L1010 Spring return Up/Down HW1M-L2020 Maintained Left/Right HW1M-L0101 Spring return Left/Right HW1M-L0202 Interlocking TW-DB Contact Block Mounting Adaptor Part Number Contactors Dummy Block Style Timers Contacts Style + Relays & Sockets Contact Blocks Safety Lever Lock Replacement Parts HW-CB2C Part Number Terminal Blocks Item Black Cap HW9Z-CPM 1. Used to mount contact blocks to operator (first pair only). 2. IDEC strongly recommends using the safety lever lock (included) to prevent heavy vibration or maintenance personnel from inadvertently unlocking contacts. Style HW9Z-BLM (fits standard operator only) Circuit Breakers Safety Lever Lock Boot Part Number HW9Z-LS 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 585 Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series Signaling Lights Mono Lever Switches 3- & 4-Position (Assembled) 3-Position 4-Position Relays & Sockets Style Part Number Description HW1M Standard Lever HW1M-F0121-30 Maintained right and left, spring return down Style HW1M-F0222-30 Spring return right, down, left HW1M-L Interlocking Lever HW1M-LF0121-30 Maintained right and left, spring return down HW1M-LF0222-30 Spring return right, down, left HW1M Standard Lever Circuit Diagram Timers Circuit Number 30 Contact Mounting No. Position Down Left Center Up Right 1 HW-F01 0 0 0 O X 2 HW-F01 X 0 0 O 0 3 HW-F10 0 X 0 0 0 HW1M-L Interlocking Lever Contactors Maintained all positions HW1M-F1212-22N9 Maintained up and down, spring left and right HW1M-2121-22N9 Spring up and down, maintained left and right HW1M-2222-22N9 Spring return all positions HW1M-LF1111-22N9 Maintained all positions HW1M-LF1212-22N9 Maintained up and down, spring left and right HW1M-LF2121-22N9 Spring up and down, maintained left and right HW1M-LF2222-22N9 Spring return all positions Contact Mounting No. 1 22N9 Position Down Left Center Up Right HW-F01 0 O 0 0 X 2 HW-F01 X 0 0 0 0 3 HW-F10 0 X 0 0 0 4 HW-F10 0 0 0 X 0 Terminal Blocks All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard (HW-F...) contacts. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered by removing an "F" from the part number (Ex. HW1B-M1F11-R becomes HW1B-M111-R). Units with exposed screw terminals (HW-C...) must be ordered as sub-components. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6 total contacts). Circuit Breakers 586 Description HW1M-F1111-22N9 Circuit Diagram Circuit Number 1. 2. 3. 4. Part Number www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series Switches & Pilot Devices Part Number Structure H W 1 M - L F 0 blank: Standard L: Interlocking 1 2 1 up right down left Type 30 Circuit Number 3 Position: 30 4 Position: 22N9 Lever Action 1: Maintained 2: Spring 0: Blocked Signaling Lights Mono Lever Switches 3 & 4-Position (Sub-assembled) Part Numbers Contact Assembly + Mounting Adaptor + Style + Anti-Rotation Ring 1NO 1NC Standard Fingersafe (IP20) HW-F10 HW-F01 HW-F10R (early make) HW-F01R (late break) HW-G10 HW-G01 HW-G10R (early make) HW-G01R (late break) Style HW-C01 Standard = Completed Unit Exposed Screw Terminal HW-C10 HW-C10R (early make) Part Number HW9Z-RL Use with notched panel cutout to prevent unit rotation. Operators HW-C01R (late break) TW-DB Interlocking Contact Block Mounting Adaptor Part Number HW1M-0121 Spring return, 3 position HW1M-0222 Maintained, 4 position HW1M-1111 Combination, 4 position HW1M-1212 Combination, 4 position HW1M-2121 Spring return, 4 position HW1M-2222 Combination, 3 position HW1M-L0121 Spring return, 3 position HW1M-L0222 Maintained, 4 position HW1M-L1111 Combination, 4 position HW1M-L1212 Combination, 4 position HW1M-L2121 Spring return, 4 position HW1M-L2222 Replacement Parts Item 1. Used to mount contact blocks to operator (first pair only). 2. IDEC strongly recommends using the safety lever lock (included) to prevent heavy vibration or maintenance personnel from inadvertently unlocking contacts. Part Number Black Cap HW9Z-CPM Boot Part Number Circuit Breakers Safety Lever Lock Part Number Combination, 3 position Terminal Blocks HW-CB2C Description Contactors Dummy Block Style Timers Spring-Up Terminal Style Operator Anti-Rotation Ring Contacts Style + Relays & Sockets Contact Blocks Safety Lever Lock HW9Z-BLM (fits standard operator only) HW9Z-LS 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 587 Switches & Pilot Devices Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series Pushbutton Selectors (Assembled) 2-Position Pushbutton Selectors Operator Position Left Cam Contacts Mounting Normal j Button Color Code Right Push Normal Push Relays & Sockets Operator Only 1NO-1NC A HW1R-2A-j 1 2 HW-F10 HW-F01 0 X X 0 0 0 X 0 1 2 HW-F10 HW-F10 0 0 X X 0 X X X HW1R-2AF20-j 2NO-2NC 1 2 3 4 HW-F10 HW-F01 HW-F10 HW-F01 0 X 0 X X 0 X 0 0 0 0 0 X 0 X 0 HW1R-2AF22-j 2NO 1 2 HW-F10 HW-F10 0 0 X 0 0 0 0 X HW1R-2DF20-j 2NO-2NC 1 2 3 4 HW-F10 HW-F10 HW-F01 HW-F01 0 0 X X X 0 0 X 0 0 X X 0 X X 0 HW1R-2DF22N1-j 1 2 3 4 HW-F10 HW-F10 HW-F01 HW-F01 0 0 0 X X 0 0 X 0 0 X 0 0 X X 0 1 2 3 4 HW-F10 HW-F10 HW-F01 HW-F01 0 0 0 X 0 X 0 0 0 0 X 0 X 0 0 0 1 2 3 4 HW-F01 HW-F10 HW-F01 HW-F10 0 0 0 0 0 X 0 X X 0 X 0 0 X 0 X Timers D HW1R-2D-j Operator Only Contactors 2NO-2NC HW1R-2E-j Operator Only F 2NO-2NC Terminal Blocks 2NO-2NC Circuit Breakers 2NO-2NC HW1R-2NF22N2-j HW1R-2T-j 1 2 3 4 HW-F10 HW-F10 HW-F01 HW-F01 0 0 X X 1. All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard (HW-F...) contacts. 2. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered by removing an "F" from the part number (Ex. HW1B-M1F11-R becomes HW1B-M111-R). 588 HW1R-2FF22N1-j HW1R-2N-j Operator Only T HW1R-2EF22N1-j HW1R-2F-j Operator Only N HW1R-2AF11-j 2NO Operator Only E Part Number X X 0 0 X X 0 0 Blocked HW1R-2TF22N1-j 3. Units with exposed screw terminals (HW-C...) must be ordered as sub-components. 4. Operator only models come with operator and button. 5. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6 total contacts). www.IDEC.com Color Code Color Code Black B White W Green G Yellow Y Red R Gray N Blue S Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series Switches & Pilot Devices Part Number Structure H W 1 R - 2 D F 22N1 - R Button Colors Operator B: Black G: Green R: Red S: Blue W: White Y: Yellow N: Gray Contact Arrangement Code 11: 1NO-1NC 20: 2NO (For additional contact codes see previous page) Signaling Lights A: Cam A D: Cam D E: Cam E F: Cam F N: Cam N T: Cam T Pushbutton Selectors (Sub-assembled) Contact Blocks + Mounting Adaptor + Safety Lever Lock Style Anti-Rotation Ring + Operator Safety Lever Lock Contacts Standard Fingersafe (IP20) Exposed Screw Terminal 1NC HW-F01 HW-F10R (early make) HW-F01R (late break) HW-G10 HW-G01 HW-G10R (early make) HW-G01R (late break) HW-C10 HW-C01 HW-C10R (early make) HW-C01R (late break) TW-DB Contact Block Mounting Adaptor (safety lever lock included) Style Part Number Part Number Part Number Round Flush HW9Z-LS HW1A-B1-j Anti-Rotation Ring Style HW9Z-RL Use with notched panel cutout to prevent unit rotation. Style In place of j, specify the Button Color Code from table below. Part Number Description Part Number Cam A HW1R-2A Cam D HW1R-2D Cam E HW1R-2E Cam F HW1R-2F Cam N HW1R-2N Cam T HW1R-2T j Button Color Code Color Code Color Black B White Code W Green G Yellow Y Red R Gray N Blue S Terminal Blocks Style Completed Unit Buttons Operators Dummy Block = Contactors HW-F10 Style Button Timers Spring-Up Terminal 1NO + Relays & Sockets Contact Blocks + HW-CB2C 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada Circuit Breakers 1. Used to mount contact blocks to operator (first pair only). 2. IDEC strongly recommends using the safety lever lock (included) to prevent heavy vibration or maintenance personnel from inadvertently unlocking contacts. 589 Switches & Pilot Devices Dual Pushbutton Switches Key features: * Two pushbuttons and a pilot light are integrated into one spacesaving o22 mm control unit. * Momentary and interlock types are available for pushbuttons. Interlock type prevents both buttons from being pressed at the same time. * Pilot lights are available in full voltage and transformer with LED or incandescent lamps. * IP40 protection, IP65 when using silicon cover. * UL Listed, CSA approved, and EN compliant Applications: * Ideal for use as power switches and start/stop switches (available with I/ON and O/OFF markings on the buttons and a pilot light in the center). * Interlock type prevents two pushbuttons from being pressed at the same time. Relays & Sockets Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series Dual Pushbutton Switches (Assembled) Part Numbers Without Center Pilot Light Timers Operation Type Button Style Flush (top) Flush (bottom) Momentary Contactors Flush (top) Extended (bottom) Interlock* Flush (top) Extended (bottom) Top Button Bottom Button 1NO 1NC Part Number 590 mButton Color Code nLegend Code HW7D-B11F1001-mn 1NO 1NO HW7D-B11F1010-mn 1NO-1NC 1NO-1NC HW7D-B11F1111-mn 2NO 2NC HW7D-B11F2002-mn 2NO 2NO HW7D-B11F2020-mn 1NO 1NC HW7D-B12F1001-mn 1NO 1NO HW7D-B12F1010-mn 1NO-1NC 1NO-1NC HW7D-B12F1111-mn 2NO 2NC HW7D-B12F2002-mn 2NO 2NO HW7D-B12F2020-mn 1NO 1NC HW7D-B21F1001-mn 1NO 1NO HW7D-B21F1010-mn 1NO-1NC 1NO-1NC HW7D-B21F1111-mn 2NO 2NC HW7D-B21F2002-mn 2NO 2NO HW7D-B21F2020-mn HW7D-B22F1001-mn 1NO 1NC 1NO 1NO HW7D-B22F1010-mn 1NO-1NC 1NO-1NC HW7D-B22F1111-mn 2NO 2NC HW7D-B22F2002-mn 2NO 2NO HW7D-B22F2020-mn 1. *Interlock type prevents both top and bottom buttons from being pressed simultaneously. 2. Clear silicon rubber cover part number HW9Z-D7D. 3. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6 total contacts). Circuit Breakers Terminal Blocks Flush (top) Flush (bottom) Contact Arrangement www.IDEC.com GR: Green (top) Red (bottom) WB: White (top) Black (bottom) Blank: Without legend 1: I/ON (top) O/OFF (bottom) Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series Switches & Pilot Devices With Center Pilot Light Operation Type Button Style Flush (Top) Flush (Bottom) Flush (top) Flush (bottom) Momentary Flush (top) Extended (bottom) Interlock* Flush (Top) Extended (Bottom) Part Number 1NO 1NC HW7D-L11F1001kl-mn 1NO 1NO HW7D-L11F1010kl-mn 1NO-1NC 1NO-1NC HW7D-L11F1111kl-mn 2NO 2NC HW7D-L11F2002kl-mn 2NO 2NO HW7D-L11F2020kl-mn 1NO 1NC HW7D-L12F1001kl-mn 1NO 1NO HW7D-L12F1010kl-mn 1NO-1NC 1NO-1NC HW7D-L12F1111kl-mn 2NO 2NC HW7D-L12F2002kl-mn 2NO 2NO HW7D-L12F2020kl-mn 1NO 1NC HW7D-L21F1001kl-mn 1NO 1NO HW7D-L21F1010kl-mn 1NO-1NC 1NO-1NC HW7D-L21F1111kl-mn 2NO 2NC HW7D-L21F2002kl-mn 2NO 2NO HW7D-L21F2020kl-mn 1NO 1NC HW7D-L22F1001kl-mn 1NO 1NO HW7D-L22F1010kl-mn 1NO-1NC 1NO-1NC HW7D-L22F1111kl-mn 2NO 2NC HW7D-L22F2002kl-mn 2NO 2NO HW7D-L22F2020kl-mn Relays & Sockets Flush (Top) Flush (Bottom) Bottom Button Signaling Lights Flush (Top) Extended (Bottom) Top Button *Interlock type prevents both top and bottom buttons from being pressed simultaneously. Clear silicon rubber cover part number HW9Z-D7D. All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard (HW-F...) contacts. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered by removing an "F" from the part number (Ex. HW1B-M1F11-R becomes HW1B-M111-R). 5. Units with exposed screw terminals (HW-C...) must be ordered as sub-components. kPilot Light Illumination & Voltage Code Full Voltage l Pilot Lamp Color Code Timers 1. 2. 3. 4. mPushbutton Color Code Color Code Color Amber A* Top Green Code Code Green G* Bottom Red 6V AC/DC, LED Q2 Red R* Top White 12V AC/DC, LED Q3 Blue S* Bottom Black 24V AC/DC, LED Q4 White 120V AC, LED Q8 6V AC/DC, Incandescent Q5* 12V AC/DC, Incandescent Q6* 24V AC/DC, Incandescent Q7* GR WB Engraving Code No Engraving Blank I/ON Top O/OFF Bottom Contactors Voltage nEngraving Codes 1 W *Only available in LED illumination. Terminal Blocks Step-Down Transformer (6V Secondary Lamp Voltage) Code 120V AC, LED H22 240V AC, LED M42 480V AC, LED T82 120V AC, Incandescent H25* 240V AC, Incandescent M45* 480V AC, Incandescent T85* Circuit Breakers Voltage *Only available for White Lens Pilot Lamp. 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 591 Switches & Pilot Devices H Pilot Light B: Without Center Pilot Light L: With Center Pilot Light D Part Number Structure - L 21 F 20 20 H22 R - GR 1 Engraving Code Voltage Code blank: without center pilot light A: Amber* G: Green* Full Voltage* Transformer* Q2: 6V LED H22: 120V AC LED R: Red* *For additional voltage codes, please see previous page S: Blue* W: White 02: 2NC 20: 2NO blank: No Engraving 1: Top: I/ON Bottom: O/OFF Pilot Lamp Color Y: Yellow* blank: without center pilot light Pushbutton Color GR: Top: Green Bottom: Red WB: Top: White Bottom: Black *Only available in LED illumination. Dual Pushbutton Switches (Sub-assembled) Part Numbers + Mounting Adaptor Lamp Circuit Components with Fingersafe Terminals Style Part Number Description Lead Holder Dummy Block with Full Voltage Adaptor For use with HW-CBL on all illuminated pushbutton units. One required for each deck (pair) of contacts. HW-LH3 For use with odd number of contacts. HW-DA1FB + Safety Lever Lock For use with even number of contacts. 120VAC 240VAC 480VAC Style Momentary 1NO 1NC = Completed Unit Style Contacts Flush (top) HW-G01 HW-G01R (late break) Dummy Block Exposed Screw Terminal HW-C01 HW-C01R (late break) TW-DB Part Number Non-illuminated Illuminated (with Pilot Light) Style HW-CB2C HW-CBL Extended (bottom) Flush (top) Flush (bottom) Flush (top) Extended (bottom) Code Top Green Bottom Red GR HW9Z-LS Anti-Rotation Ring Appearance Top White Bottom Black WB 12V AC/DC LSTD-1k 24V AC/DC LSTD-2k 120V AC LSTD-H2k 240V AC LSTD-M4k 6V AC/DC IS-6 12V AC/DC IS-12 24V AC/DC IS-24 Illuminated HW9Z-L7W 1. In place of k, specify the LED Color Code. 2. The LED contains a current-limiting resistor and reverse polarity protection diodes. kLED Color Code Use with notched panel cutout to prevent unit rotation. nEngraving Codes Code Part Number LSTD-6k HW9Z-B7B HW9Z-RL HW7D-*22m-n Color Voltage 6V AC/DC Nonilluminated Part Number HW7D-*21m-n mPushbutton Color Code Color Part Number HW-C10 HW-C10R (early make) Lamps/Lens 1. Used to mount contact blocks to operator (first pair only). 2. IDEC strongly recommends using the safety lever lock (included) to prevent heavy vibration or maintenance personnel from inadvertently unlocking contacts. Style Instead of * insert: B: Non-illuminated L: Illuminated 1NC HW-G10 Spring-Up HW-G10R Terminal (early make) HW7D-*11m-n HW7D-*12m-n 1NO Standard HW-F10 HW-F01 Fingersafe HW-F10R HW-F01R (IP20) (early make) (late break) Contact Block Mounting Adaptor TW-F126B TW-F246B TW-F486B Part Number Flush (bottom) Interlock Lens Safety Lever Lock Button Flush (top) Circuit Breakers Contacts TW-DA1FB Operators + Contact Blocks Exposed and spring up terminals also available. 592 Operator Style Full Voltage Adaptor Style + LED Contact Blocks Incandescent Contactors 7 11: Momentary (Flush/Flush) 12: Momentary (Flush/Extended) Bottom Button 01: 1NC 02: 2NC 21: Interlock (Flush/Flush) 10: 1NO 20: 2NO 22: Interlock (Flush/Extended) Timers Relays & Sockets 01: 1NC 10: 1NO Transformer Unit (6V secondary voltage) Terminal Blocks W Contact Arrangement Top Button Button Arrangement Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series Engraving Code No Engraving Blank I/ON Top O/OFF Bottom 1 www.IDEC.com Color Code Color Code Amber A* Blue S* Green G* White W Red R* Only for LED illumination. Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series Contact Arrangement Top Button Bottom Button Contact Code 1NO 1NO 1010 1NO 1NC 1001 1NC 1NO 0110 1NC 1NO 2NO 1NO-1NC 1NO 2NC 1NC 2NO 1NO-1NC 2NC 2NO 1NO 1NC 1NO-1NC 1NC 0111 0102 2010 2001 1110 1101 2 NO 1 NO 2 NC 1 NC 2 NO 1 NC 2 NC 1 NO 2 NO 3 Dummy 4 NO 1 NO 2 NO 3 Dummy 4 NC 1 NO 2 NC 3 Dummy 4 NC 1 NC 2 NO 3 Dummy 4 NO 1 NC 2 NO 3 Dummy 4 NC 1 NC 2 NC 3 Dummy 4 NC 1 NO 2 NO 3 NO 4 Dummy 1 NO 2 NC 3 NO 4 Dummy 1 NO 2 NO 3 NC 4 Dummy 1 NO 2 NO 3 NC 4 Dummy Normal Mounting Position 4 Mounting Position 2 Push X X X Mounting Position 3 Mounting Position 1 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Circuit Breakers 1NO-1NC 1NO 0120 NO Push Terminal Blocks 2NO 1002 1 Normal Contactors 1NC 1011 Type Timers 1NC 1020 Mounting Position Bottom Button Relays & Sockets 1NO 0101 Top Button Signaling Lights 1NC Contact Block Mounting Position Example Contact Block Switches & Pilot Devices Contact Arrangement Chart X X 1. Transformers can have two or four contact blocks only. 2. Contact blocks 1 and 3 are actuated by the top button. Contact blocks 2 and 4 are actuated by the bottom button. 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 593 Switches & Pilot Devices Contact Block Mounting Position Example Contact Arrangement Chart (con't) Contact Arrangement Top Button 2NC Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series 2NC Relays & Sockets 2NO 2NO Timers 2NO 1NO-1NC Contactors 1NO-1NC 1NO-1NC Terminal Blocks 2NC 2NC Circuit Breakers 2NC 594 Bottom Button 1NO 1NC 2NO 1NO-1NC 2NC 2NO 1NO-1NC 2NC 2NO 1NO-1NC 2NC Contact Code 0210 0201 2020 2011 2002 1120 1111 1102 0220 0211 0202 Contact Block Mounting Position Top Button Type Normal 1 NC X 2 NO 3 NC 4 Dummy 1 NC 2 NC 3 NC 4 Dummy 1 NO 2 NO 3 NO 4 NO 1 NO 2 NO 3 NO 4 NC 1 NO 2 NC 3 NO 4 NC 1 NO 2 NO 3 NC 4 NO 1 NO 2 NO 3 NC 4 NC 1 NO 2 NC 3 NC 4 NC 1 NC 2 NO 3 NC 4 NO 1 NC 2 NO 3 NC 4 NC 1 NC 2 NC 3 NC 4 NC Bottom Button Push Normal X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X www.IDEC.com Mounting Position 4 Mounting Position 2 Push Mounting Position 3 Mounting Position 1 Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series Switches & Pilot Devices Contactor Reset Button Signaling Lights Reset Buttons (Assembled) j Button Color Code Metal Bezel (Blank) HW1B-M1RS-jT HW4B-M1RS-jT Color Code Color Code Engraved "R" HW1B-M1RS-jT-ENG-R HW4B-M1RS-jT-ENG-R Black B White W Green G Yellow Y Red R Gray N Blue S 1. In place of j specify Button Color Code. 2. 130mm (5.1") overall length. 3. 16mm flat base for easy alignment Relays & Sockets Plastic Bezel Contactor Reset Button (Sub-assembled) Rod + Operator + Button = Completed Unit Timers Rod Button Style Part Number Style Part Number HW1A-B1-j Operator Style Plastic Contactors HW9Z-RS-TK2141 In place of j, specify the Button Color Code from table. Metal j Button Color Code HW4B-MO Code Color Code Black B White W Green G Yellow Y Red R Gray N Blue S Terminal Blocks HW1B-MO Color Circuit Breakers 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 595 Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series Nameplates - HW Series Engraving Plate R14.9 o22 1 45 1.6 0.9 2.7 12.1 30 27 HWAV-Yellow Plastic o22 1.9 1 Nameplate (blank engraving plate included) HWAM-OB HWAQ-OB HWAS-OB HWAV-O HWAV5-0 Nameplate (engraved) HWAM-j HWAQ-j HWAS-j HWAV-27* HWAV5-27 Additional Insert (blank) HWNP-O HWNP-O HWNP Dimensions Additional Insert (engraved) HWNP-j HWNP-j 12 Signaling Lights 1.5 HWAS-Black Plastic 14.5 14.9 2 29 2.7 14.5 14.9 R14.9 o2 Relays & Sockets Engraving Plate 12.1 30 29 27 HWAQ-Black Plastic o60mm HWAM-Black Plastic 1. 2. 3. 4. 27 In place of j, insert either the standard legend code from table below or custom engraving delimited by " ". Standard engravings are available at no charge. * HWAV-27 comes engraved "Emergency Stop" as shown in drawing. HWAV5-27 and HWAV5-0 for 60mm diameter E-Stops (80mm diameter nameplate). Standard Legend Codes Pushbuttons/Selector Switches Selector Switches Legend Code Legend Code Legend Code Legend Code Legend Code AUTO CLOSE DOWN EMERG.STOP FAST FORWARD HAND HIGH IN INCH JOG LOW LOWER OFF ON 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 OPEN OUT RAISE RESET REVERSE RUN SLOW START STOP TEST UP I (Int'l On) O (Int'l Off) EMO 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 125 126 127 150 151 152 AUTO-MAN CLOSE-OPEN DOWN-UP FAST-SLOW FOR-REV HAND-AUTO HIGH-LOW JOG-RUN LEFT-RIGHT LOWER-RAISE MAN-AUTO OFF-ON ON-OFF OPEN-CLOSE RAISE-LOWER 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 REV-FOR RUN-JOG RUN-SAFE SAFE-RUN SLOW-FAST START-STOP STOP-START UP-DOWN OI (Int'l OFF ON) 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 250 AUTO-MAN-OFF AUTO-OFF-MAN CLOSE-OFF-OPEN DOWN-OFF-SLOW FAST-OFF-SLOW FOR-OFF-REV LEFT-OFF-RIGHT LOWER-OFF-RAISE OFF-MAN-AUTO OFF-SLOW-FAST OFF-1-2 OPEN-OFF-CLOSE SLOW-OFF-FAST SUMMER-OFF-WINTER UP-OFF-DOWN 1-OFF-2 HAND-OFF-AUTO 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 1. 2. 3. 4. To order engraved nameplates, add legend code to nameplate part number. Character height based on the number of characters and size of nameplate. Standard character size is 3/16". Nameplates with standard legends are the same list price as blank nameplates. Nameplates have built-in anti-rotation feature for use with notched panel cut-outs. Additional anti-rotation ring (HW9Z-RL) is not necessary. Circuit Breakers Terminal Blocks Contactors Timers Pushbuttons 596 www.IDEC.com 22mm Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series Switches & Pilot Devices Nameplates Order Form -- HW Series Copy this order form and use it to specify Letter Height, Custom Engravings, Location of Engraving on Nameplate, and Quantity Desired. To ensure engraving accuracy, fax it to your IDEC representative or Distributor. IDEC Rep/Distributor Contact: Name: PO number (if known): Telephone: IDEC Rep/Distributor Phone: Fax & Email: IDEC Rep/Distributor Fax & Email: Signaling Lights Your Company: HWAM Nameplate Engraving Location Step 2. Specify Quantity. Enter the number of nameplates desired in the box on the right. 7/64" Letter Size 11 characters maximum (for 7/64" size letters) 1/8" Letter Size 9 characters maximum (for 7/8" size letters) Relays & Sockets Step 1. Choose Letter Size - 7/64" or 1/8". Check the box for the letter size you want. Then write your lettering in box below the check boxes. Note: 1/8" size letters cannot exceed 9 characters. Sample Letter Sizes 7/64" Letters: A B C D Qty 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1/8" Letters: A BCD Engraving Location Step 1. Choose Letter Size - 7/64" or 1/8". Check the box for the letter size you want. Then write your lettering in box below the check boxes. Note: 1/8" size letters cannot exceed 9 characters. 11 characters maximum (for 7/64" size letters) 1/8" Letter Size 9 characters maximum (for 7/8" size letters) Sample Letter Sizes Contactors Step 2. Specify Quantity. Enter the number of nameplates desired in the box on the right. 7/64" Letter Size Timers HWAQ Nameplate 7/64" Letters: A B C D Qty 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1/8" Letters: A BCD HWAS Nameplate Step 3. Specify Location. Enter the location of engraving (A or B), in box on the right. Qty 20 characters maximum (for 3/32" size letters) 1/8" Letter Size 14 characters maximum (for 7/8" size letters) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Circuit Breakers Engraving Location B Step 2. Specify Quantity. Enter the number of nameplates desired in the box on the right. 3/32" Letter Size Terminal Blocks Engraving Location A Step 1. Choose Letter Size - 3/22" or 1/8". Check the box for the letter size you want. Then write your lettering in box below the check boxes. Note: 1/8" size letters cannot exceed 9 characters. Sample Letter Sizes 3/32" Letters: A B C D Location 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 1/8" Letters: A BCD 597 Switches & Pilot Devices Switch Engraving Order Form - HW Series Copy this order form and use it to specify Letter Height, Maximum Number of Lines and Text to be engraved. To ensure engraving accuracy, fax it to your IDEC representative or Distributor. Your Company: Telephone: Name: Fax: Address: Email: PO: Part Number to be Engraved: Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series Please check one of the boxes below to indicate your choice of engraving options: Relays & Sockets o29mm, o40mm Mushroom Head Engraving # of Lines Letter Height Max. Characters Per Line 5/32 # of Lines 5 1 Timers Engraving Area 1 Round Switch Square Switch Letter Height 5/32 Area 2 Max. Characters Per Line 5 1 1/8 6 5/32 5 2 1/8 5 5/32 5 2 6 3 1/8 6 4 3/32 5 Contactors 1/8 1. 2. 3. 4. 1/8 6 3 1/8 5 4 3/32 5 Engraving Area 2 1 Sample Letter Sizes 1/8 Letters: 5/32 Letters: Line 2: Terminal Blocks 1 Letter Height Max. Characters Per Line 5/32 5 1/8 5 5/32 7 1/8 7 Above mentioned specifications hold true for standard size pushbuttons (round and square). Engraving Area 2 can be engraved for 40mm mushroom Head non-Illuminated push button only. Engraving is done on the button itself for non-Illuminated push buttons and on marking plate for illuminated push buttons and pilot lights. Please enter text exactly how you want it engraved, take care to emphasize capital or small letters. Line 1: Circuit Breakers Engraving Area 1 Enter text to be engraved: Line 3: Line 4: For IDEC Internal Use Only: Work Order #: 598 # of Lines www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series Switches & Pilot Devices Accessories Item Appearance Part Number Locking Ring Wrench Metallic tool used to tighten the plastic locking ring when installing the HW series in a panel MW9Z-T1 Lamp/LED Removal Tool Rubber tool makes lamp/LED removal easier. OR-55 Anti-Rotation Ring Prevents rotation of switches in panel. (included with all assembled switches except pilot lights) for notched panel cutout (standard) HW9Z-RL for round panel cutout LW9Z-L Black rubber plug fills unused 7/8" mounting holes in panel. OB-31 Metallic Mounting Hole Plug For plugging unused 7/8" mounting holes in the panel. Tighten the attached locking ring to a torque of 12 kfg-cm maximum Degree of protection: IP66 LW9Z-BM Barrier To prevent contact between adjacent lead wires when buttons or switches are tightly mounted close together. HW-VL1 Used to cover and protect pushbuttons Flush Pushbuttons OC-31 Operating temperature: -50 to +60C Extended Pushbuttons OC-32 Pushbutton Clear Boot Plastic hinged padlockable cover to protect pushbuttons or selector switches. (Not intended for E-Stops) HW9Z-KL1 Timers Padlock Cover Relays & Sockets Rubber Mounting Hole Plug Signaling Lights Description/Usage Degree of protection: IP65 Tab #250 (6.35 x 0.8mm): Single tab Mounting Adaptor Used to mount round HW series (except Jumbo Mushroom, unibody, and square units) into a larger panel cut-out. (includes both pieces) TW-FA1 22 to 30mm HW9Z-A30 22 to 25mm HW9Z-A25 Contactors Tab Terminal Adapter HW9Z-LS Reset Rod for Contactors Overload 5" rod used with HW1B-M0. HW9Z-RS-TK2141 Replacement Operator Washer Provided with operator. Insert between bezel and locking ring. HWM-WASHER Replacement Locking Ring Plastic locking nut comes with all HW operators & assemblies. Switch Cover (Square) Used only with round or square flush pushbuttons. HW9Z-K1 (spring return) HW9Z-K11 (maintained cover) Replacement Keys Pair of Keys (#231) HW9Z-SKP 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada Standard (plastic) HW9Z-LN Optional (metal) HW9Z-LNM Circuit Breakers Used to prevent contact mounting lever from moving due to heavy vibration or panel maintenance. Terminal Blocks Replacement Safety Lever Lock 599 Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series Item Appearance Replacement Lens Description/Usage Part Number HW Illuminated Unibody Replacement Lens HWLV-LENSR Replacement Jumbo Dome Lens HW1A-P5j j = (A, G, R, S, W, Y)) Relays & Sockets Signaling Lights Polycarbonate Replacement Lens (If using yellow lens, use white LED.) Replacement Jumbo LED Diffusing Lens HW9Z-PP5C Replacement LED Lamps for HW Jumbo Dome Replacement LED Lamp - applicable for jumbo pilot lights only LSTDB-2j j = (A, G, R, S, W) Rubber Cover for Dual Pushbuttons Clear Silicon rubber cover HW9Z-D7D Barrier for Dual Pushbuttons Plastic barrier. Used when mounting the HW7 units on 30mm horizontal centers, to prevent possible interconnections between adjoining terminals. HW-VG1 Emergency stop nameplate sticker HW9Z-EMO-NP-TK2120 E MO EMO Sticker Style Contactors Timers E-Stop Shrouds E-Stop Types Applicable Standards HW9Z-KG1 40mm Mushroom Head SEMI S2-0703, 12.5.1 Compliant HW9Z-KG2 40mm, and 60mm Mushroom Head SEMI S2-0703, 12.5.1 & SEMATECH Compliant Part Numbers Style E-Stop Types Applicable Standards HW9Z-KG3 40mm Mushroom Head SEMI S2 Compliant (Approved by TUV) HW9Z-KG4 40mm Mushroom Head SEMI S2 Compliant (Approved by TUV) & SEMATECH Part Numbers Contact Assemblies Standard Contact Assemblies Circuit Breakers Terminal Blocks For use with Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons & E-Stops Style Contacts Part Number Standard Fingersafe Contacts 1NO 1NC 1NO/1NC 2NO 2NC 2NO/2NC HW-CBF10 HW-CBF01 HW-CBF11 HW-CBF20 HW-CBF02 HW-CBF22 Spring Up Terminal Contacts 1NO 1NC 1NO/1NC 2NO 2NC 2NO/2NC HW-CB10 HW-CB01 HW-CB11 HW-CB20 HW-CB02 HW-CB22 Full Voltage Contact Assemblies For use with Illuminated Pushbuttons. Style Order lamp separately. Gold contact option is available for spring-up terminals. Add suffix "MAU" to end of part number. For example, HW-CB20 becomes HW-CB20-MAU. 600 www.IDEC.com Contacts Part Number 1NO 2NO 1NO/1NC 1NC 2NC HW-FL10Q0 HW-FL20Q0 HW-FL11Q0 HW-FL01Q0 HW-FL02Q0 Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series Switches & Pilot Devices Transfomer Contact Assemblies For use with Illuminated Pushbuttons. Style 120V AC with LED 1NO 2NO 1NC 1NO/1NC HW-FL10H2-k HW-FL20H2-k HW-FL01H2-k HW-FL11H2-k 240V AC with LED 1NO 2NO 1NC 1NO/1NC HW-FL10M4-k HW-FL20M4-k HW-FL01M4-k HW-FL11M4-k 480V AC with LED 1NO 2NO 1NC 1NO/1NC HW-FL10T8-k HW-FL20T8-k HW-FL01T8-k HW-FL11T8-k 120V AC with Incandescent 1NO 2NO 1NC 1NO/1NC HW-FL10H2 HW-FL20H2 HW-FL01H2 HW-FL11H2 240V AC with Incandescent 1NO 2NO 1NC 1NO/1NC HW-FL10M4 HW-FL20M4 HW-FL01M4 HW-FL11M4 Relays & Sockets Part Number Signaling Lights Contacts 1. In place of k, specify the LED Color Code. k = A, G, R, S, or W 2. 6V LED or incandescent lamp included. Dimensions (mm) Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons Extended (HW1B-M2, -A2) o29mm Mushroom (HW1B-M3 -A3) M3.5 Terminal Screw M3.5 Terminal Screw M3.5 Terminal Screw Locking Ring LO LO Locking Ring CK Panel Thickness 0.8 to 6 CK 41.4 o29 41.4 o29 o23.6 41.4 o29 LO 25 25 CK Panel Thickness 0.8 to 6 25 Locking Ring Panel Thickness 0.8 to 6 Timers Flush (HW1B-M1, -A1) 3.6 o2 13 13 29.4 50.2 (1 or 2 blocks) o40mm Mushroom (HW1B-M4, -A4) LO CK o60mm Mushroom (HW1B-M5) Square Flush (HW2B-M1, -A1) M3.5 Terminal Screw Locking Ring M3.5 Terminal Screw Panel Thickness 0.8 to 6 Locking Ring Panel Thickness 0.8 to 6 CK 29.6 o60 41.4 o40 50.2 (1 or 2 blocks) 29.4 23.2 LO 70.2 (4 blocks) 50.2 (1 or 2 blocks) 13 70.2 (4 blocks) 15 30 Terminal Blocks 13 50.2 (1 or 2 blocks) 29.4 23.2 25 Locking Ring Panel Thickness 0.8 to 6 70.2 (4 blocks) 25 M3.5 Terminal Screw 13 50.2 (1 or 2 blocks) Contactors 70.2 (4 blocks) 29.4 19 41.4 50.2 (1 or 2 blocks) 70.2 (4 blocks) 24.8 29.4 70.2 (4 blocks) Square Extended (HW2B-M2, -A2) M3.5 Terminal Screw Terminal Wiring Arrows indicate access directions for wiring Panel Thickness 0.8 to 6 LO CK Circuit Breakers 13 50.2 (1 or 2 blocks) 70.2 (4 blocks) 19 29.4 41.4 24.8 29.6 25 Locking Ring Contact Block (Bottom View) 1 contact block 2 contact blocks 4 contact blocks 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 601 Switches & Pilot Devices Operators Dimensions (mm) Flush (Round & Square) Extended Round Panel Thickness 0.8 to 6 CK LO CK .6 29.4 29.4 18.5 24.8 29.4 Extended with Full Shroud o40mm Mushroom LO LO CK 41.4 3.6 o40 41.4 25 25 CK o29.5 Extended 3 o2 13 o2 13 41.4 41.4 29.6 41.4 25 o23.5 25 CK 3.6 Signaling Lights LO Square LO 25 Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series Relays & Sockets o2 29.4 18.5 13 29.4 23.2 Emergency Stop Pushbuttons Dimensions (mm) o29mm Head Pushlock Turn Reset (HW1B-V3) Panel Thickness 0.8 to 6 Gasket Terminal Screw M3.5 LOC Locking Ring o29 50.2 (1 or 2 blocks) 70.2 (4 blocks) 13 29.4 32 o40mm Head Pushlock Turn Reset (HW1B-V4) o40mm Head EMO Pushlock Turn Reset (HW1B-V4) LOC LOC K Locking Ring Lock Lever 0 o4 o40 41.4 20 25 26.5 K 13 29.4 13 32 32 o40mm Head Pushlock Key Reset (HW1B-X4) o60mm Head Pushlock Turn Reset (HW1B-V5) LOC K 41.4 o40 Circuit Breakers o60 25 Terminal Blocks 50.2 (1 or 2 blocks) 70.2 (4 blocks) 13 29.4 32 49.4 602 15 34.5 www.IDEC.com 29.4 41.4 2 contact blocks 4 contact blocks 25 1 contact block Contactors 41.4 25 Timers K Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices o40mm Head Push-Pull (HW1B-Y2) o22mm - HW Series o40mm Head Unibody Pushlock Turn Reset (HW1B-BV4) LO Panel Thickness 0.8 to 6 CK Gasket M3.5 Terminal Screw o40 o40 41.4 25 Locking Ring 13 29.4 TOP Marking Terminal Cover 11.5 46 Signaling Lights 25.5 14 32 48 Illuminated E-Stop Pushbuttons (HW1E-LV4) Mounting Hole Panel Thickness 0.8 to 6 R0.8 max. Gasket .3 +0.4 0 o40 24.1 TOP Marking M3.5 Terminal Screw Lamp Terminal 11.5 14 32 61 Terminal Cover 63 The minimum mounting centers shown below are applicable to E-Stop switches with one layer of contact blocks (two contact blocks). When two layers of contact blocks are mounted, determine the minimum mounting centers for ease of wiring. Unit Vertical Spacing Horizontal Spacing HW1B-V3 HW1B-V4 HW1B-X4 HW1B-Y2 50 mm 50 mm HW1B-V5 60 mm 60 mm Relays & Sockets o22 Locking Ring +0.2 0 3.2 +0.4 0 M3.5 Terminal Screw HW1E-BV4 Side HW1E-LV4 Timers Terminal Arrangement (Bottom View) TOP X1 .2 (NC) .3 (NO) .1 (NC) .4 (NO) LAMP .2 (NC) .3 (NO) .1 (NC) .4 (NO) X2 (1NO-1NC) (1NO-1NC) Contactors Emergency Stop Stations 59.5 Operator Dimension A (mm) Pushlock Turn Reset 32 Pushlock Key Reset 32 (Key inserted: 49.4) Push Pull 25.5 Mounting Hole Layout 4-M4 Tapped Holes for Rear Mounting (Depth: 10 mm) 2-Front Mounting Holes o14 Knockout 21 76 A Terminal Blocks 76 Dimensions (mm) 21 41 HW1B-V4R Box Cover Mouting Screws Box Cover Box Base 2- o4 .6 Circuit Breakers 15.5 62 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 603 Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series Pilot Lights Dimensions (mm) Full Voltage Panel Thickness 0.8 to 6 Flush Gasket Locking Ring M3.5 Terminal Screw Dome Square Flush Round/Dome 9 o2 X2 X1 Transformer X1 X2 Round/Dome 9 Square Flush Close mounting on 30mm centers Degree of protection: IP65 30 min. Dome +0.4 0 o2 72.1 17.5 7 29.6 30 min. DC-DC Converter Flush M3.5 Terminal Screw Dome Round/Dome 9 Square Flush o2 When mounting transformer or DC-DC converter type units on 30mm centers vertically and horizontally, keep the ambient temperature below 40C. 24 X1 X2 76.2 29.6 29.6 17.5 7 Jumbo Dome Pilot Lights Base BA9S/13 Illumination Color Incandescent Lamp LSB Base BA9S/13 Mounting Hole Layout R0.8 max. o22.3 +0.4 0 3.2 +0.2 0 +0.4 0 Light blue: LSTDB o10.6 M3.5 Terminal Screw LED Lamp LSTDB 27 2 24.1 6 o6 1 Panel Thickness 1 to 5 o10 Relays & Sockets .3 o22 Mounting Hole Layout Flush M3.5 Terminal Screw 29.6 Timers 29.6 17.5 7 24 Signaling Lights 0.5 44.7 85 20.4 Locking Ring Rubber Gasket 50.5 Contactors 0.5 34.4 85 Illuminated Pushbuttons Full Voltage Models 1 Contact Block 2 Contact Blocks Terminal Blocks M3.5 Terminal Screw Contact Block Locking Ring 3 Contact Blocks Full Voltage Adapter Full Voltage Adapter Panel Thickness 0.8 to 6 M3.5 Terminal Screw Contact Block Locking Ring Full Voltage Adapter M3.5 Terminal Screw Contact Block Panel Thickness 0.8 to 6 Locking Ring X1 Circuit Breakers X2 1 contact block 604 50.2 (1 block) 2 contact blocks 65.8 (2 blocks) www.IDEC.com 3 contact blocks 70.2 (3 blocks) Panel Thickness 0.8 to 6 Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series Dimensions (mm) 4 Contact Blocks Terminal Wiring Arrows indicate access directions for wiring. Full Voltage Adapter Contact Block Full Voltage Adaptor M3.5 Terminal Screw Contact Block Locking Ring Switches & Pilot Devices Illuminated Pushbuttons con't Transformer Panel Thickness 0.8 to 6 X1 X2 Signaling Lights 85.8 (4 contacts) 4 contact blocks Transformer Models DC-DC Converter Models Safety Lever Lock Locking Ring 3 X1 4 X2 Relays & Sockets X1 X2 M3.5 Terminal Screws 89.7 (2 blocks) 109.5 (4 blocks) M3.5 Terminal Screw 89.5 (2 blocks) 109.5 (4 blocks) Non-Illuminated Selector & Key Switches Dimensions (mm) Knob Operator Terminal Wiring M3.5 Terminal Screw Arrows indicate access directions for wiring. Panel Thickness 0.8 to 6 Gasket CK 9 Contact Block Full Voltage Adaptor 1 contact block 48.5 (1 or 2 blocks) 7 29.4 68.5 (3 or 4 blocks) 21 Key Operator Contactors 2 contact blocks 4 contact blocks 41.4 o28.8 25 o2 Timers LO Locking Ring Tranformer LOC K 9.4 25 o2 17 41.4 X1 X2 Terminal Blocks 13 29.4 30.5 Illuminated Selector Switches LO CK Transformer Model LOC K 9 41.4 25 X1 7 X2 M.3.5 Terminal Screw 79.5 (2 blocks) 99.5 (4 blocks) Circuit Breakers 69.4 (2 blocks) 41.4 o2 89.4 (4 blocks) 9 o2 25 4 M3.5 Terminal Screw 3 Full Voltage Model 7 21 29.4 29.4 21 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 605 Switches & Pilot Devices Dual Pushbutton Dimensions (mm) Without Pilot Light Mounting Hole Layout R0.8 max. o22 *3.2 +0. 4 0 +0.2 0 24.1 .3 +0.4 0 HW Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series 49.4 (2 contacts) Without Button Markings Locking Ring With Button Markings (I/ON and O/OFF) 30 54.8 54.8 ON OFF Rubber Gasket Relays & Sockets 55 ** Panel Thickness 0.8 to 6 Safety Lever Lock 41.4 Signaling Lights 69.4 (3 or 4 contacts) 0.5 29.8 14.5 20 29.8 With Pilot Light Full Voltage The depth of a 3-contact model depends on the combination of contact blocks at top and bottom pushbuttons. Full Voltage Adapter HW (Bottom Button) Timers (Top Button) Top Button 1 contact block 2 contact blocks Bottom Button 2 contact blocks 1 contact block Depth 89.4 mm 69.4 mm -The 3.2 mm recess is for preventing rotation and is not necessary when a nameplate or anti-rotation ring is not used. -When using the safety lever lock, determine the vertical spacing in consideration of convenience for installing and removing the safety lever lock. -Recommended vertical spacing: 100 mm -The minimum mounting centers are applicable to switches with one layer of contact blocks (two contact blocks). When two layers of contact blocks are mounted, determine the minimum mounting centers for ease of wiring. 69.4 (2 contacts), 89.4 (4 contacts) (Note) Transfomer (240V minimum) Transformer (480V) Transformer, DC-DC Converter Transformer Contactors HW HW 89.5 (2 contacts), 109.5 (4 contacts) Locking Ring Panel Thickness 0.8 to 6 LO Monolever Dimensions (mm) o3 4 M3.5 Terminal Screw .2 79.5 (2 contacts), 99.5 (4 contacts) 8 Circuit Breakers 24 36 max. 45.5 606 29.4 72 24 49.4 (2 blocks) 69.4 (4 blocks) 36 max. Terminal Blocks 41.4 25 CK www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series Switches & Pilot Devices Accessory Dimensions LW9Z-BM OB-31 Metallic Mounting Hole Plug OR-55 Anti-Rotation Ring Lamp/LED Removal Tool TOP o14 1.5 3.5 3.5 o25 HW-VG1 Dual Pushbutton Rubber Cover Dual Pushbutton Barrier MW9Z-T1 22.5 Barrier 28 o 110 58 45 45 33 HW-VL1 Locking Ring Wrench Signaling Lights HW9Z-D7D 59 o11.6 o29 o22 12 Gasket Locking Ring HW9Z-RL o29 3 o25.8 Rubber Mounting Hole Plug 1.5 20 1.5 HWLS-TK1971 Padlock Cover Relays & Sockets HW9Z-KL1 20 Safety Lever Lock Panel Thickness 0.8 to 3.2 Safety Lever Lock Screwdriver Remove Lock Lever Safety Lever Lock CK LO 26.5 70 30 93 6.5 R6 Operator Install 82.5 24 o2 2.2 0 o5 .4) 44 :o (ID Waterproof Rubber Gasket 0.5t Contact Block Mounting Adapter HW9Z-KG1 Timers 29.5 30 Key Hole o8 Panel HW9Z-KG2 38 22 36.5 80 32 o22 o90 Gasket TOP Marking TOP Marking Contactors o76.1 2.2 o2 64 48 Locking Ring TOP Marking TOP Marking Locking Ring Operator Panel Thickness: 1.2 to 4 Operator Terminal Blocks Panel Thickness: 1.2 to 4 HW9Z-KG3 HW9Z-KG4 LSTD 35 25 o2 35 25 2 o9.5 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 20.4 50 Circuit Breakers 42 o10.6 o90 67 o75 o74 52 o66 o22 607 Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series Specification Charts Signaling Lights Conforming to IED 947-5-1 Appendix C. Utilization categories AC-15 and DC-13. Operation rate: 1,800 op. hour Load factor: Inductive 0.4 0.05 Resistive 0.9 0.05 Operator Truth Tables 2 Position Selector Switches Timers Relays & Sockets Contact HW-F10 (NO) HW1S-2T HW1K-2* HW1F-2 HW-F01 (NC) HW-F10R (NO-EM) HW-F01R (NC-LB) Operator Position Left Right L O X R O X L X O R X O L O X R O X L X O R X O Contact HW1S-3JT HW1K-3J* HW-F10 (NO) HW1S-3T HW1K-3* HW1F-3 HW-F01 (NC) HW-F10R (NO-EM) HW-F01R (NC-LB) Mounting Position Operator Position Left Center Right HW-F10 (NO) L X O O R O O X HW-F01 (NC) L O X O R O X O HW-FC10R (NO-EM) L X O X R X O X HW-F01R (NC-LB) L O X X R X X O 4 Position Selector Switches 3 Position Selector Switches Contact Contactors Mounting Position 3 Position Selector Switches con't Contact Operator Position Mounting Position Left L X O O R O O X L O X X R X X O L X O O R O O X L O X X R X X O Center Right HW1S-4T Mounting Position Operator Position 1 2 3 4 HW-F10 (NO) L X O O O R O O O X HW-F01 (NC) L O O X O R O X O O HW-F10R (NO-EM) L X X O X R X O X X HW-F01R (NC-LB) L O X X X R X X X O 1 2 Terminal Blocks 5 Position Selector Switches Contact HW-F10 (NO) Circuit Breakers HW1S-3ST HW1K-3S* HW-F01 (NC) HW-F10R (NO-EM) HW-F01R (NC-LB) Operator Position Mounting Position Left Center Right L X O O R O O X L O O X R X O O L X X O R O X X L O X X R X X O Contact HW-F10 (NO) HW1S-5T HW-F10R (NO-EM) HW-F01R (NC-LB) 1. Mounting position indicates which side of operator each contact should be mounted (as viewed from the front of the panel). 2. *For key removable code see page 579. 608 HW-F01 (NC) Mounting Position Operator Position 4 5 O L X O O O R O O O O X L O O O X O R O X O O O L X X X O X R X O X X X L O X X X X R X X X X O 3. HW1S-3T is identified by white plungers on the operator. 4. HW1S-3ST is identified by red plungers on the operator. 5. HW1S-3JT is identified by black plungers on the operator. www.IDEC.com 3 Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series Turn off power to HW series control units before starting installation, removal, wiring, maintenance, and inspection of the products. Failure to turn power off may cause electrical shocks or fire hazard. For wiring, use wires of a proper size to meet voltage and current requirements. Tighten the M3.5 terminal screws to a tightening torque of 1.0 to 1.3 N*m. Failure to tighten terminal screws may cause overheating and fire. To avoid the possibility of burning yourself, use the lamp holder tool when replacing lamps. Switches & Pilot Devices HW Safety Precautions HW General Instructions Remove the contact block assembly from the operator (for transformer type pilot lights, remove the transformer from the illumination unit). Remove the locking ring from the operator. Insert the operator into the panel cut-out from the front, tighten the locking ring from the back, then install the contact block assembly to the operator. Removing and Installing the Contact Block Assembly 2. To reinstall, place the TOP markings on the operator and the contact block mounting adapter in the same direction, and insert the operator into the contact block mounting adapter. Then turn the locking lever in the opposite direction. IDEC strongly recommends using the safety lever lock (HW9Z-LS, yellow) to prevent heavy vibration or maintenance personnel from unlocking the contact assembly. 1. HW series can be mounted vertically with a minimum spacing of 55 mm but spacing should be determined to ensure easy operation (recommended minimum spacing: 100 mm). 2. Mount the control unit onto the panel, lock the lever, and push in the safety lever lock to install. 3. When the spacing is narrower than the recommended value, with the lever unlocked, mount the safety lever lock and insert the contact unit to the operator. Then, lock the lever and strongly push in the safety lever lock to install. Relays & Sockets 1. To remove the operator from the contact block, turn the locking lever in the direction of the arrow shown below. The operator can now be removed. Safety Lever Lock Signaling Lights Panel Mounting 4. To remove the safety lever lock, insert a flat screwdriver into the safety lever and push upwards. Remove Safety Lever Lock CK LO 26.5 Lock Lever Timers Operator Install Safety Lever Lock Screwdriver Contact Block Mounting Adapter Notes for Panel Mounting Panel Contactors 1. When mounting the operator onto a panel, use the optional locking ring wrench (MW9Z-T1) to tighten the locking ring. Tightening torque must not exceed 2.0 N*m. Do not use pliers. Excessive tightening will damage the locking ring. 2. For the contact blocks and transformers housing LED and incandescent lamps, make sure not to press the lamps too hard, otherwise the lamp socket may be damaged. Terminal Blocks Dual Pushbutton Instructions Replacement of Lens Removing Remove the lens by inserting a screwdriver into the recess of the lens through the bezel. Circuit Breakers Installing Install the lens in the recess between the buttons by pressing against the bezel. 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 609 Switches & Pilot Devices Dual Pushbuttons Instructions con't Replacement of Lamps Tightening Torque for Terminal Screws Lamps can be replaced by using the lamp holder tool (OR-55) from the front of the panel, or by removing the contact block assembly from the operator unit. When using full voltage type LED illuminated units, provide protection against electrical noise, if necessary. Removal Applicable Wiring The applicable wire size is 2 mm2 maximum. (solid wire o1.6mm2 maximum) One or two wires can be connected. 1. To remove, slip the lamp holder tool onto the lamp head lightly. Then push slightly, and turn the lamp holder tool counterclockwise. Applicable Crimping Terminal 7.9 max. o3.6 min. Installation 1. To install, insert the lamp head into the lamp holder tool, and hold the lamp as shown in the figure below. 4 max. Lamp Solid Wire Timers Lamp Base 8 max. Note: When connecting wires to contact blocks or transformers in the direction shown below, keep the insulation stripping length 6.6 mm at the maximum. About Pushbutton Switches Do not attempt to remove using a flat screwdriver or pincers, otherwise the pushbuttons may be damaged. 5.5 min. Be sure to use an insulation tube or cover on the crimping part of the crimping terminal to prevent electrical shocks. Lamp Holder Tool Do not attempt to remove the pushbuttons! The pushbuttons cannot be removed or replaced! Contactors Installation of LED Illuminated Units Removing the Lamps from the Front of the Panel 2. Place the pins on the lamp base to the grooves in the lamp socket. Insert the lamp and turn it clockwise. X1 Pushbuttons X2 Inside X1 X2 Inside Installing the Rubber Cover Narrow Mounting When mounting the units closely in a horizontal row on 30mm centers, use optional barriers to prevent interconnection between adjoining terminals. The barriers can be attached simply by pressing them onto the sides of contact blocks. 30 When using the HW7D pushbuttons in places where the pushbuttons are subjected to water splash or an excessive amount of dust, make sure to use the HW9Z-D7D rubber boot (IP65) which is ordered separately. Notes for Installing the Rubber Cover 30 Remove the gasket from the operator, and install the rubber boot on the operator. Pull out the seals of the rubber boot and place them around the operator sleeve as shown. Make sure that the seals are not twisted or tucked inside and that the gasket does not remain, otherwise the normal waterproof and dustproof characteristics are not ensured. Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers Tighten the M3.5 terminal screws to a torque of 1.0 to 1.3 N*m. o1.6 max. Relays & Sockets Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - HW Series 1. Remove the gasket. Barrier When mounting transformer type illuminated units closely in a horizontal row on 30-mm centers, insert solid wires or stranded wires into inside of the terminal screw on the transformer (see figure on the right) to prevent short circuit between adjoining terminals. Seals Install X1 X2 Inside X1 Remove X2 Inside Gasket 610 2. Install the rubber boot on the pushbuttons. www.IDEC.com Seals 3. Rubber boot is installed. Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - TW Series Switches & Pilot Devices TW Series -- 22mm NEMA Style Pushbuttons Signaling Lights Relays & Sockets Key features: TW NEMA Style Switches with snap-on contacts Corrosion resistant octagonal chrome plated locking bezel Snap-on 10A contact blocks Incandescent or LED illumination Slow make, double break, self cleaning contacts Modular construction for maximum flexibility NEMA 4X and IP65 watertight/oiltight panel Available assembled or as sub-components Large M3.5 screw terminals with captive sems plate UL Listed File No. E68961 CSA Approved File No. LR21451 IDEC has your 22mm switching needs covered. Button styles include flush, extended, mushroom, or square and all bodies are crafted from fracture-resistant nylon. All illuminated units feature two lense styles, one that maximizes light dispersion, the other accommodates direct lens engraving. Timers * * * * * * * * * Self cleaning contact mechanisms allow for a wide current rating, 5mA to 10A, which reduces the need for various contact materials. When looking for a 22mm switch that is durable, easy to use, and versatile, then IDEC's TW series is your solution. File No. DK95-01696 Contactors Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 611 Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - TW Series Conforming to Standards (R) CSA: pushbuttons and selector switches: A600 pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons, direct supply pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons with integral transformer (100/110, 115, 120, 200/220, 230, 240, 380, 400/440, 480V) UL: pushbuttons and selector switches: A600 pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons, direct supply pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons with integral transformer (100/110, 115, 120, 200/220, 230, 240, 380, 400/440, 480V) TUV: pushbuttons and selector switches: A600=P600 (NO, NC)/Q600 (NO-EM, NC-LB) pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons, direct supply pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons with integral transformer (100/110, 115, 120, 200/220, 230, 240, 380, 400/440, 480V) Certificate No. 2030010305027380 File No. LR21451 Specifications Registration No: J9551802 (E-Stops) Registration No: J9551803 (All other switches) Registration No: J9551804 (Pilot Lights) Timers Relays & Sockets Signaling Lights File No. E68961 Operation: -25 to +50C (without freezing), Storage: -40 to +80C (without freezing) Vibration Resistance 5 to 55Hz, 100m/sec2 (10g) conforming to IEC6068-2-6 Shock Resistance 1000m/sec2 (100g) conforming to IEC6068-2-7 Electric Shock Protection Class 0 conforming to IEC60536 Degree of Protection (conforming to IEC60529) (conforming to NEMA ICS6-110) IP65 from front of the panel; (IP54 for key switches) IP20 (Type HW-F contact block) Type 1, 2, 3, 3R, 3S, 4, 4X, 5, 12, 13 (Type 1, 2, 3R, 5, 12, 13 for key switches) Mechanical Life Momentary pushbuttons: 5,000,000 (900 operations per hour) All other switches: 500,000 Pollution Degree (conforming to IEC60947-1) 3 for switches not using a transformer, 2 for switches using a transformer Rated Operational Characteristics AC-15: A600 or Ue = 250V, le = 3A (NO, NC, NO-EM, NC-LB) DC-13: P600 or Ue = 125V, le = 1.1A (NO, NC) DC-13: Q600 or Ue = 125V, le = 0.9A (NO-EM, NC-LB) Rated Insulation Voltage 600V Rated Switching Over-Voltage Less than 4kV, conforming to IEC60947-1 Rated Impulse Withstanding Voltage 4kV for contact circuit, 2.5kV for lamp circuit Rated Thermal Current 10 Amp Minimum Switching Capacity 5 mA at 3V AC/DC Contact Operation Slow break NC or slow make NO, self-cleaning Recommended Terminal Torque 0.8 N m (7.1 in lb.) External Short-Circuit Protection 10A 250V fuse conforming to IEC60269-1 Applicable Wire Size Minimum 1 x 22 AWG, max. 2 x 14 AWG or 1 x 12 AWG Contact Resistance Initial contact resistance of 50m or less Contact Gap 4mm (NO and NC), 2mm (NO-EM and NC-LB) Electrical Reliability MTBF < 1 fault for 10 million operation cycles (3V DC, 5mA) Lamp Ratings Incandescent: 1 W LEDs: 6V: 17mA max, 12/24V: 11mA max, 120/240V: 10mA max Horsepower Rating 1/4 HP @ 120V (single-phase, non-reversing motor); 1 HP @ 240V (3 phase, non-reversing motor) Maximum Inrush Current 40 A (40 ms) Contact Material Silver Contact Ratings Operating Temperature Pushbuttons Illuminated Pushbuttons Selector Switches Illuminated Selector Switches Pushbutton Selectors Characteristics Contactors Terminal Blocks EN60947-1, EN60947-5-1, VDE0660-200, UL508, CSA C22-2 No.14 Approvals Operational Voltage Contact Block Type HW-C/HW-F Rated Insulation Voltage 600V Rated Continuous Current 10A Contact Ratings by Utilization Category IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 (A600) DC-13 (P600) Circuit Breakers Contact Ratings by Utilization Category 612 AC50/60Hz Operational Current DC 24V 48V 50V 110V 220V 440V AC-12 Control of resistive loads and solid state loads 10A -- 10A 10A 6A 2A AC-15 Control of electromagnetic loads (> 72VA) 10A -- 7A 5A 3A 1A DC-12 Control of resistive loads and solid state loads 8A 5A -- 2.2A 1.1A -- DC-13 Control of electromagnets 5A 2A -- 1.1A 0.6A -- www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - TW Series Switches & Pilot Devices Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled) Signaling Lights A B ( ) W 1 10 ( ) - Relays & Sockets Assembled Pushbuttons B Function Button Color B: Momentary O: Maintained K: Key On/Off Lock B: Black R: Red G: Green S: Blue W: White Y: Yellow Terminal Style Bezel Shape Timers Blank: Standard N: Fingersafe (IP20) Blank: Octagonal F: Full Shroud G: Mushroom Shroud Q: Square Contact Arrangement 10: 1NO 20: 2NO 11: 1NO-1NC 01: 1NC 02: 2NC 22: 2NO-2NC 1: 2: 3: 4: Contactors Button Shape Flush Extended Mushroom Head O 29mm Mushroom Head O 40mm Series Designation Terminal Blocks W: TW Series To be used for interpreting part numbers only, not for part number development. Circuit Breakers 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 613 Switches & Pilot Devices Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled) continued Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons Style Flush Contactors Contacts Momentary Action ABW110-j ABW101-j ABW111-j ABW120-j ABW102-j Maintained Action Color Code AOW110-j AOW101-j AOW111-j AOW120-j AOW102-j Black B Green G Red R Extended 1NO 1NC 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC ABW210-j ABW201-j ABW211-j ABW220-j ABW202-j AOW210-j AOW201-j AOW211-j AOW220-j AOW202-j Recessed 1NO 1NC 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC ABFW110-j ABFW101-j ABFW111-j ABFW120-j ABFW102-j AOFW110-j AOFW101-j AOFW111-j AOFW120-j AOFW102-j Extended with Full Shroud 1NO 1NC 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC ABFW210-j ABFW201-j ABFW211-j ABFW220-j ABFW202-j AOFW210-j AOFW201-j AOFW211-j AOFW220-j AOFW202-j O 29mm Mushroom Head 1NO 1NC 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC ABW310-j ABW301-j ABW311-j ABW320-j ABW302-j AOW310-j AOW301-j AOW311-j AOW320-j AOW302-j O 40mm Mushroom Head 1NO 1NC 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC ABW410-j ABW401-j ABW411-j ABW420-j ABW402-j AOW410-j AOW401-j AOW411-j AOW420-j AOW402-j O 40mm Mushroom Head with Full Shroud 1NO 1NC 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC ABGW410-j ABGW401-j ABGW411-j ABGW420-j ABGW402-j AOGW410-j AOGW401-j AOGW411-j AOGW420-j AOGW402-j Square Flush 1NO 1NC 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC ABQW110-j ABQW101-j ABQW111-j ABQW120-j ABQW102-j AOQW110-j AOQW101-j AOQW111-j AOQW120-j AOQW102-j Square Extended 1NO 1NC 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC ABQW210-j ABQW201-j ABQW211-j ABQW220-j ABQW202-j AOQW210-j AOQW201-j AOQW211-j AOQW220-j AOQW202-j Keylock Push On/ Off 1NO 1NC 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC AKW210 AKW201 AKW211 AKW220 AKW202 - Circuit Breakers Terminal Blocks j Button Color Codes 1NO 1NC 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC Timers Relays & Sockets Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - TW Series 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 614 In place of j, specify the Button Color Code from table. For sub-assembled part numbers, see next page. For accessories, see page 643. For dimensions, see page 645. Keyed switches are supplied with two keys. All units are keyed alike. www.IDEC.com Blue S Yellow Y White W Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - TW Series Switches & Pilot Devices Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons (Sub-Assembled) Contact Blocks + Style + Button Buttons Part Number Momentary Part Number Round Flush Round Flush/Extended ABW1B-j ABW-100 ABW2B-j O 40mm, O 29mm Mushroom Head 1NC HW-C10 HW-C01 HW-C10R (early make) HW-C01R (late break) HW-F10 HW-F01 HW-F10R (early make) HW-F01R (late break) Standard Exposed Screw Fingersafe (IP20), CE marked AOFW-200 O 29mm Mushroom 1NO Dummy Block ABW3B-j AOW-300 O 40mm Mushroom O 40mm Mushroom Head with Full Shroud ABW4B-j AOGW-400 j Button Color Codes Square Flush ABQW1B-j Square Flush/Extended ABQW-100 1. Dummy blocks (no contacts) are used with an odd number of contact blocks. 2. Use of early and late break contacts creates a make before break function Contactors ABGW-400 TW-DB Timers ABW-300 Relays & Sockets Round Extended Part Number Style AOW-100 Round with Full Shroud/ Recessed ABFW-200 Complete Part Contact Blocks Style Maintained = Signaling Lights Operators Operator AOQW-100 Keylock Push On/Off Code Black B Green G Red R Blue S Yellow Y White W Terminal Blocks Square Extended Color ABQW2B-j -- AKW-200 In place of j specify the button color code from table Circuit Breakers 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 615 Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - TW Series Signaling Lights Stop Switches (Assembled) Relays & Sockets Assembled Stop Switches A V (L) W 4 (B) (99) 11 (D) Function Lamp Voltage (full voltage illuminated units only) V: Pushlock Turn Reset Y: Push-Pull X: Pushlock Key Reset 6V: 12V: 24V: 120V: 240V: Timers Illumination Blank: None L: Illuminated W: TW Series A: Amber R: Red G: Green S: Blue B: Black Button/Lens Size Contact Terminal Style 3: 29mm Mushroom 4: 40mm Mushroom Blank: Standard N: Fingersafe (IP20) Lens Type Lamp Type Contactors (illuminated units only) Terminal Blocks 6V AC/DC 12V AC/DC 24V AC/DC 120V AC (LED only) 240V AC (LED only) Button/Lens Color Series Designation Circuit Breakers (N) - R - (24V) W: White Y: Yellow (illuminated units only) Blank: Standard (ribbed) B: Engravable (smooth with insert) Blank: Incandescent D: LED Illuminated Circuit Contact Arrangement (illuminated unit only) 99: 126: 246: 486: 10: 1NO 01: 1NC 20: 2NO 02: 2NC 11: 1NO/1NC 22: 2NO/2NC Full Voltage (lamp determines voltage) 120V AC Step Down Transformer 240V AC Step Down Transformer 480V AC Step Down Transformer To be used for interpreting part numbers only, not for part number development. 616 www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - TW Series Switches & Pilot Devices Stop Switches (Assembled), continued Non-Illuminated Stop Switches j Button Color Codes Style Contacts Color Code AVW410-R* AVW401-R* AVW411-R* AVW420-R* AVW402-R* Black B Green G Red R 1NO 1NC 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC O 40mm Pushlock Turn Reset* O 40mm Push-Pull AVW310-R* AVW301-R* AVW311-R* AVW320-R* AVW302-R* 1NO 1NC 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC AYW410-j AYW401-j AYW411-j AYW420-j AYW402-j 1NO 1NC 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC O 40mm Pushlock Key Reset * AXW410AXW401AXW411AXW420AXW402- R* R* R* R* R* Part Number Full Voltage 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC AVLW49911n-R*-l AVLW49920n-R*-l AVLW49902n-R*-l Transformer 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC AVLW3m11n-R* AVLW3m20n-R* AVLW3m02n-R* Full Voltage 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC AVLW39911n-R*-l AVLW39920n-R*-l AVLW39902n-R*-l Transformer 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC AYLW4 m 11n-k AYLW4 m 20n-k AYLW4 m 02n-k Full Voltage 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC AYLW49911n-k-l AYLW49920n-k-l AYLW49902n-k-l O 40mm Push-Pull Amber A Green G Red R Blue S White W Voltage Code 6V AC/DC 6V 12V AC/DC 12V 24V AC/DC 24V 120V AC 120V (LED only) 240V AC 240V (LED only) m Transformer Voltage Codes Voltage Code 120VAC 240VAC 480VAC 126 246 486 Transformers step down to 6V. n Lamp Type Codes Lamp Code Incandescent Blank LED D Terminal Blocks AVLW4 m 11n-R* AVLW4 m 20n-R* AVLW4 m 02n-R* O 29mm Pushlock Turn Reset Code Contactors Transformer 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC O 40mm Pushlock Turn Reset Type Color Timers Contacts Y l Full Voltage Codes Illuminated Stop Switches Type Yellow k LED/Lens Color Codes *Available in Red only. In place of j, specify the Button Color Code from table. For sub-assembled part numbers, see next page. For accessories, see page 643. For dimensions, see page 645. Style S W Relays & Sockets 1NO 1NC 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC Blue White Signaling Lights O 29mm Pushlock Turn Reset* 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Part Number 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada Circuit Breakers 1. *Available in red only. 2. In place of k, specify the Lens Color Code (see table above). 3. In place of l, specify the Full Voltage Code (lamp voltage) (see table above). 4. In place of m, specify the Transformer Voltage Code (see table above). 5. In place of n, specify the Lamp Type Code from table above. 6. For sub-assembly part numbers, see next page. 7. For accessories, see page 643. 8. For dimensions, see page 645. 617 Switches & Pilot Devices Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - TW Series Stop Switches (Sub-Assembled) Transformer/ Adaptor* + Contacts + Lamp Holder + Operator Lamp + Button or Lens = Operators Style Buttons Contact Blocks Part Number Style Non-Illuminated Illuminated O 40mm Pushlock Turn Reset Part Number Style LED AVW4B-R* AVW-300 AVLW3-0600 Incandescent O 29mm Pushlock Turn Reset O 40mm Push-Pull AVW3B-R* AYW-400 Voltage Part Number 6V AC/DC LSTD-6k 12V AC/DC LSTD-1k 24V AC/DC LSTD-2k 120V AC LSTD-H2k 240V AC LSTD-M4k 6V AC/DC IS-6 12V AC/DC IS-12 24V AC/DC IS-24 1. In place of k, specify the LED color code. 2. The LED contains a current-limiting resistor and a protection diode. AYLW4-0600 O 40mm Push-Pull Timers Complete Part *Not applicable for full voltage units O 29/O 40mm Pushlock Turn Reset Relays & Sockets + O 40mm Pushlock Key Reset j Button Color Codes AYW4B-j AXW-300 -- O 40mm Pushlock Key Reset Contactors AXW4B-R* Circuit Breakers Terminal Blocks 1. *Available in Red only 2. In place of j, specify the button color code from table. 618 www.IDEC.com Color Code Black B Green G Red R Blue S White W Yellow Y k LED/Lens Color Codes Color Code Amber A Green G Red R Blue S White W Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - TW Series Switches & Pilot Devices Illuminated Stop Switches (Sub-Assembled) continued Lenses Transformers/Full Voltage Modules Style Style Part Number Standard Engravable Description Full Size Transformer Standard O 29mm Head Pushlock Turn Reset AVLW3LU-R* AVLW3BLU-R* Fingersafe Half Size Transformer AVLW4LU-R* AVLW4BLU-R* O 40mm Head Push Pull AYLW4BLU-k Full voltage model (use with even number of contacts) 1. In place of k, specify the lens color code from table on previous page. 2. *Available only in red 3. Standard lenses have ribbed pattern, Engravable lenses are smooth and include an engravable insert. Full voltage model (use with odd number of contacts) Lamp Circuit Components Style Application TW-T246B 480V AC TW-T486B 120V AC TW-F126B 240V AC TW-F246B 480V AC TW-F486B 120V AC TW-T126SB 240V AC TW-T246SB Standard TW-DA1B Fingersafe TW-DA1FB Standard HW-DA1B Fingersafe HW-DA1FB Part Number Timers Short Lamp Holder Used with a Half-size Transformer and one contact block TW-T126B 240V AC Relays & Sockets AYLW4LU-k 120V AC Signaling Lights O 40mm Head Pushlock Turn Reset Part Number TW-LH1 All Transformers step down to 6V (use 6V lamp). TW-LH2 Used with TW-LH2 holder when using four contact blocks HW-LH3 Contact Blocks Style Standard Exposed Screw Lead Holder Part Number 1NO 1NC HW-C10 HW-C01 HW-C10R (early make) HW-C01R (late break) HW-F10 HW-F01 HW-F10R (early make) HW-F01R (late break) Terminal Blocks Fingersafe (IP20), CE marked Contactors Long Lamp Holder Used with Full-size Transformer and two contact blocks Used with Half-size Transformer and three contact blocks Used with Full Voltage Adaptor and two contact blocks Dummy Block TW-DB Circuit Breakers 1. Dummy blocks (no contacts) are used with an odd number of contact blocks. 2. Use of early and late break contacts creates a make before break function 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 619 Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - TW Series Relays & Sockets Signaling Lights Pilot Lights (Assembled) Assembled Pilot Lights A P (Q) W 1 (B) (99) (D) - R - (24V) Function Lamp Voltage (Full Voltage Units Only) Blank: Octagonal (round lenses) Q: Square 6V: 12V: 24V: 120V: 240V: Series Designation Lens Color Code W: TW Series 1: Flat 2: Dome A: Amber G: Green R: Red S: Blue W: White Y: Yellow Lens Type Lamp Type Blank: Standard (ribbed) B: Engravable (smooth with insert included) Blank: Incandescent D: LED Bezel Shape Lens Shape Illumination Circuit 99: 126: 246: 486: Circuit Breakers Terminal Blocks Contactors Timers P: Pilot Light Full Voltage (lamp determines voltage) 120V AC Step Down Transformer 240V AC Step Down Transformer 480V AC Step Down Transformer 1. Use only when interpreting part numbers. Do not use for developing part numbers. 2. All transformers step down to 6V. 620 www.IDEC.com 6V AC/DC 12V AC/DC 24V AC/DC 120V AC (LED only) 240V AC (LED only) Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - TW Series Switches & Pilot Devices Pilot Lights (Assembled) continued Assembled Pilot Lights k Lens Color Codes Style Type Voltage Part Number Color Code Transformer 120VAC 240VAC 480VAC APW1126m-k APW1246m-k APW1486m-k Amber A Green G Red R -- APW199m-k-l Round Flat Full Voltage 120VAC 240VAC 480VAC APW2126m-k APW2246m-k APW2486m-k Full Voltage -- APW299m-k-l Transformer 120VAC 240VAC 480VAC APQW1B126m-k APQW1B246m-k APQW1B486m-k Dome Full Voltage -- APQW1B99m-k-l 1. In place of k, specify the Lens Color Code from table below. 2. In place of l, specify the Full Voltage Code from table below. 3. In place of m, specify the Lamp Type Code from table below. 4. For accessories, see page 643. 5. For dimensions, see page 645. 6. For sub-assembly part numbers, see next page. 7. Yellow pilot light comes with white LED. Yellow Y l Full Voltage Codes Voltage Code 6V AC/DC 6V 12V AC/DC 12V 24V AC/DC 24V 120V AC 120V (LED only) 240V AC 240V (LED only) Relays & Sockets Square Flat S W Signaling Lights Transformer Blue White m Lamp Type Codes Lamp Code Incandescent Blank LED D Timers Contactors Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 621 Switches & Pilot Devices Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - TW Series Pilot Lights (Sub-Assembled) Transformer + Operator + Lamp Lens Operators Style Lamps Part Number Complete Part k LED/Lens Color Codes Style LED APW-199 Incandescent Square UPQW-199 Part Number Color Code 6V AC/DC LSTD-6k Amber A 12V AC/DC LSTD-1k Green G 24V AC/DC LSTD-2k Red R 120V AC LSTD-H2k Blue S 240V AC LSTD-M4k White W 6V AC/DC IS-6 Yellow Y 12V AC/DC IS-12 24V AC/DC IS-24 Transformers Style Style Part Number Standard Description Standard Engravable Dome Contactors APW2LU-k Fingersafe -- All Transformers step down to 6V (use 6V lamp). Round Flat APW1LU-k APW1BLU-k -- APQW1BLU-k Square Flat Circuit Breakers 1. In place of k, specify the Lens Color Code from table. 2. Standard lenses have a ribbed lens to enhance light dispersion. Marking lenses are smooth and include an engravable insert. 622 If clear lens is desired, use white marking lens and remove engraving insert 1. In place of k, specify the LED color code. 2. The LED contains a current-limiting resistor and a protection diode. 3. Yellow LED not available. Use white LED. Same operator is used for full voltage as for transformer completed units. Timers Voltage Lenses Terminal Blocks = * Transformer not required for full voltage units. Round Dome/Flat Relays & Sockets + www.IDEC.com Part Number 120V AC TW-T126B 240V AC TW-T246B 480V AC TW-T486B 120V AC TW-F126B 240V AC TW-F246B 480V AC TW-F486B Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - TW Series Switches & Pilot Devices Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled) Signaling Lights A L (F) W 2 (B) 99 11 (D) (N) - R - (24V) Function Lamp Voltage (Full Voltage Units Only) L:Momentary Action OL:Maintained Action Blank: Octagonal (round lenses) F: Full Shroud (round lenses) Q: Square 6V AC/DC 12V AC/DC 24V AC/DC 120V AC (LED only) 240V AC (LED only) Timers 6V: 12V: 24V: 120V: 240V: Bezel Shape Lens Code W: TW series Lens Shape/Size 2: Standard Extended (round or square) 3: 29mm Mushroom 4: 40mm Mushroom Contactors A: Amber G: Green R: Red S: Blue W: White Y: Yellow Series Designation Contact Terminal Style Blank: Standard N: Fingersafe Lens Type Blank: Standard (ribbed) B: Engravable (smooth with insert) Lamp Type Terminal Blocks Blank: Incandescent Lamp D: LED Lamp Illumination Circuit 99: 126: 246: 486: Relays & Sockets Assembled Illuminated Pushbuttons Contact Arrangement Full Voltage (lamp determines voltage) 120V AC Step Down Transformer 240V AC Step Down Transformer 480V AC Step Down Transformer 10: 1NO 20: 2NO 11: 1NO-1NC 01: 1NC 02: 2NC 22: 2NO-2NC Circuit Breakers 1. Use only when interpreting part numbers. Do not use for developing part numbers. 2. Transformers step down to 6V. 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 623 Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - TW Series Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled) Illuminated Pushbuttons k LED/Lens Color Codes Style Signaling Lights Extended Lens Relays & Sockets Extended Lens with Full Shroud Contacts Transformer Timers Contactors Terminal Blocks Square Extended ALW2 m 11n-k ALW2 m 20n-k ALW2 m 02n-k Maintained AOLW2 m 11n-k AOLW2 m 20n-k AOLW2 m 02n-k Full Voltage ALW29911n-k-l ALW29920n-k-l ALW29902n-k-l AOLW29911n-k-l AOLW29920n-k-l AOLW29902n-k-l Transformer 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC ALFW2 m 11n-k ALFW2 m 20n-k ALFW2 m 02n-k AOLFW2 m 11n-k AOLFW2 m 20n-k AOLFW2 m 02n-k Transformer Full Voltage o40mm Mushroom Lens Momentary 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC Full Voltage o29mm Mushroom Lens 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC Part Number Transformer 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC ALFW29911n-k-l ALFW29920n-k-l ALFW29902n-k-l ALW3 m 11n-k ALW3 m 20n-k ALW3 m 02n-k AOLFW29911n-k-l AOLFW29920n-k-l AOLFW29902n-k-l AOLW3 m11n-k AOLW3 m20n-k AOLW3 m 02n-k 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC ALW39911n-k-l ALW39920n-k-l ALW39902n-k-l AOLW39911n-k-l AOLW39920n-k-l AOLW39902n-k-l 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC ALW4 m 11n-k ALW4 m 20n-k ALW4 m 02n-k AOLW4 m11n-k AOLW4 m20n-k AOLW4 m 02n-k Full Voltage 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC ALW49911n-k-l ALW49920n-k-l ALW49902n-k-l AOLW49911n-k-l AOLW49920n-k-l AOLW49902n-k-l Transformer 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC ALQW2B m11n-k ALQW2B m20n-k ALQW2B m02n-k AOLQW2B m11n-k AOLQW2B m20n-k AOLQW2B m02n-k Full Voltage 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC ALQW2B9911n-k-l ALQW2B9920n-k-l ALQW2B9902n-k-l AOLQW2B9911n-k-l AOLQW2B9920n-k-l AOLQW2B9902n-k-l Circuit Breakers 1. In place of k, specify the Lens Color Code (see table). Mushroom lenses not available in yellow. 2. In place of l, specify the Full Voltage Code (lamp voltage) (see table). 3. In place of m, specify the Transformer Voltage Code (see table). 4. In place of n, specify the Lamp Type Code from table. 5. For sub-assembly part numbers, see next page. 6. For accessories, see page 643. 7. For dimensions, see page 645. 8. Light is independent of switch position. 9. Yellow pushbutton comes with white LED. 624 www.IDEC.com Color Code Amber A Green G Red R Blue S White W Yellow Y 1. Mushroom lenses not available in yellow. 2. Yellow pushbutton comes with white LED. l Full Voltage Codes Voltage Code 6V AC/DC 6V 12V AC/DC 12V 24V AC/DC 24V 120V AC 120V (LED only) 240V AC 240V (LED only) m Transformer Voltage Codes Voltage Code 120VAC 126 240VAC 246 480VAC 486 Transformers step down to 6V (use 6V lamp). n Lamp Type Codes Lamp Code Incandescent Blank LED D Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - TW Series Switches & Pilot Devices Illuminated Pushbuttons (Sub-Assembled) Transformer/ Adaptor* + Contacts + Lamp Holder + Operator + Lamp + Lens = Complete Part Operators Signaling Lights *Not applicable for full voltage units Lamps Style Style Part Number Momentary Maintained LED ALW-0600 Extended ALFW-0600 o29mm/o40mm Mushroom AOLFW-0600 ALW3-0600 AOLW3-0600 Incandescent Part Number LSTD-6k 12V AC/DC LSTD-1k 24V AC/DC LSTD-2k 120V AC LSTD-H2k 240V AC LSTD-M4k 6V AC/DC IS-6 12V AC/DC IS-12 24V AC/DC IS-24 Relays & Sockets Extended with Full Shroud AOLW-0600 Voltage 6V AC/DC 1. In place of k, specify the LED color code. 2. The LED contains a current-limiting resistor and a protection diode. Lamp Circuit Components Style AOLQW-2B0600 Application Short Lamp Holder Lenses Style Used with a Half-size Transformer and one contact block TW-LH1 Used with Full-size Transformer and two contact blocks Used with Half-size Transformer and three contact blocks Used with Full Voltage Adaptor and two contact blocks TW-LH2 Used with TW-LH2 holder when using four contact blocks HW-LH3 Part Number Standard Engravable Round Extended ALW2LU-k ALW2BLU-k o 29mm Mushroom Head* ALW3LU-k ALW3BLU-k Contactors Long Lamp Holder Lead Holder ALW4LU-k ALW4BLU-k Terminal Blocks o 40mm Mushroom Head* Part Number Timers ALQW-2B0600 Square/Extended k LED/Lens Color Codes Square Extended -- ALQW2BLU-k Code Color Code Amber A Blue S Green G White W Red R Yellow Y Circuit Breakers 1. In place of k, specify the lens color code from table on the bottom right. 2. *Mushroom lens not available in yellow. 3. Standard lenses have ribbed pattern, Engravable lenses are smooth and include an engravable insert. Color Yellow LED not available. Use white LED. 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 625 Switches & Pilot Devices Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - TW Series Illuminated Pushbuttons (Sub-Assembled) continued Transformers/Full Voltage Modules Contact Blocks Style Standard Exposed Screw Fingersafe (IP20), CE marked Style Part Number 1NO 1NC HW-C10 HW-C01 HW-C10R (early make) HW-C01R (late break) HW-F10 HW-F01 HW-F10R (early make) HW-F01R (late break) Description Full Size Transformer Standard Fingersafe Part Number 120V AC TW-T126B 240V AC TW-T246B 480V AC TW-T486B 120V AC TW-F126B 240V AC TW-F246B 480V AC TW-F486B Half Size Transformer 120V AC TW-T126SB 240V AC TW-T246SB Standard TW-DA1B Fingersafe TW-DA1FB Standard HW-DA1B Fingersafe HW-DA1FB Dummy Block Relays & Sockets TW-DB Full voltage model (use with even number of contacts) 1. Dummy blocks (no contacts) are used with an odd number of contact blocks. 2. Use of early and late break contacts creates a make before break function Timers Full voltage model (use with odd number of contacts) Circuit Breakers Terminal Blocks Contactors All Transformers step down to 6V (use 6V lamp). 626 www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - TW Series Switches & Pilot Devices Non-Illuminated Selector Switches (Assembled) Signaling Lights Relays & Sockets Assembled Selector Switches A S W 3 (1) (L) 20 (N) - 304 Function Circuit Number S: Selector Switch (Standard circuits shown on following pages and 635.) Series Designation Blank: standard N: Fingersafe (IP20) Number of Positions 2: 2-Position 3: 3-Position 4: 4-Position 5: 5-Position Contact Arrangement Code Blank: Maintained 1: Spring return from Right (2 or 3 position) 2: Spring return from Left (2 or 3 position) 3: 2-Way spring return from Left and Right (3 position only) 1NO 01: 2NO 02: 4NO 04: 1NO-1NC 22: 1NC 2NC 4NC 2NO-2NC Contactors 10: 20: 40: 11: Spring Return Action Operator Style Code Blank: Knob Operator L: Lever Operator K: Key Operator Terminal Blocks 1. 2. 3. 4. Timers Contacts Terminal Style W: TW Series Use only when interpreting part numbers. Do not use for developing part numbers. Custom contact configurations available. Custom key removable codes available. Portions of part number inside ( ) are optional. Circuit Breakers 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 627 Switches & Pilot Devices Non-Illuminated Selector Switches (Assembled) continued 2-Position Selector Switches Style Part Number Operator Position Spring Return from Left Mounting Spring Return from Right Contact Maintained 1NO 1 2 O O X O Knob Lever Key ASW210 ASW2L10 ASW2K10 ASW2110 ASW21L10 ASW21K10 ASW2210 ASW22L10 ASW22K10 1NC 1 2 X O O O Knob Lever Key ASW201-116 ASW2L01-116 ASW2K01-116 ASW2101-116 ASW21L01-116 ASW21K01-116 ASW2201-116 ASW22L01-116 ASW22K01-116 1NO 1NC 1 2 X O O X Knob Lever Key ASW211 ASW2L11 ASW2K11 ASW2111 ASW21L11 ASW21K11 ASW2211 ASW22L11 ASW22K11 2NO 1 2 O O X X Knob Lever Key ASW220 ASW2L20 ASW2K20 ASW2120 ASW21L20 ASW21K20 ASW2220 ASW22L20 ASW22K20 2NC 1 2 X X O O Knob Lever Key ASW202-104 ASW2L02-104 ASW2K02-104 ASW2102-104 ASW21L02-104 ASW21K02-104 ASW2202-104 ASW22L02-104 ASW22K02-104 2NO 2NC 1 2 3 4 O X O X X O X O Knob Lever Key ASW222 ASW2L22 ASW2K22 ASW2122 ASW21L22 ASW21K22 ASW2222 ASW22L22 ASW22K22 2NO 2NC 1 2 3 4 O O X X X X O O Knob Lever Key ASW222-111 ASW2L22-111 ASW2K22-111 ASW2122-111 ASW21L22-111 ASW21K22-111 ASW2222-111 ASW22L22-111 ASW22K22-111 L R L R L R L Circuit Breakers Terminal Blocks Contactors Timers Relays & Sockets Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - TW Series 628 www.IDEC.com R Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - TW Series Switches & Pilot Devices Non-Illuminated Selector Switches (Assembled) continued 3-Position Selector Switches Style Part Number Spring Return from Right Spring Return from Left Spring Return Two-Way Mounting Maintained Contact Operator Position 2NO 1 2 X O O O O X Knob Lever Key ASW320 ASW3L20 ASW3K20 ASW3120 ASW31L20 ASW31K20 ASW3220 ASW32L20 ASW32K20 ASW3320 ASW33L20 ASW33K20 2NC 1 2 O X X X X O Knob Lever Key ASW302 ASW3L02 ASW3K02 ASW3102 ASW31L02 ASW31K02 ASW3202 ASW32L02 ASW32K02 ASW3302 ASW33L02 ASW33K02 2NO 2NC 1 2 3 4 X O O X O O X X O X X O Knob Lever Key ASW322 ASW3L22 ASW3K22 ASW3122 ASW31L22 ASW31K22 ASW3222 ASW32L22 ASW32K22 ASW3322 ASW33L22 ASW33K22 2NO 2NC 1 2 3 4 X X O O O X X O X O O X Knob Lever Key ASW322-309 ASW3L22-309 ASW3K22-309 ASW3122-309 ASW31L22-309 ASW31K22-309 ASW3222-309 ASW32L22-309 ASW32K22-309 ASW3322-309 ASW33L22-309 ASW33K22-309 2NO 2NC 1 2 3 4 O O O O X O X O O X O X Knob Lever Key ASW322-310 ASW3L22-310 ASW3K22-310 ASW3122-310 ASW31L22-310 ASW31K22-310 ASW3222-310 ASW32L22-310 ASW32K22-310 ASW3322-310 ASW33L22-310 ASW33K22-310 4NO 1 2 3 4 X O X O O O O O O X O X Knob Lever Key ASW340 ASW3L40 ASW3K40 ASW3140 ASW31L40 ASW31K40 ASW3240 ASW32L40 ASW32K40 ASW3340 ASW33L40 ASW33K40 4NC 1 2 3 4 O X O X X X X X X O X O Knob Lever Key ASW304 ASW3L04 ASW3K04 ASW3104 ASW31L04 ASW31K04 ASW3204 ASW32L04 ASW32K04 ASW3304 ASW33L04 ASW33K04 L C R L C L R C C L R L R C R Signaling Lights Relays & Sockets Timers 4-Position Selector Switch 5-Position Selector Switch X O O O 3 Part Number 4 1 2 3 1 2NO 2NC 1 2 3 4 X O O O 4 O X O O O O X O O O O X Knob Lever ASW422-411 ASW4L22-411 Maintained Operator Position Mounting 1 2 3 4 2 Style Contact Operator Position Mounting 2NO 2NC Maintained 2 3 O X O O O O O O Part Number 4 5 O O X O O O O X 2 1 Knob Lever 3 4 5 ASW522-501 ASW5L22-501 Terminal Blocks Contact Style 1 Contactors 1. The truth table indicates the operating position of contact block when the operator is switched to that position. X = On (closed contacts) O = Off (open contacts) X X = Overlapping Contacts: Remain on (closed contacts) when switch is moved between these two positions. 2. All knob and lever selector switches come in black. Other colors are available by ordering the knob or lever separately. 3. Every key selector switch uses an identical key. The key is removable in any maintained position. 4. Custom contact configurations are available, see page 635. Circuit Breakers 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 629 Switches & Pilot Devices Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - TW Series Non-Illuminated Selector Switches (Sub-Assembled) Contact Blocks + Operator Knob or Lever* + Color Insert* = Complete Part 1. *Not needed with key type switches. 2. Knob type shown. Operators Handles and Inserts Style Positions ASW200 ASW2100 Spring return from left ASW2200 Maintained, Cam 1 Maintained, Cam 2 Maintained, Cam 3 ASW300-1 ASW300-2 ASW300-3 Spring return from right, Cam 1 Spring return from right, Cam 2 ASW3100-1 ASW3100-2 Spring return from left, Cam 1 Spring return from left, Cam 2 ASW3200-1 ASW3200-2 Spring return from left/right, Cam 1 Spring return from left/right, Cam 2 ASW3300-1 ASW3300-2 4 Maintained, Standard Cam Maintained, Cam 1 ASW400 ASW400-1 5 Maintained, Standard cam Maintained, Cam 1 ASW500 ASW500-1 Maintained ASW2K00 Spring return from right ASW21K00 Spring return from left ASW22K00 Maintained, Cam 1 Maintained, Cam 2 Maintained, Cam 3 ASW3K00-1 ASW3K00-2 ASW3K00-3 Spring return from right, Cam 1 Spring return from right, Cam 2 ASW31K00-1 ASW31K00-2 Spring return from left, Cam 1 Spring return from left, Cam 2 ASW32K00-1 ASW32K00-2 Spring return from left/right, Cam 1 Spring return from left/right, Cam 2 ASW33K00-1 ASW33K00-2 Relays & Sockets Timers 3 2 Contactors 3 1. 2. 3. 4. Color Code Black* B Blue S Green G Red R Yellow Y White W Key Switch Black Sleeve Part Number Knob ASWHHY-j Lever ASWHHL-j Color Insert TW-HC1-j Contact Blocks Style Standard Exposed Screw Fingersafe (IP20), CE marked Part Number 1NO 1NC HW-C10 HW-C01 HW-C10R (early make) HW-C01R (late break) HW-F10 HW-F01 HW-F10R (early make) HW-F01R (late break) Dummy Block Replacement Parts AKW2B-B TW-DB 1. Push rod color code: Green = NO contact block Red = NC contact block. 2. Dummy blocks (no contacts) are used with an odd number of contact blocks. *Color inserts not available in black. Knob and lever not available in white. 630 Style Two keys are supplied with every key switch, all are keyed alike, and removable from any maintained position. Locking rings are included with all operators. Order knobs, levers, and color inserts separately. Different cams produce different contact actions. For details, see page 635. Key switch operator supplied with black sleeve. j Handle/Insert Color Codes Circuit Breakers Part Number Spring return from right Knob/Lever Key Description Maintained 2 Terminal Blocks + www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - TW Series Switches & Pilot Devices Illuminated Selector Switches (Assembled) Signaling Lights Assembled Illuminated Selector Switches A SL W 2 (2) 99 11 (D) (N) - (103) - R - (24V) Lamp Voltage (Full Voltage Units Only) SL:Illuminated Selector Switch 6V: 12V: 24V: 120V: 240V: Series Designation W: TW series Number of Positions 6V AC/DC 12V AC/DC 24V AC/DC 120V AC (LED only) 240V AC (LED only) Lens Color Code 2: 2-Position 3: 3-Position Blank: Maintained 1: Spring return from Right 2: Spring return from Left 3: Two-Way spring return from Left and Right Timers A: Amber G: Green R: Red S: Blue W: White Y: Yellow Spring Return Action Contact Circuit Number Full Voltage (lamp determines voltage) 120V AC Step Down Transformer 240V AC Step Down Transformer 480V AC Step Down Transformer Contactors Standard circuits are listed on the following pages and 635. Illumination Circuit 99: 126: 246: 486: Relays & Sockets Function Contact Terminal Style Blank: Standard N: Fingersafe Terminal Blocks Lamp Type Blank: Incandescent Lamp D: LED Lamp Contact Arrangement 01: 1NC 02: 2NC 04: 4NC 22: 2NO-2NC Circuit Breakers 10: 1NO 20: 2NO 40: 4NO 11: 1NO-1NC 1. Use only when interpreting part numbers. Do not use for developing part numbers. 2. All transformers step down to 6V (use 6V lamp). 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 631 Switches & Pilot Devices Illuminated Selector Switches(Assembled) continued Illuminated 2-Position Selector Switches j Transformer Voltage Codes Style Part Number Spring Return from Right Spring Return from Left Mounting Maintained Contact Operator Position 1NO 1NC 1 2 O X X O Transformer Full Voltage ASLW2 j 11m-k ASLW29911m-k-l ASLW21 j 11m-k ASLW219911m-k-l ASLW22 j 11m-k ASLW229911m-k-l 2NO 1 2 O O X X Transformer Full Voltage ASLW2 j 20m-k ASLW29920m-k-l ASLW21 j 20m-k ASLW219920m-k-l ASLW22 j 20m-k ASLW229920m-k-l 2NC 1 2 X X O O Transformer Full Voltage ASLW2 j 02m-104-k ASLW29902m-104-k-l ASLW21 j 02m-104-k ASLW219902m-104-k-l ASLW22 j 02m-104-k ASLW229902m-104-k-l 2NO 2NC 1 2 3 4 O X O X X O X O Transformer Full Voltage ASLW2 j 22m-k ASLW29922m-k-l ASLW21 j 22m-k ASLW219922m-k-l ASLW22 j 22m-k ASLW229922m-k-l L R Lamp Circuit Type L L R L R R Style Voltage Code 120VAC 126 240VAC 246 480VAC 486 Transformers step down to 6V (use 6V lamp). k LED/Lens Color Codes Illuminated 3-Position Selector Switches, Maintained and Spring Return from Right Color Code Amber A Green G Red R Blue S White W Yellow Y Part Number Spring Return From Right Spring Return from Left Spring Return Two-Way Mounting Maintained Contact Operator Position 2NO 1 2 X O O O O X Transformer Full Voltage ASLW3 j 20m-k ASLW39920m-k-l ASLW31 j 20m-k ASLW319920m-k-l ASLW32 j 20m-k ASLW329920m-k-l ASLW33 j 20m-k ASLW339920m-k-l 2NC 1 2 O X X X X O Transformer Full Voltage ASLW3 j 02m-k ASLW39902m-k-l ASLW31 j 02m-k ASLW319902m-k-l ASLW32 j 02m-k ASLW329902m-k-l ASLW33 j 02m-k ASLW339902m-k-l 2NO 2NC 1 2 3 4 X O O X O O X X O X X O Transformer Full Voltage ASLW3 j 22m-k ASLW39922m-k-l ASLW31 j 22m-k ASLW319922m-k-l ASLW32 j 22m-k ASLW329922m-k-l ASLW33 j 22m-k ASLW339922m-k-l 2NO 2NC 1 2 3 4 X X O O O X X O X O O X Transformer Full Voltage ASLW3 j 22m-309-k ASLW39922m-309-k-l ASLW31 j 22m-309-k ASLW319922m-309-k-l ASLW32 j 22m-309-k ASLW329922m-309-k-l ASLW33 j 22m-309-k ASLW339922m-309-k-l 2NO 2NC 1 2 3 4 O O O O X O X O O X O X Transformer Full Voltage ASLW3 j 22m-310-k ASLW39922m-310-k-l ASLW31 j 22m-310-k ASLW319922m-310-k-l ASLW32 j 22m-310- k ASLW329922m-310- k -l ASLW33 j 22m-310-k ASLW339922m-310-k-l 4NO 1 2 3 4 X O X O O O O O O X O X Transformer Full Voltage ASLW3 j 40m-k ASLW39940m-k-l ASLW31 j 40m-k ASLW319940m-k-l ASLW32 j 40m-k ASLW329940m-k-l ASLW33 j 40m-k ASLW339940m-k-l 4NC 1 2 3 4 O X O X X X X X X O X O Transformer Full Voltage ASLW3 j 04m-k ASLW39904m-k-l ASLW31 j 04m-k ASLW319904m-k-l ASLW32 j 04m-k ASLW329904m-k-l ASLW33 j 04m-k ASLW339904m-k-l L C R Lamp Circuit Type 1. In place of j, specify the Transformer Voltage Code. 2. In place of k, specify the Lens/LED Color Code. 3. In place of l, specify the Full Voltage Code. 4. In place of m specify Lamp Type Code 5. For custom contact configurations, see page 635. 6. Light is independent of switch position. 7. Yellow selector switch comes with white LED. Circuit Breakers Terminal Blocks Contactors Timers Relays & Sockets Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - TW Series 632 L C L R C L R l Full Voltage Codes Voltage C L R C m Lamp Type Codes Code Lamp Code 6V AC/DC 6V Incandescent Blank 12V AC/DC 12V LED D 24V AC/DC 24V 120V AC 120V (LED only) 240V AC 240V (LED only) www.IDEC.com R Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - TW Series Switches & Pilot Devices Illuminated Selector Switches (Sub-Assembled) Transformer* + Contact Block + Operator + Lamp/Lead Holder + Lamp + Lens = Complete Part Operators Style Signaling Lights *Full voltage units use a full voltage adaptor (TW-DA1B) instead of a transformer. Lamp holder is not included with operators, order separately. Lead holder is used when using 3 or more contact blocks. Order separately. Lamps Positions Description Part Number Maintained ASLW200 Spring return from right ASLW2100 Spring return from left ASLW2200 ASLW300-1 Maintained, cam 1 Maintained, cam 2 Maintained, cam 3 3 ASLW300-2 Spring return from left, cam 1 Spring return from left, cam 2 ASLW3200-1 Spring return from left/right, cam 1 Spring return from left/right, cam 2 ASLW3300-1 ASLW3100-2 ASLW3200-2 ASLW3300-2 Different cams produce different contact action. For details, see Contact Arrangements on page 635. Lenses (Knobs) ASLWLU-k 6V AC/DC LSTD-6k 12V AC/DC LSTD-1k 24V AC/DC LSTD-2k 120V AC LSTD-H2k 240V AC LSTD-M4k 6V AC/DC IS-6 12V AC/DC IS-12 24V AC/DC IS-24 1. In place of k, specify the LED color code. 2. The LED contains a current-limiting resistor and a protection diode. k LED/Lens Color Codes Color Code Amber A Green G Red R Blue S White W Yellow Y Contactors Part Number Part Number Timers ASLW3100-1 Knob Incandescent ASLW300-3 Spring return from right, cam 1 Spring return from right, cam 2 Style LED Voltage Relays & Sockets 2 Style Yellow LED not available. Use white LED In place of k, specify the lens color code from table. Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 633 Switches & Pilot Devices Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - TW Series Illuminated Selector Switches (Sub-Assembled) continued Contact Blocks Style Standard Exposed Screw Fingersafe (IP20), CE marked Transformers/Full Voltage Modules Style Part Number 1NO 1NC HW-C10 HW-C01 HW-C10R (early make) HW-C01R (late break) HW-F10 HW-F01 HW-F10R (early make) HW-F01R (late break) Description Full Size Transformer Standard Fingersafe Part Number 120V AC TW-T126B 240V AC TW-T246B 480V AC TW-T486B 120V AC TW-F126B 240V AC TW-F246B 480V AC TW-F486B Half Size Transformer 120V AC TW-T126SB 240V AC TW-T246SB Standard TW-DA1B Fingersafe TW-DA1FB Standard HW-DA1B Fingersafe HW-DA1FB Dummy Block Relays & Sockets TW-DB Full voltage model (use with even number of contacts) 1. Dummy blocks (no contacts) are used with an odd number of contact blocks. 2. Use of early and late break contacts creates a make before break function Lamp Circuit Components Style Application Part Number Short Lamp Holder Timers Used with a Half-size Transformer and one contact block Contactors Long Lamp Holder Full voltage model (use with odd number of contacts) TW-LH1 Used with Full-size Transformer and two contact blocks Used with Half-size Transformer and three contact blocks Used with Full Voltage Adaptor and two contact blocks TW-LH2 Used with TW-LH2 holder when using four contact blocks HW-LH3 All Transformers step down to 6V (use 6V lamp). Circuit Breakers Terminal Blocks Lead Holder 634 www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - TW Series L How to Read Contact Arrangement Charts To determine contact block mounting position, first make sure the selector switch is oriented as shown on the right Contact Arrangement Circuit Number Type and quantity of switch contacts * N/D = No designation required 1 Contact Block Mounting Position Operator Position Truth table indicates the operating position of contact block when operator is switched to that position. Position or mounting contact blocks on operator N/D 1NC 116 1NO 1NC 103 600 1NO-EM 1NC-LB 2NO N/D 2NC 104 2NO 2NC R 1 O X HW-C10 2 O O TW-DB 1 X O HW-C01 2 O O TW-DB 1 O X HW-C10 2 X O HW-C01 1 X O HW-C01 2 O X HW-C10 1 O X HW-C10R 2 X O HW-C01R 1 X O HW-C01R 2 O X HW-C10R 1 O X HW-C10 2 O X HW-C10 1 X O HW-C01 2 X O HW-C01 1 O X HW-C10 2 X O HW-C01 3 O X HW-C10 4 X O HW-C01 1 O X HW-C10 2 O X HW-C10 3 X O HW-C01 4 X O HW-C01 L R Spring Ret. from Rt. L R Spring Ret. from Lt. L Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASW200 ASW2K00 ASLW200 ASW2100 ASW21K00 ASLW2100 ASW2200 ASW22K00 ASLW2200 Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASW200 ASW2K00 ASLW200 ASW2100 ASW21K00 ASLW2100 ASW2200 ASW22K00 ASLW2200 Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASW200 ASW2K00 ASLW200 ASW2100 ASW21K00 ASLW2100 ASW2200 ASW22K00 ASLW2200 Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASW200 ASW2K00 ASLW200 ASW2100 ASW21K00 ASLW2100 ASW2200 ASW22K00 ASLW2200 Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASW200 ASW2K00 ASLW200 ASW2100 ASW21K00 ASLW2100 ASW2200 ASW22K00 ASLW2200 Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASW200 ASW2K00 ASLW200 ASW2100 ASW21K00 ASLW2100 ASW2200 ASW22K00 ASLW2200 Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASW200 ASW2K00 ASLW200 ASW2100 ASW21K00 ASLW2100 ASW2200 ASW22K00 ASLW2200 Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASW200 ASW2K00 ASLW200 ASW2100 ASW21K00 ASLW2100 ASW2200 ASW22K00 ASLW2200 Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASW200 ASW2K00 ASLW200 ASW2100 ASW21K00 ASLW2100 ASW2200 ASW22K00 ASLW2200 Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASW200 ASW2K00 ASLW200 ASW2100 ASW21K00 ASLW2100 ASW2200 ASW22K00 ASLW2200 R Circuit Breakers 111 L Maintained Description Terminal Blocks N/D Contact Block Part Number Contactors 601 Operator Part Number Timers N/D Part number to use when ordering sub-assembly contact blocks, as required for use with corresponding mounting position Relays & Sockets 1NO Mounting Position Contact Block Part Number Signaling Lights Contact Circuit Number Operator Position 2 3 Contact Arrangement Chart: 2-Position Selector Switches Style 4 R Switches & Pilot Devices Contact Arrangement Charts 1. NO-EM, NC-LB = Early Make, Late Break. N/D = No circuit number designation required in assembled selector switch part number. 2. X = On (closed contacts) O = Off (Open contacts) 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 635 Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - TW Series Contact Arrangement Chart: 3-Position Selector Switches Style Operator Part Number Operator Position Contact Circuit Number Signaling Lights 202 203 1NO 1NC 302 Relays & Sockets 303 N/D 2NO 301 Timers 304 2NC N/D Contactors N/D 210 Terminal Blocks 2NO 2NC 308 309 Circuit Breakers 310 Mounting Position Contact Block Part Number L C 1 X 0 0 HW-C10 2 X X O HW-C01 1 0 X X HW-C01 2 O 0 X HW-C10 1 X 0 X HW-C10 2 X X O HW-C01 1 0 X O HW-C01 2 O 0 X HW-C10 1 X 0 0 HW-C10 2 O 0 X HW-C10 1 X 0 X HW-C10 2 O 0 X HW-C10 1 0 X O HW-C01 2 X X O HW-C01 1 0 X X HW-C01 2 X X O HW-C01 1 X 0 0 HW-C10 2 0 0 X HW-C10 3 0 X X HW-C01 4 X X 0 HW-C01 1 0 X X HW-C01 2 0 0 X HW-C10 3 0 X X HW-C01 4 0 0 X HW-C10 R Description Maintained L 1 X 0 X HW-C10 2 X X 0 HW-C01 3 X 0 X HW-C10 4 X X O HW-C01 1 X 0 X HW-C10 2 X X 0 HW-C01 3 0 X O HW-C01 4 O 0 X HW-C10 1 0 X O HW-C01 2 O 0 X HW-C10 3 0 X O HW-C01 4 0 0 X HW-C10 C R Spring Return from Right L C R Spring Return from Left L C R Two-Way L C R Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASW300-1 ASW3K00-1 ASLW300-1 ASW3100-1 ASW31K00-1 ASLW3100-1 ASW3200-1 ASW32K00-1 ASLW3200-1 ASW3300-1 ASW33K00-1 ASLW3300-1 Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASW300-1 ASW3K00-1 ASLW300-1 ASW3100-1 ASW31K00-1 ASLW3100-1 ASW3200-1 ASW32K00-1 ASLW3200-1 ASW3300-1 ASW33K00-1 ASLW3300-1 Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASW300-2 ASW3K00-2 ASLW300-2 ASW3100-2 ASW31K00-2 ASLW3100-2 ASW3200-2 ASW32K00-2 ASLW3200-2 ASW3300-2 ASW33K00-2 ASLW3300-2 Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASW300-2 ASW3K00-2 ASLW300-2 ASW3100-2 ASW31K00-2 ASLW3100-2 ASW3200-2 ASW32K00-2 ASLW3200-2 ASW3300-2 ASW33K00-2 ASLW3300-2 Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASW300-1 ASW3K00-1 ASLW300-1 ASW3100-1 ASW31K00-1 ASLW3100-1 ASW3200-1 ASW32K00-1 ASLW3200-1 ASW3300-1 ASW33K00-1 ASLW3300-1 Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASW300-2 ASW3K00-2 ASLW300-2 ASW3100-2 ASW31K00-2 ASLW3100-2 ASW3200-2 ASW32K00-2 ASLW3200-2 ASW3300-2 ASW33K00-2 ASLW3300-2 Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASW300-2 ASW3K00-2 ASLW300-2 ASW3100-2 ASW31K00-2 ASLW3100-2 ASW3200-2 ASW32K00-2 ASLW3200-2 ASW3300-2 ASW33K00-2 ASLW3300-2 Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASW300-1 ASW3K00-1 ASLW300-1 ASW3100-1 ASW31K00-1 ASLW3100-1 ASW3200-1 ASW32K00-1 ASLW3200-1 ASW3300-1 ASW33K00-1 ASLW3300-1 Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASW300-1 ASW3K00-1 ASLW300-1 ASW3100-1 ASW31K00-1 ASLW3100-1 ASW3200-1 ASW32K00-1 ASLW3200-1 ASW3300-1 ASW33K00-1 ASLW3300-1 Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASW300-1 ASW3K00-1 ASLW300-1 ASW3100-1 ASW31K00-1 ASLW3100-1 ASW3200-1 ASW32K00-1 ASLW3200-1 ASW3300-1 ASW33K00-1 ASLW3300-1 Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASW300-2 ASW3K00-2 ASLW300-2 ASW3100-2 ASW31K00-2 ASLW3100-2 ASW3200-2 ASW32K00-2 ASLW3200-2 ASW3300-2 ASW33K00-2 ASLW3300-2 Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASW300-2 ASW3K00-2 ASLW300-2 ASW3100-2 ASW31K00-2 ASLW3100-2 ASW3200-2 ASW32K00-2 ASLW3200-2 ASW3300-2 ASW33K00-2 ASLW3300-2 Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASW300-2 ASW3K00-2 ASLW300-2 ASW3100-2 ASW31K00-2 ASLW3100-2 ASW3200-2 ASW32K00-2 ASLW3200-2 ASW3300-2 ASW33K00-2 ASLW3300-2 1. Each operator sub-assembly is available as a "-1" and a "-2" for 3-position selector switches. The internal cam of a "-1" is different from that of a "-2". This results in designated combinations of open and closed contacts in the various operator positions. 2. N/D = No circuit number designation required in assembled part number. 3. X = On (closed contacts) O = Off (open contacts). X X Overlapping contacts remain on (closed) when switch is moved between these two positions. 636 www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - TW Series Switches & Pilot Devices Contact Arrangement Chart: 3-Position Selector Switches Style Operator Part Number Operator Position Contact Circuit Number 4NO 305 4NC 314 C R Description Maintained L 1 X 0 0 HW-C10 2 0 0 X HW-C10 3 X 0 0 HW-C10 4 0 0 X HW-C10 1 X 0 X HW-C10 2 0 0 X HW-C10 3 X 0 X HW-C10 4 0 0 X HW-C10 1 0 X X HW-C01 2 X X 0 HW-C01 3 0 X X HW-C01 4 X X O HW-C01 1 0 X O HW-C01 2 X X 0 HW-C01 3 0 X O HW-C01 4 X X 0 HW-C01 C R L C R Spring Return from Left L C R Two-Way L C R Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASW300-1 ASW3K00-1 ASLW300-1 ASW3100-1 ASW31K00-1 ASLW3100-1 ASW3200-1 ASW32K00-1 ASLW3200-1 ASW3300-1 ASW33K00-1 ASLW3300-1 Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASW300-2 ASW3K00-2 ASLW300-2 ASW3100-2 ASW31K00-2 ASLW3100-2 ASW3200-2 ASW32K00-2 ASLW3200-2 ASW3300-2 ASW33K00-2 ASLW3300-2 Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASW300-1 ASW3K00-1 ASLW300-1 ASW3100-1 ASW31K00-1 ASLW3100-1 ASW3200-1 ASW32K00-1 ASLW3200-1 ASW3300-1 ASW33K00-1 ASLW3300-1 Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASW300-2 ASW3K00-2 ASLW300-2 ASW3100-2 ASW31K00-2 ASLW3100-2 ASW3200-2 ASW32K00-2 ASLW3200-2 ASW3300-2 ASW33K00-2 ASLW3300-2 Relays & Sockets N/D L Contact Block Part Number Signaling Lights N/D Mounting Position Spring Return from Right Timers 1. Each operator sub-assembly is available as a "-1" and a "-2" for 3-position selector switches. The internal cam of a "-1" is different from that of a "-2". This results in designated combinations of open and closed contacts in the various operator positions. 2. N/D = No circuit number designation required in assembled part number. 3. X = On (closed contacts) O = Off (open contacts). X X Overlapping contacts remain on (closed) when switch is moved between these two positions. Contactors Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 637 Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - TW Series Custom Selector Switch Building Guide To build a custom selector switch, follow these steps. Mounting Positions Step 1 L 4 2 How many positions of the switch are needed? # of positions (2, 3, 4, 5) Signaling Lights R 3 1 Step 2 How many contacts should there be? Relays & Sockets # of isolated contacts (maximum 6) Step 3 Fill in the Truth Table (X = closed, 0 = open) Knob Position 1 2 3 4 5 1 Contacts Timers 2 3 4 5 6 Contactors Step 4 If building a 2 position selector, skip this step. (2 position selectors have only one cam) If building a 3, 4, or 5 position selector, determine appropriate cam as follows: * Look at Row 1 from above table and locate an identical row in the operator truth tables (See next page). * Repeat for all rows. The user must find one operator that contains all rows from above table. * Record the operator cam version. Build by placing appropriate contact in appropriate mounting position for each desired row on operator cam truth table. "L" and "R" refer to mounting on left or right side of operator as viewed from the front of the panel. Step 6 Develop an assembly part number (if necessary) as follows: follow standard numbering nomenclature for selector switches (see pages 627 or 631. In place of the "Circuit Number" indicate the cam number and contact arrangement as such ASW322-3-OELCSS, where "3" is the cam number, and contact arrangement "OELCXX" calls out individual contact mounting locations in order (see diagram above). O=NO, C=NC, E=NO-EM, L=NC-LB, X= no contact. Part number must designate all 6 possible mounting locations. Circuit Breakers Terminal Blocks Step 5 Caution: Before putting any custom selector switch into use, the user should use an ohmmeter to test for desired performance. 1. For Operator Truth Tables, see next page. 638 www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - TW Series Switches & Pilot Devices Operator Truth Tables Use the following tables to build custom selector switches. 4 Position Selector Switches 2 Position Selector Switches Contact ASW200 ASLW200 ASW2K00 HW-C01 (NC) HW-C10R (NO-EM) HW-C01R (NC-LB) Operator Position Left Right L O X R O X L X O R X O L O X R O X L X O R X O Contact Contact HW-C10 (NO) ASW300-1 ASW3K00-1 ASLW300-1 HW-C01 (NC) HW-C01R (NC-LB) Contact ASW300-2 ASW3K00-2 ASLW300-2 HW-C01 (NC) HW-C10R (NO-EM) HW-C01R (NC-LB) HW-C10 (NO) HW-C10R (NO-EM) HW-C01R (NC-LB) O O X O O HW-C01 (NC) L O X X X R X O X X HW-C10R (NO-EM) L X O O O R O X O O HW-C01R (NC-LB) L O X X X R X O X X Mounting Position 1 2 Center Right L X O O R O O X L O X X R X X O L X O O R O O X L O X X R X X O ASW400-1 Left Center Right L X O X R O O X L O X O R X X O L X O X R O O X L O X O R X X O Left Center Right L X O O R O O X L O X O R O X O L X O X R X O X L O X X R X X O 4 L X O O O R O O O X HW-C01 (NC) L O O X O R O X O O L X X O X R X O X X L O X X X R X X X O HW-C10R (NO-EM) 5 Position Selector Switches Contact HW-C10 (NO) ASW500 HW-C01 (NC) HW-C10R (NO-EM) HW-C01R (NC-LB) Contact Operator Position Mounting Position 3 HW-C10 (NO) HW-C01R (NC-LB) Operator Position Mounting Position Operator Position HW-C10 (NO) ASW500-1 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada HW-C01 (NC) HW-C10R (NO-EM) HW-C01R (NC-LB) Operator Position Mounting Position 1 2 3 4 5 L X O O O O R O X O O O L O O X X X R O O O X X L X O O O O R O X O O O L O X X X X R X O X X X Operator Position Mounting Position 1 2 3 4 5 L X O O O O R O O O O X L O O O X O R O X O O O L X X X O X R X O X X X L O X X X X R X X X X O Circuit Breakers ASW300-3 ASW3K00-3 ASLW300-3 HW-C01 (NC) O Terminal Blocks Contact X O Contactors HW-C10 (NO) Left 4 Timers HW-C10R (NO-EM) Operator Position 3 L Contact Mounting Position 2 Relays & Sockets 3 Position Selector Switches Operator Position 1 R HW-C10 (NO) ASW400 Mounting Position Signaling Lights HW-C10 (NO) Mounting Position 639 Switches & Pilot Devices Nameplates -- TW Series Faceplates NWAL NWAQL 1.13" (29mm) o70mm 0.566" (14.5mm) 1.76" (45mm) 0.975" (25mm) 1.0" Signaling Lights Relays & Sockets Timers 1.76" (45mm) Part Number NWAL-OB (black) NWAL-OR (red) NWAQL-OB (black) NWAQL-OR (red) NWAS-OB NWAR-O Nameplate (engraved) NWAL-j NWAQL-j NWAS-j NWAR-27 1. In place of j, insert either the Standard Legend Code from table below or custom engraving delimited by " ". 2. Standard engravings are available at no charge. 3 NWAR-27 comes marked "Emergency Stop" as shown in drawing. Standard Legend Codes Legend AUTO CLOSE DOWN EMERG.STOP FAST FORWARD HAND HIGH IN INCH JOG LOW LOWER OFF ON Code 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 Legend OPEN OUT RAISE RESET REVERSE RUN SLOW START STOP STOP TEST UP I (Int'l On) O (Int'l Off) EMO Pushbuttons/Selector Switches Code 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 150 151 152 Legend AUTO-MAN CLOSE-OPEN DOWN-UP FAST-SLOW FOR-REV HAND-AUTO HIGH-LOW JOG-RUN LEFT-RIGHT LOWER-RAISE MAN-AUTO OFF-ON ON-OFF OPEN-CLOSE RAISE-LOWER Code 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 Legend REV-FOR RUN-JOG RUN-SAFE SAFE-RUN SLOW-FAST START-STOP STOP-START UP-DOWN Selector Switches Code Legend Code 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 AUTO-MAN-OFF AUTO-OFF-MAN CLOSE-OFF-OPEN DOWN-OFF-SLOW FAST-OFF-SLOW FOR-OFF-REV LEFT-OFF-RIGHT LOWER-OFF-RAISE OFF-MAN-AUTO OFF-SLOW-FAST OFF-1-2 OPEN-OFF-CLOSE SLOW-OFF-FAST SUMMER-OFF-WINTER UP-OFF-DOWN 1-OFF-2 HAND-OFF-AUTO 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 1. To order engraved nameplates, add legend code to nameplate part number. Character height based on the number of characters and size of nameplate. Standard character size is 3/16". 2. Nameplates with standard legends are the same list price as blank nameplates. Nameplate Order Form on next page. Circuit Breakers Terminal Blocks EMERGENCY STOP Nameplate (blank) Pushbuttons Contactors NWAS 1.13" (29mm) (25.4mm) Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - TW Series 640 www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - TW Series Copy this order form and use it to specify Letter Height, Custom Engravings, Location of Engraving on Nameplate, and Quantity Desired. To ensure engraving accuracy, fax it to your IDEC representative. or Distributor. IDEC Rep/Distributor Contact:__________________________________ Your Name:_ _________________________________________ PO number (if known):__________________________________ Telephone:_ _________________________________________ IDEC Rep/Distributor Phone:__________________________________ Fax & Email:_ _________________________________________ IDEC Rep/Distributor Fax & Email:__________________________________ NWAL Step 1. Choose Letter Size - 7/64" or 1/8". 7/64" Letters: 1/8" Letters: Qty 8 9 10 11 7/64" 11 characters max (for 7/64" size letters) 1/8" 9 characters max (for 1/8" size letters) Letter Size 7/64" Letters: 1/8" Letters: Qty Choose Letter Size - 1/8" or 3/32". 1 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 20 characters max (for 3/32" size letters) 1/8" 14 characters max (for 1/8" size letters) Letter Size Letter Size 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Circuit Breakers Enter the location of engraving (A or B), in the box on the right. 3 3/32" 1 Specify Location. 2 Terminal Blocks Check the box for the letter size you want. Then write your lettering in box below checkboxes. Note: 1/8" size letters cannot exceed 14 characters. Step 3. Qty 7 Contactors Enter the number of nameplates desired in the box on the right. 6 Engraving Location B 4 5 Sample Letter Sizes Step 1. Engraving Location A 3 Letter Size Check the box for the letter size you want. Then write your lettering in box below checkboxes. Note: 1/8" size letters cannot exceed 9 characters. NWAS 2 Timers Choose Letter Size - 7/64" or 1/8". Enter the number of nameplates desired in the box on the right. Specify Quantity. 1 Step 1. Specify Quantity. Step 2. Letter Size Enter the number of nameplates desired in the box on the right. Step 2. 9 characters max (for 1/8" size letters) Relays & Sockets Specify Quantity. Engraving Location 1/8" Sample Letter Sizes Step 2. NWAQL 11 characters max (for 7/64" size letters) Letter Size Check the box for the letter size you want. Then write your lettering in box below checkboxes. Note: 1/8" size letters cannot exceed 9 characters. Engraving Location 7/64" Signaling Lights Your Company Name:_ _________________________________________ Switches & Pilot Devices Custom Engraved Nameplates Order Form -- TW Series Sample Letter Sizes 3/32" Letters: Location 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 1/8" Letters: 641 Switches & Pilot Devices Switch Engraving Order Form - TW Series Copy this order form and use it to specify Letter Height, Maximum Number of Lines and Text to be engraved. To ensure engraving accuracy, fax it to your IDEC representative or Distributor. Your Company: Telephone: Name: Fax: Address: Email: PO: Part Number to be Engraved: Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - TW Series Please check one of the boxes below to indicate your choice of engraving options: Relays & Sockets o29mm, o40mm Mushroom Head Engraving Round Switch Square Switch Engraving Area 1 Area 2 # of Lines Letter Height Max. Characters Per Line 5/32 6 1 Timers # of Lines Letter Height 5/32 Max. Characters Per Line 5 1 1/8 6 5/32 6 2 1/8 6 5/32 5 2 5 3 1/8 6 4 3/32 5 Contactors 1/8 1. 2. 3. 4. 1/8 6 3 1/8 5 4 3/32 5 Engraving Area 2 1 Sample Letter Sizes 1/8 Letters: Line 1: Terminal Blocks 1 Above mentioned specifications hold true for standard size pushbuttons (round and square). Engraving Area 2 can be engraved for 40mm mushroom Head non-Illuminated push button only. Engraving is done on the button itself for non-Illuminated push buttons and on marking plate for illuminated push buttons and pilot lights. Please enter text exactly how you want it engraved, take care to emphasize capital or small letters. 5/32 Letters: Line 2: Line 3: Line 4: Circuit Breakers Engraving Area 1 Enter text to be engraved: For IDEC Internal Use Only: Work Order #: 642 # of Lines www.IDEC.com Letter Height Max. Characters Per Line 5/32 5 1/8 5 5/32 7 1/8 7 Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - TW Series Switches & Pilot Devices Accessories TW Series Accessories Item Appearance Description/Usage Part Number Contact Block Remover Used to remove contact blocks, transformers, lenses, and adaptors. Can also be used to determine panel thickness adjustment. TW-KC1 Nut Locking Wrench Used in OR-14 locking wrench to tighten locking nuts inside square bezel TW-KQ2 Metal Bezel Chrome plated bezels tighten onto operator (replacement for damaged bezels) Plastic Bezel Black plastic bezels for square buttons (replacement for damaged bezels) Standard octagonal units (chrome-pl.) AW-R8 Full shroud octagonal units (chrome-pl.) AW-RF8 Full shroud mushroom head units O 40mm AW-G4 Round flush units (black plastic) AW-RP1B Round extended units (black plastic) AW-FP1B Square units (black plastic) AW-Q1B Square units with full shroud (black plastic) AW-QF1B Waterproof lens cover for square pilot lights APW00LN Waterproof lens cover for square illuminated buttons Boot/Cover APW00L Clear boot for round flush units OC-31 Clear boot for round extended units OC-32 *In place of asterisk, specify Rubber Boot color: B (black), G (green), R (red), Y (yellow) - (nitril rubber) OCW-11* Ring to prevent operator base from rotating in the mounting hole. Used when nameplate is not used OGL-31 Mounting Hole Plug Black rubber plug fills unused mounting holes in panel. OB-31 Metallic Mounting Hole Plug For plugging unused mounting holes in the panel. Tighten the attached locking ring to a torque of 12 kfg-cm maximum Degree of protection: IP66 Replacement Keys Pair of keys (#0) LW9Z-BM Terminal Blocks TW-SK AKW2B-B Used on flush buttons to prevent inadvertent actuation 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada Circuit Breakers Metal Button Guard Contactors Anti-Rotation Ring Replacement Black Sleeve for Keyswitch Timers Used to cover and protect pushbuttons OR-55 Relays & Sockets Rubber tool used to install or remove LED's and incandescent lamps Signaling Lights Lamp Removal Tool OLW-C 643 Switches & Pilot Devices Relays & Sockets Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - TW Series Item Appearance Description/Usage Part Number Terminal Tab Adaptor Quick- connect terminals #250 (17/64" x 3/64") single tab TW-FA1 Lock-out Adaptor Used to provide lock-out protection for pushbuttons and knob selector switches: * Up to O 40mm mushroom head size (Padlock not included.) Not applicable for e-stops. HW9Z-KL1 TW to TWTD Adaptor Used to mount TW series control unit (except square units) O 7/8" (22mm) into a O 1-13/64" (30mm) panel cut-out. TWN-A1R8 Replacement Marking Plates White plastic engraving plate for use on all illuminated units (included in each lens). May be used to capture printed mylar insert (not supplied by IDEC) under lens face. Round Pushbutton (O14mm) ALW2B Round Pilot Light (O 14mm) APW2B Mushroom Pushbutton (O 14mm) ALW3B Square Pilot Light (q 21mm) APQW1B Square Pushbutton (q 21mm) ALQW2B Fingersafe Covers for TW Series Description Used with 644 Part Number Fingersafe terminal cover, adds 6mm to overall depth APW and UPQW full voltage pilot lights APS-PVL Fingersafe terminal cover, adds 3.5mm to overall depth. One required for each contact, only for rearmost terminals Non-illuminated pushbuttons and selectors HW-VL2 Fingersafe terminal cover, adds 3mm to overall depth APW and UPQW transformer pilot lights, and illuminated pushbuttons and illuminated selectors HW-VL3 Fingersafe terminal cover for contacts. Full voltage illuminated pushbuttons and selectors HW-VL4 Fingersafe terminal cover for full voltage adaptor, adds 3 mm to depth Full voltage illuminated pushbuttons and selectors HW-VL5 Fingersafe terminal cover for half size transformer adaptor, adds 3 mm to depth Illuminated pushbuttons and selectors HW-VL6 Circuit Breakers Terminal Blocks Contactors Timers Appearance www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - TW Series Switches & Pilot Devices Dimensions Pushbuttons 37 30 30 47 M3.5 Terminal Screws 68.5 (3-4 blocks) 37 37 30 47 Panel Thickness 1 to 6 37 o40 48.5 (1-2 blocks) 25 25 Square Flush Panel Thickness 1 to 6 37 o40 M3.5 Terminal Screws 45 13 68.5 (3-4 blocks) 40mm Push-Pull Reset (unlock) 13 68.5 (3-4 blocks) 48.5 (1-2 blocks) 22.5 45 37 68.5 (3-4 blocks) Panel Thickness Reset 1 to 6 (unlock) Timers 48.5 (1-2 blocks) M3.5 Terminal Screws Reset Angle 75 o40 37 o29 Panel Thickness 1 to 6 Keylock Push On/Off 48.5 (1-2 blocks) 13 30 22.5 40mm Pushlock Key reset M3.5 Terminal Screws Panel Thickness 1 to 6 o29 M3.5 Terminal Screws 30 23 37 40mm Push-Lock-Turn-Reset Reset Angle 75 48.5 (1-2 blocks) 13 68.5 (3-4 blocks) 68.5 (3-4 blocks) Relays & Sockets Panel Thickness 1 to 6 48.5 (1-2 blocks) 30 22.5 25 68.5 (3-4 blocks) 30 Panel Thickness 1 to 6 37 37 22.5 M3.5 Terminal Screw Panel Thickness 1 to 6 48.5 (1-2 blocks) 13 13 29mm Push-Lock-Turn-Reset M3.5 Terminal Screws Mushroom with Full Shroud o40 Panel Thickness 1 to 6 o29 48.5 (1-2 block) o24 40mm Mushroom M3.5 Terminal Screws 30 o46 29mm Mushroom 48.5 (1-2 blocks) 19.5 68.5 (3-4 blocks) 30 19 30 68.5 (3-4 blocks) Signaling Lights 30 Panel Thickness 1 to 6 37 o24 48.5 (1-2 blocks) 13 48.5 (1-2 blocks) 13 68.5 (3-4 blocks) M3.5 Terminal Screws Panel Thickness 1 to 6 37 o29 o24 Panel Thickness 1 to 6 68.5 (3-4 blocks) M3.5 Terminal Screws Extended with Full Shroud M3.5 Terminal Screws o29 Extended M3.5 Terminal Screws o29 Flush 13 25 48.5 (1-2 blocks) 13 30 30.5 30 68.5 (3-4 blocks) Square Extended 37 Contactors 30 Panel Thickness 1 to 6 25 M3.5 Terminal Screws 48.5 (1-2 blocks) 13 68.5 (3-4 blocks) 30 20 Selector Switches 48.5 (2 blocks) 13 25 30 68.5 (4 blocks) 13 25 30 48.5 (2 blocks) 68.5 (4 blocks) 37 o29 o24 37 37 o25 48.5 (2 blocks) 68.5 (4 blocks) Panel Thickness 1 to 6 Terminal Blocks o29 M3.5 Teminal Screws Panel Thickness 1 to 6 o29 M3.5 Terminal Screws Panel Thickness 1 to 6 o24 M3.5 Terminal Screws 13 19 41 30 Circuit Breakers 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 645 Switches & Pilot Devices Dimensions continued Illuminated Pushbuttons Extended with Full Shroud 25 37 o29 o24 37 o29 30 Panel Thickness 1 to 6 Reset Angle: 75 13 30 22.5 13 30 22.5 Marking plate: o13.9mm 21mm Panel Thickness 1 to 6 Reset Angle 75 o40 37 13 Marking plate: Mushroom 37 Panel Thickness 1 to 6 40mm Push-Turn-Reset o29 Marking plate: o15.5mm 29mm Push-Turn-Reset 30 20 Marking plate: o15.5mm 37 20 30 19 o29 Signaling Lights Panel Thickness 1 to 6 13 13 30 22.5 Marking plate: o13.9mm Marking plate: o13.9mm Push-Pull Panel Thickness 1 to 6 37 o40 Relays & Sockets Square Extended Panel Thickness 1 to 6 37 Panel Thickness 1 to 6 30 Extended o24 Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - TW Series 13 25 30 30.5 Illuminated Selector Switches 1 Contact Block with Full Voltage Adaptor Transformer (2 blocks) X1 X1 Timers Marking plate: o13.9mm M3.5 Terminal Screws 1 Contact Block with Half Size Transformer Panel Thickness 1 to 6 X2 Panel Thickness 1 to 6 X1 X2 X2 Contactors 86.5 64.5 2 Contact Blocks with Full Voltage Adaptor Transformer (4 blocks) X1 M3.5 Terminal Screw Panel Thickness 1 to 6mm M3.5 Terminal Screws 2 Contact Blocks with Half Size Transformer Panel Thickness 1 to 6 X2 Panel Thickness 1 to 6 X1 X2 106.5 63.5 68.5 3 Contact Blocks with Full Voltage Adaptor 4 Contact Blocks with Full Voltage Adaptor 3 Contact Blocks with Half Size Transformer M3.5 Terminal Screws Panel Thickness 1 to 6 Panel Thickness 1 to 6 X1 X2 X2 X1 Terminal Blocks X2 X1 X1 Circuit Breakers X2 68.5 M3.5 Terminal Screws 84.5 646 www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - TW Series Switches & Pilot Devices Dimensions continued Pilot Lights Round Flush APW1 Transformer 28.5 30 Marking plate: o15.5 mm 28.5 66.5 25 37 30 37 37 Panel Thickness 1 to 6 28.5 66.5 22 mm Timers 25 Square Flush Marking Type APQW1B Transformer 30 Marking plate: 30 25 M3.5 Terminal Screw Panel Thickness 1 to 6 13 13 16 37 Square Flush Marking Type APQW1B Full Voltage o29 o23.6 37 30 25 13 Marking plate: o15.5 mm Panel Thickness 1 to 6 M3.5 Terminal Screw o29 o23.6 13 30 17 Dome APW2 Transformer Panel Thickness 1 to 6 16 13 Relays & Sockets 66.5 o29 o24 28.5 30 Dome APW2 Full Voltage 28.5 Panel Thickness 1 to 6 37 13 17 28.5 Round Flush Marking Type APW1B Transformer M3.5 Terminal Screw o29 o24 Panel Thickness 1 to 6 30 17 Signaling Lights Round Flush Marking Type APW1B Full Voltage 28.5 13 66.5 17 37 o24 37 13 30 28.5 Panel Thickness 1 to 6 M3.5 Terminal Screw o29 o24 Panel Thickness 1 to 6 o29 Round Flush APW1 Full Voltage 30 Marking plate: 22 mm A: 63.5 (2 blocks) 83.5 (4 blocks) 37 o29 Panel Thickness 1 to 6 o24 M3.5 Terminal Screws Contactors Illuminated Selector Switches 13 25 30 B: 86.5 (2 blocks), 106.5 (4 blocks) Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 647 Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - TW Series Dimensions continued Panel Cut-Out Diagram Dimension Part A A B C D Pushbuttons 1.17" (30mm) Std. Octagonal Pilot Light C Signaling Lights B 1.95" (50mm); 1.76" (45mm) minimum O 0.137" (3.5mm) Illuminated Pushbuttons > 1.56" (40mm) Large Mushroom O 0.878" (22.3mm) Selector Switches D 1.17" (30mm) *See note. Illuminated Selector Switches 1.The O 0.137" (O 3.5mm) recess is necessary when either the nameplate or anti-rotation ring is used. 2. *>1.404" (36mm) for 2- or 3-position. >1.95" (50mm) for 4- or 5-position. o22.5 0.8 15 1.6t 18.5 Button installed 21 AW-RP1B Round Plastic Bezel Panel Thickness 0.8 to 3.2 o29 o29 2.2 Key hole o8 29.5 30 Waterproof Rubber Gasket 0.5t Finger-Safe Cover Dimensions HW-VL6 HW-VL5 HW-VL4 HW-VL3 HW-VL2 APS-PVL Circuit Breakers Terminal Blocks 30 o2 Contactors 70 30 13 93 6.5 R6 AW-QF1B Square Full Shroud 24 (inside) 0 o5 4.4) 4 :o (ID 648 3.5 3.5 AW-FP1B Round Plastic w/Full Shroud 19.8 82.5 o25 Button installed 13 Timers o29 Extended Flush HW9Z-KL1 Lock-out Adaptor 9 o31 .5 M22 P1.0 OB-31 Mounting Hole Rubber Plug o26 R42 o32 Mounting Centers 50 min. o27.4 9 M22 P1.0 18.6 o22 OCW-11 Pushbutton Rubber Boot o32 OLW-C Metal Button Guard o31 OGL-31 Anti-Rotation Ring 10.2 Relays & Sockets Accessory Dimensions www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - TW Series Switches & Pilot Devices Component Construction and General Instructions -- TW Series Instructions for Switches and Pilot Devices TW Series: Adjustment for Panel Thickness The panel thickness ring provides adjustment from 0.04" to 0.24" (1 to 6mm) in 0.004" (0.1mm) increments. Rotate the ring until the markings around the periphery are aligned for the desired thickness, as shown below. Signaling Lights Scale on Adjustment (in 0.1 mm) 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 0 0.1 mm 1 2 3 4 5 1 mm Panel Thickness Scale (in 1 mm on the operator) 6 A 3 5 4 6 Ex. Panel thickness 2.6 mm Ex. Panel thickness 2 mm Note: When a nameplate or an anti-rotation ring is used, add 0.03" (0.8mm) to the panel thickness dimension. An adjustment for panel thicknesses shown below can be made quickly by using the contact block remover tool. Tool TW-KC1 1.6 mm Relays & Sockets 2 4 6 3 5 2.3 mm 3.5 mm Timers 1 mm 2 mm 3.2 mm Contactors Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 649 Switches & Pilot Devices Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - TW Series Instructions continued Pilot Lights and Pushbuttons IMPORTANT: Install the body of the TW control unit with the panel thickness scale facing up. Octagonal and Round Bezels Octagonal and round bezels screw into the operator. Use a locking ring wrench (optional) for secure tightening and easy removal. Round flush and extended buttons snap onto the operator base. Mushroom buttons screw onto the operator base. Every round lens can be used with or without legend markings. Engraving can be done on a white translucent plate which is placed in the lens, or clear mylar can be printed and placed in the lens. Round Marking Unit Lens Relays & Sockets Insert marking plate under lens Press in round flush and extended lens. Screw in mushroom lens Marking Plate Press in Square Bezels Square bezels are installed in a 3-step procedure. First install the base plate from the front. Then install the lock nut using the nut locking wrench (optional). Finally, install the square bezel, which snap-fits onto the base plate. Square buttons also snap onto the operator base. Every square lens can be used with or without legend markings. Engraving can be done on a white translucent plate which is placed in the lens, or clear mylar can be printed and placed in the lens. Square units include a round waterproof lens which screws into the operator. The square outer lens snaps on. Insert Insert marking plate under lens Marking Plate Insert marking plate under lens Square Lens Press in Illuminated Pushbutton Pilot Light Square Lens Timers Square Marking Units Marking Plate Lens Retainer To remove square lens from operator, place a screwdriver under the indentation on the side of the lens. To remove the marking plate, place a screwdriver under the indentation and lift out the plate. The lens retainer can be removed by pressing a 3/16" screwdriver into one of the recesses. Terminal Blocks Contactors Waterproof Lens Marking Plate Engraving Area Circuit Breakers Shape Round Engraving Area Used With Part Number O 0.55" (14mm) Illuminated pushbuttons ALW2B O 0.55" (14mm) Pilot lights APW2B Mushroom O 0.55" (14mm) Illuminated mushroom Square q 0.83" (21mm) Square pilot lights APQW1B Square q 0.83" (21mm) Square illuminated pushbuttons ALQW2B 650 ALW3B www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices o22mm - TW Series Selector Switches The operator shaft of each unit has a recess to identify in which direction to install the handle. Align the handle with the recess. Press color insert (TW-HC1) into the handle and then press handle into the operator, as shown below. Recess Press in color insert Selector Switch (non-illuminated) Signaling Lights Press in handle Illuminated Selector Switch Remove color insert before pulling out the handle. 3-Postion, 45 4-Postion, 45 0 1 2 1 1 2 2 5-Postion, 30 2 3 Relays & Sockets Standard Operating Positions 2-Postion, 90 Switches & Pilot Devices Instructions, continued 3 1 4 5 4 Positions: Non-Illuminated 3-Position Operators 1 0 1 2 1 0 0 2 Timers 2 Installation TW Pilot Lights Terminal X1 = Positive Terminal X2 = Negative Contactors Make sure slot is facing up TW Illuminated Pushbuttons, TW Selector Switches (AC Transformer or Full Voltage) Terminal Blocks Lamp holder is installed as shown, due to polarity. Lead holder (used with two stacks of contact blocks ) does not have polarity. Installation of LED Illuminated Units AC transformers are recommended for use in areas subjected to inductive noise. When using full voltage types, install a protection diode as shown below. (Diode with DC power supply to protect against surges and noise.) LED Terminal X2 Circuit Breakers Ter minal X1 Diode Make sure that LED illuminated units are installed with correct polarity, as indicated at the terminals. 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 651 Switches & Pilot Devices Enclosures for XW, HW & TW 22mm Switches and Pilot Devices Key features: * * * * * * * * Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices FB Enclosures Three compact sizes (mm): 76 x 76, 140 x 76 and 200 x 76 Available in 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 mounting hole configurations Easy installation: panel, wall or frame mountable Polycarbonate enclosure cover and base, stainless steel screws UL Listed, RoHS Compliant IP65 and Type 4X rated (when installed with IP65 or Nema Type 4X unit) Class II electric shock protection (when installed with applicable unit) Ideal for high temperatures (-25 to +60C) and corrosive environments Relays & Sockets Specifications Accessories Operating Conditions Timers Contactors -25 to +60C (no freezing) Relative humidity 45 to 85%RH (no condensation) Storage temperature -40 to +80C (no freezing) Degree of pollution 3 Degree of Protection IP65 (when IP65 switches and pilot devices are installed) Type 4X Indoor Use Only (when Type 4X switches and pilot devices are installed) Electric Shock Protection Class II (when class II switches and pilot devices are installed) Material Cover and base Polycarbonate Cover mounting screws Stainless steel Description Part Number Plug Adaptor 13.5mm HW9Z-PG135 Mounting Bracket FB9Z-PK1 Connectors and nuts are not supplied with accessories. Switch and Pilot Device Accessories Series Applicable Switches and Pilot Devices HW, TW and XW series switches, pilot devices and accessories (see note below) Weight (approx.) 76mm type: 125g (FB1W-111Z) 140mm type: 184g (FB2W-211Z) 200mm type: 243g (FB3W-311Z) Choose switches, pilot devices and accessories that match the mounting hole centers, effective depth behind the cover, and the thickness of the cover where switches and pilot devices are installed (3 mm). Enclosures with 30 or 36mm mounting hole centers may limit the knob orientation of selector switches because the contact blocks can be mounted in one direction only on these mounting centers. HW Series Enclosure Part Numbers Size (mm) 76 x 76 x 59.5 Terminal Blocks Ambient temperature 140 x 76 x 59.5 200 x 76 x 59.5 Description Part Number Distance Between Hole Centers (mm) Enclosure 1 hole, Yellow FB1W-111Y - Enclosure 1 hole, Beige FB1W-111Z - Enclosure 2 hole, Beige FB2W-211Z 50 Enclosure 3 hole, Beige FB2W-312Z 30 Enclosure 3 hole, Beige FB3W-311Z 50 Enclosure 4 hole, Beige FB3W-413Z 36 Enclosure 5 hole, Beige FB3W-512Z 30 XW Series E-Stops Circuit Breakers TW Series 652 www.IDEC.com Description Part Number Nameplate HWAM, HWAQ, HWAS, HWAV Marking plate for nameplate HWNP Anti-rotation ring HW9Z-RL EMO switch guard HW9Z-KG1, HW9Z-KG2, HW9Z-KG3, HW9Z-KG4 Switch cover HW9Z-K1, HW9ZK11 Pushbutton clear boot OC-31, OC-32 Padlock cover HW9Z-KL1 Nameplate HWAV EMO switch guard HW9Z-KG1, HW9Z-KG2, HW9Z-KG3, HW9Z-KG4 Anti-rotation ring HW9Z-RL Nameplate NWA, NWAQ, NWAS-0, NWAL-0, NWAQL-0, NWAV Anti-rotation ring OGL-31 Metal button guard OLW-C Pushbutton clear boot OC-31, OC-32 Button cover OCW-11 Padlock cover HW9Z-KL1 Switches & Pilot Devices FB Enclosures Cover Mounting Screws Cover Mounting Screws Cover Mounting Screws 2-o21.3 Knockout Cover Mounting Screws 30 50 18 36 30 59.5 Cover Mounting Screws Switches & Pilot Devices External Dimensions (mm) 30 36 50 30 30 30 36 50 76 76 76 FB1W-111Y/Z 76 FB2W-211Z FB2W-312Z Internal Dimensions (mm) FB3W-413Z FB3W-512Z 76mm (FB1) Model FB1 FB2 FB3 45 92 140 and 200mm (FB2/FB3) 4-M4 Tapped Holes for Rear Mounting (Depth: 10 mm) 2-Front Mounting Holes 150 Model FB2 FB3 2-Front Mounting Holes o14 Knockout Switch & Pilot Device Mounting Area Thickness Measurements (mm) 4-M4 Tapped Screw Holes for Rear Mounting (Depth: 10mm) 2-o14 Knockout 2 A 84 144 B 104 164 C 106 166 .2 R2 21 41 21 D 3 FB3W-311Z 4- 55 76 Relays & Sockets 45 76 External Back Dimensions (mm) Measurements (mm) D 76 Signaling Lights 140 140 .3 o22 200 200 200 Cover Mounting Screws A B C o4 .6 Timers 2- 15.5 62 Mounting FB9Z-PK1 Frame Mounting Adapter R3 .3 72 36 6.6 10.5 Four M4 Tapped Screw Holes 31 62 Contactors 54 FB9Z-PK1 30 2 6.5 10 13 Two M4 Tapped Screws (supplied) R2 .5 R4 Terminal Blocks Mounting Hole Dimensions FB2 FB3 FB2/FB3 50mm Mounting Centers 36/50mm Mounting Centers 30mm Mounting Centers Shape 2. 13 o2 3 13 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada Circuit Breakers 3 . 22 o 3.2 3.2 3.2 FB1 13 Model 653 Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices o30mm - XN E-Stops 30mm XN E-Stops Key features: * Plastic bezel, metallic padlock and flush bezel available * Install up to 20 padlocks (XN4E) * o40, o44 or o60mm Mushroom heads available * IDEC's original "safe break action" ensures that the contacts stay open when the contact block is detached from the operator. Circuit Breakers Terminal Blocks Contactors Timers Relays & Sockets Signaling Lights * Safety-lock mechanism (IEC60947-5-5, 6.2) * 2-in-1: Push-to-lock, Pull/Turn-to-Reset * Push-ON LED model allows E-Stops to be illuminated only when latched * Direct Opening Action mechanism (IEC60947-5-5, 5.2, IEC60947-5-1, Annex K) * Very short panel depth * * * * * Degree of protection IP65 (IEC60529) RoHS compliant (EU directive 2002/95/EC). XN4E series complies with OSHA and ISO 12100-2:2003 standards UL, c-UL listed, EN compliant UL NISD category emergency type device (File# E305148) File No. E68961 Specifications Applicable Standards IEC60947-5-1, EN60947-5-1, IEC60947-5-5, EN60947-5-5, UL508, UL991, CSA C22.2 No. 14 Operating Temperature Non-illuminated: -25 to +60C (no freezing), Illuminated: -25 to +55C (no freezing) Operating Humidity 45 to 85% RH (no condensation) Storage Temperature -45 to +80C Operating Force XN1E, XN5E Push-to-lock: 32N Pull-to-reset: 21N Turn-to-reset: 0.27 N*m Minimum Force Required for Direct Opening Action 80N Min Operator Stroke Required for Direct Opening Action 4mm Maximum Operator Stroke 4.5mm Contact Resistance 50m maximum (initial value) Contact Material Gold plated silver Insulation Resistance 100M minimum (500V DC megger) Impulse Withstand Voltage 2.5kV Pollution Degree 3 Operation Frequency 900 operations/hour Shock Resistance Operating extremes: 150m/s2 (15G), Damage limits: 1000m/s2 (100G) Vibration Resistance Operating extremes: 10 to 500Hz, amplitude 0.35mm acceleration 50m/s2 Damage limits: 10 to 500Hz, amplitude 0.35mm acceleration 50m/s2 Mechanical Life 250,000 operations minimum Electrical Life 100,000 operations minimum, (250,000 operations minimum @ 24V AC/DC, 100mA) Degree of Protection Operator: IP65 (IEC60529) Terminal: IP20 (when XW9Z-VL2MF is installed) Terminal Style M3.0 screw terminal Recommended Tightening Torque for Locking Ring 2.5N*m Wire Size 16 AWG max Weight XN1E: Plastic bezel: 83g (o40 mm), 93g (o60 mm) XN5E: Flush bezel: 89g XN4E: Padlock type: 20g 654 XN4E Push-to-lock: 32N Pull-to-reset: N/A Turn-to-reset: 0.4 N*m www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices o30mm - XN E-Stops Switches & Pilot Devices Part Numbers XN1E Plastic Bezel Type E-Stops (push-pull/twist reset) Style Operator Type Non-Illuminated 40mm Mushroom Illuminated 40mm Mushroom Push-ON LED (24V AC/DC) Part Number 1NC 1NO XN1E-BV411MR 2NC - XN1E-BV402MR 2NC 2NO XN1E-BV422MR 3NC 1NO XN1E-BV413MR 4NC - XN1E-BV404MR 1NC 1NO XN1E-BV511MR 2NC - XN1E-BV502MR 2NC 2NO XN1E-BV522MR 3NC 1NO XN1E-BV513MR 4NC - XN1E-BV504MR 1NC 1NO XN1E-LV411Q4MR 2NC - XN1E-LV402Q4MR 2NC 2NO XN1E-LV422Q4MR 3NC 1NO XN1E-LV413Q4MR 4NC - XN1E-LV404Q4MR 2NC 1NO XN1E-TV412Q4MR Main Contact Monitor Contact Part Number 1NC 1NO XN4E-BL411MR 2NC - XN4E-BL402MR 2NC 2NO XN4E-BL422MR 3NC 1NO XN4E-BL413MR 4NC - XN4E-BL404MR Relays & Sockets 40mm Mushroom LED (24V AC/DC) Monitor Contact Signaling Lights 60mm Mushroom Main Contact XN4E Padlock Type E-Stops (push twist reset only) Style Operator Type Non-Illuminated Illuminated 44mm Mushroom Push-ON LED (24V AC/DC) 1NO XN4E-LL411Q4MR - XN4E-LL402Q4MR 2NC 2NO XN4E-LL422Q4MR 3NC 1NO XN4E-LL413Q4MR 4NC - XN4E-LL404Q4MR 2NC 1NO XN4E-TL412Q4MR Main Contact Monitor Contact Part Number 1NC 1NO XN5E-BV411MR 2NC - XN5E-BV402MR 2NC 2NO XN5E-BV422MR 3NC 1NO XN5E-BV413MR 4NC - XN5E-BV404MR Contactors 44mm Mushroom LED (24V AC/DC) 1NC 2NC Timers 44mm Mushroom XN5E Flush Bezel Type E-Stops (push-pull/twist reset) Style Operator Type 40mm Mushroom Illuminated 40mm Mushroom Push-ON LED (24V AC/DC) 1NO XN5E-LV411Q4MR - XN5E-LV402Q4MR 2NC 2NO XN5E-LV422Q4MR 3NC 1NO XN5E-LV413Q4MR 4NC - XN5E-LV404Q4MR 2NC 1NO XN5E-TV412Q4MR 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada Circuit Breakers 40mm Mushroom LED (24V AC/DC) 1NC 2NC Terminal Blocks Non-Illuminated 655 Switches & Pilot Devices Contact Ratings Mounting Hole Layout 250V Rated Current (Ith) 5A Monitor Main Contacts (NO) Contacts (NC) Rated Operating Voltage (Ue) AC 50/60Hz DC AC 50/60Hz Size 30V 125V - 5A 3A Inductive Load (AC-15) - 3A 1.5A Resistive Load (DC-12) 2A 0.4A 0.2A Inductive Load (DC-13) 1A 0.22A 0.1A Resistive Load (AC-12) - 1.2A 0.6A Inductive Load (AC-14) - 0.6A 0.3A Resistive Load (DC-12) 2A 0.4A 0.2A Inductive Load (DC-13) 1A 0.22A 0.1A XN4E R0 .8 o3 0.5 4.8 ma x. +0 . 0 5 XN 24V AC/DC 10% Current Panel Cut-out XN1E - L V 4 02 Q4 MR o4 0 37 15mA 33 Part Numbers Rubber Gasket M3 Terminal Screws Push-ON Depth Behind the Panel Bezel 1: Plastic Bezel Panel Thickness 1 to 5 4: Padlock 5: Flush Bezel Terminal Cover XW9Z-VL2M Model Depth (mm) Description XN1E 47.7 1 - 4 contacts, plastic bezel XN5E 60.4 1 - 4 contacts, flush bezel XN4E 61.4 1 - 4 contacts, padlock Illumination XN1E, XN5E BV: Non-Illuminated LV: Illuminated LED TV: Illuminated Push-ON LED XN4E BL: Non-Illuminated LL: Illuminated LED TL: Illuminated Push-ON LED Voltage Code Blank: Non-Illuminated Q4: 24V AC/DC (Illuminated & Push-ON LED type) *Contact IDEC for additional configurations. 656 *3 *4 *3 X1 *4 *3 X2 X1 R *4 www.IDEC.com *3 X2 1 2 TO P 11 12 41 * Contact Type 1-2: NC main contact 3-4: NO monitor contact * Contact Number (1-4) Starting with the contact on TOP in a counterclockwise direction. Note: 1: contact on the TOP 2: contact on the Left 3: contact on the Bottom 4: contact on the Right 22 LED L *1 *2 *1 R *4 L R 42 X2 2 *1 *2 *1 *2 *1 *2 LED L R 21 X1 R *3 LED Terminal Marking Description TOP *4 L 4 X1 X2 *3 *2 X2 *3 TOP 3 *4 *2 *1 *2 *1 *2 LED L *4 *3 TOP *4 Push-ON R *1 *4 *4 1NO-2NC L *2 X1 *3 *1 X2 R *1 LED L *3 *3 R TOP *2 *2 L *2 *1 *4 *1 *2 *1 R *1 *1 *1 *2 *2 *2 LED *2 *3 TOP *1 X1 R *2 TOP L L *2 *4 *1 *1 *1 TOP *4 *2 *2 R Illuminated *1 *3 L *2 *2 *2 *1 R *1 L TOP TOP *1 *1 *1 *2 *2 *1 TOP 2NO-2NC *2 TOP 1NO-1NC 1 Contactors Non-Illuminated Terminal Blocks Contact Configuration* 11: 1NO - 1NC 02: 2NC 13: 1NO - 3NC 22: 2NO - 2NC 04: 4NC 12: 1NO-2NC (Push-ON LED only) Mushroom Size 4: o40mm: XN1E, XN5E o44mm: XN4E 5: o60mm (XN1E non-illuminated only) Terminal Arrangements (Bottom View) 4NC 1NO-3NC 2NC Circuit Breakers +0.2 0 33.0 20.1 Operating Voltage 30.5 Panel Cutout Timers Relays & Sockets Model 70mm min For XN4E, determine the values according to the size and number of padlocks and hasp. X 1. Minimum applicable load: 5V AC/DC, 1mA (reference value). 2. The rated operating currents are measured at resistive/inductive load types specified in IEC 60947-5-1. 47.7 Illuminated Unit LED Ratings Illuminated 30.5 X&Y +0.5 Y Resistive Load (AC-12) Locking Ring oA XN1E, XN5E 250V 18.5 DC Measurements oA +0.5 0 Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui) Rated Operating Current Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o30mm - XN E-Stops 34 33 (Example: 1NO-3NC contact) Switches & Pilot Devices o30mm - XN E-Stops Switches & Pilot Devices Dimensions (mm) ma x XN1E Illuminated/Push-ON (with terminal cover) +0.2 0 R0 .8 +0.5 0 +0 . 0 5 33 0.5 Panel Cut-out 47.7 Rubber Gasket M3 Terminal Screws x. +0 . 0 5 20.1 33.0 20.1 47.7 Locking Ring 4.8 ma o3 33 Locking Ring o4 0 Rubber Gasket M3 Terminal Screws o4 0 37 37 Push-ON Panel Cut-out Signaling Lights Illuminated +0.2 0 33.0 0.5 18.5 o3 18.5 4.8 . +0.5 0 XN1E Non-Illuminated (with terminalR0cover) .8 o40 mm Mushroom 0 o6 Terminal Cover XW9Z-VL2M Panel Thickness 1 to 5 XN5E Illuminated (with terminal cover) R0 .8 +0.5 0 +0 .5 0 Push-ON 33.0 60.4 21 Locking Ring Rubber Gasket M3 Terminal Screws Panel Cut-out o4 0 37 x. o41 18.5 Illuminated +0.2 4.8 0 ma 0.5 +0 .5 0 +0.2 0 60.4 21 Locking Ring Rubber Gasket Panel Thickness 1 to 5 0 R0 .8 o3 0.5 Panel Thickness 1 to 5 Push-ON 20.1 Locking Ring Rubber Gasket 4 Item Panel Thickness 1 to 6 o60mm Panel Thickness 1 to 6 Part No. Legend Mounting Panel Thickness HNAV-0 (blank) XN4E: 1.0 to 4.5 mm HNAV-27 EMERGENCY STOP XN1E, XN5E: 1.0 to 3.5 mm o30mm Terminal Blocks Terminal Cover XW9Z-VL2M Rubber Gasket Nameplates o4 M3 Terminal Screws Terminal Cover XW9Z-VL2M Panel Cut-out 43 M3 Terminal Screws 37 +0 .5 0 Illuminated +0.2 0 +0.5 0 4.8 Panel Cut-out 43 Locking Ring Contactors 61.4 33.0 59.9 61.4 33.0 18.5 0.5 x. +0.2 0 4 ma o3 +0 .5 0 4.8 o4 R0 XN4E Non-Illuminated (with terminal cover) .8 x. 20.1 37 Terminal Cover XW9Z-VL2M ma Timers XN4E Illuminated (with terminal cover) o4 18.5 M3 Terminal Screws Terminal Cover XW9Z-VL2M Panel Cut-out +0.5 0 20.1 33.0 o41 18.5 .8 o3 0.5 4.8 20.1 o60 mm Jumbo Mushroom XN5E Non-Illuminated (with terminal cover) R0 x. Relays & Sockets 33 ma o3 +0.5 0 Panel Thickness 1 to 5 Terminal Cover XW9Z-VL2M Accessories Item Description Part Number XN9Z-T1 Locking Ring Twist Wrench TWST-T1 Lockout Hasp XN9Z-HASP421 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada Description Part Number Terminal Cover for Contact Block XW9Z-VL2M IP20 Fingersafe Cover XW9Z-VL2MF Circuit Breakers Locking Ring Wrench Item 657 Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices o30mm - XN E-Stops Operating Instructions Removing the Contact Block First unlock the operator button. Grab the yellow bayonet ring j and pull back the bayonet ring until the latch pin clicks k, then turn the contact block counterclockwise and pull out l. Notes for removing the contact block Signaling Lights Installing & Removing Terminal Covers Bayonet Ring (yellow) Turn counterclockwise Grab Pull Latch Grab 1. Do not attempt to remove the contact block while the operator is latched, otherwise the switch may be damaged. 2. When the contact block is removed, the monitor contact (NO contact) is closed. 4. An LED lamp is built into the contact block for illuminated pushbuttons. When removing the contact block, pull the contact block straight to prevent damage to the LED lamp. If excessive force is used, the LED lamp may be damaged and fail to light. Panel Mounting Remove the locking ring from the operator and check that the rubber gasket is in place. Insert the operator from panel front into the panel hole. Face the side without thread on the operator with TOP marking upward, and tighten the locking ring using ring wrench XN9Z-T1 or TWST-T1 to a torque of 2.5 N*m maximum. Rubber Gasket Operator without thread TOP Marking Anti-rotation Projection Locking Ring To install the terminal cover, align the TOP marking on the terminal cover with the TOP marking on the contact block. Place the two projections on the bottom side of the contact block into the slots in the terminal cover. Press the terminal cover toward the contact block. To remove the terminal cover, pull out the two latches on the top side of the terminal cover. Do not exert excessive force to the latches, otherwise the latches may break. TOP Markings Press the terminal cover Projections Slots Place the projections on the contact block. TOP Marking (Pull) Projections IP20 Fingersafe Terminal Cover XW9Z-VL2MF To install the IP20 fingersafe terminal cover, align the TOP marking on the cover with the TOP marking on the contact block, and press the cover toward the contact block. 1. 2. 3. 4. TOP Marking TOP Marking (Press) TOP Marking Once installed, the XW9Z-VL2MF cannot be removed. With the XW9Z-VL2MF installed, crimping terminals cannot be used. The XW9Z-VL2MF cannot be installed after wiring. Make sure that the XW9Z-VL2MF is securely installed. IP20 cannot be achieved when installed loosely, and electric shock may occur. Notes for Operation When using a nameplate When using the XN emergency stop switches in safety-related part of a control system, observe safety standards and regulations of the relevant country or region. Also be sure to perform a risk assessment before operation. When using a nameplate HNAV-0, break the projection from the nameplate using pliers. Wiring Installing the Contact Block First unlock the operator button. Align the small q marking on the edge of the operator with the small p marking on the yellow bayonet ring. Hold the contact block, not the bayonet ring. Press the contact block onto the operator and turn the contact block clockwise until the bayonet ring clicks. Tighten the M3 terminal screws to a torque of 0.6 to 1.0 N*m. Projection Contact Bounce Marking Marking Turn clockwise When the button is reset by pulling or turning, the NC main contacts will bounce. When pressing the button, the NO monitor contacts will bounce. When designing a control circuit, take the contact bounce time into consideration (reference value: 20 ms). Push TOP Marking LED Illuminated Switches Notes for installing the contact block LED lamp is built into the contact block and cannot be replaced. 1. Do not attempt to install the contact block when the operator is latched, otherwise the switch may be damaged. Handling 2. Make sure that the bayonet ring is in the locked position. Do not expose the switch to excessive shocks and vibrations, for example by operating the switch with tools. Otherwise the switch may be deformed or damaged, causing malfunction or operation failure. Screw Terminal Type Circuit Breakers Terminal Blocks Contactors Timers Relays & Sockets 3. While removing the contact block, do not use excessive force, otherwise the switch may be damaged. XW9Z-VL2M 1. AWG18 to 16 2. Tighten the M3 terminal screw to a tightening torque of 0.6 to 1.0 N*m. 658 www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices o30mm - XN E-Stops Screw Terminal Type To remove the terminal cover, pull out the two latches on the top side of the terminal cover. Do not exert excessive force to the latches, otherwise the latches may break. 1. Wire thickness: 0.75 to 1.25 mm (AWG18 to 16) 2 Applicable Crimping Terminals Solid Wire o1.2 max. o3.2 min. TOP Markings Spade Terminal 6.0 max. 3.2 min. o6.0 max. Ring Terminal 3.0 max. Pull out the latches Signaling Lights 4.7 min. 6.2 max. 4.7 to 5.9 Crimping Terminal Crimping Terminal Insulating Tube 4.7 to 5.9 Wire Insulating Tube 4.7 to 5.9 Switches & Pilot Devices Operating Instructions, continued Wire Be sure to install an insulating tube on the crimping terminal. To install the IP20 protection cover, align the TOP marking on the cover with the TOP marking on the contact block, and press the cover toward the contact block. Connector Type 1. Connector shape Tyco Electronics, D-2000 series Part No. 1376009-1 (tab header, board mount) (Press) Relays & Sockets 2. Tighten the M3 terminal screw to a tightening torque of 0.6 to 1.0 N*m. IP20 Protection Terminal Cover XW9Z-VL2MF TOP marking 2. Applicable connectors (to be supplied by user) Tyco Electronics, D-2000 series Part No. 1-1318119-4 (receptacle housing) Tyco Electronics, D-2000 series Part No. 1318107-1 (receptacle contact) TOP marking 4. Fasten the cable so that the connector is not pulled. Otherwise the switch may be deformed and damaged, causing malfunction or operation failure. 1. 2. 3. 4. Timers 3. To prepare correct receptacles for the connector type, read the instruction sheet and catalog of Tyco Electronics and understand the installation and wiring method. Once installed, the XW9Z-VL2MF cannot be removed. The XW9Z-VL2MF cannot be installed after wiring. With the XW9Z-VL2MF installed, crimping terminals cannot be used. Use solid wires. Make sure that the XW9Z-VL2MF is securely installed. IP20 cannot be achieved when installed loosely, and electric shocks may occur. Contact Bounce XW9Z-VL2M To install the terminal cover, align the TOP marking on the terminal cover with the TOP marking on the contact block. Place the two projections on the bottom side of the contact block into the slots in the terminal cover. Press the terminal cover toward the contact block. k Press the terminal cover LED Illuminated Switches An LED lamp is built into the contact block and cannot be replaced. Terminal Blocks TOP marking When designing a control circuit, take the contact bounce time into consideration (reference value: 20 ms). Contactors When the button is reset by pulling or turning, the NC main contacts will bounce. When pressing the button, the NO monitor contacts will bounce. Installing and Removing Terminal Covers Installing the Anti-rotation Ring HW9Z-RL Align the side without thread on the operator with TOP marking, the small s marking on the anti-rotation ring, and the recess on the mounting panel. Without thread p marking on the anti-rotation ring TOP marking Circuit Breakers j Place the projections on the contact block Anti-rotation Ring (HW9Z-RL) 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 659 Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices o30mm - TWTD Series Relays & Sockets Signaling Lights TWTD Series -- Full Size NEMA Pushbuttons TWTD Series: Heavy duty switches built to last Contactors Timers Key features: * Variety of button sizes up to 2 9/16" (65mm) * Rugged construction includes chrome plated zinc locking ring die cast zinc mounting threads, screw mounted contact blocks * LED or incandescent illumination * Transformer or full voltage * Transparent contact windows * Slow make, double break self-cleaning contacts * Modular construction for maximum flexibility * Double nickel plated terminal screws * Available assembled or as sub-components * Type 4x and IP65 watertight/oiltight panel * Large M3.5 screw terminals with captive sems plate File No. LR21451 With button sizes up to 2 9/16" (65mm), chrome plated zinc locking rings, die cast zinc mounting threads, steel anti-rotation rings, and self cleaning contacts, the TWTDs are here to stay. The TWTD series also offers either LED or incandescent illumination in full voltage and transformer models. Transparent contact windows allow the viewing of IDEC's self cleaning slowmake/slow-break contacts. Regardless of your switching needs, the TWTD series provides the kind of long lasting, industrial strength quality you've come to expect from IDEC. Ref No. 117617MC Circuit Breakers Terminal Blocks UL Listed File No. E68961 The rugged series of TWTD switches offers both variety and durability in an attractive design. 660 www.IDEC.com Certificate No. 2005010305145658 Switches & Pilot Devices o30mm - TWTD Series Switches & Pilot Devices Specifications EN60947-1, EN60947-5-1, VDE0660-200, UL508, CSA C22-2 No.14 Approvals CSA: pushbuttons and selector switches: A600 pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons, direct supply pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons with integral transformer (100/110, 115, 120, 200/220, 230, 240, 380, 400/440, 480V) UL: pushbuttons and selector switches: A600 pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons, direct supply pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons with integral transformer (100/110, 115, 120, 200/220, 230, 240, 380, 400/440, 480V) TUV: pushbuttons and selector switches: A600=P600 (NO, NC)/Q600 (NO-EM, NC-LB) pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons, direct supply pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons with integral transformer (100/110, 115, 120, 200/220, 230, 240, 380, 400/440, 480V) Operating Temperature Operation: -25 to +50C (without freezing) Storage: -40 to +70C (without freezing) Vibration Resistance 10 to 55Hz, 98m/sec2 (10g) conforming to IEC6068-2-6 Shock Resistance 980m/sec2 (100g) conforming to IEC6068-2-7 Electric Shock Protection Class 0 conforming to IEC60536 Degree of Protection IP65 (from front of the panel) (conforming to IEC60529) IP54 (key switches) Type 1, 2, 3, 3R, 3S, 4, 4X, 5, 12, 13 (conforming to NEMA ICS6-110) Mechanical Life Momentary pushbuttons: 5,000,000 (900 operations per hour) All other switches: 500,000 Pollution Degree (conforming to IEC60947-1) 3 for switches not using a transformer 2 for switches using a transformer Signaling Lights Conforming to Standards Relays & Sockets Mechanical-Electrical Specifications AC-15: A600 or Ue = 250V, le = 3A (NO, NC, NO-EM, NC-LB) DC-13: P600 or Ue = 125V, le = 1.1A (NO, NC) DC-13: Q600 or Ue = 125V, le = 0.9A (NO-EM, NC-LB) Rated Insulation Voltage 600V Rated Switching Overvoltage Less than 4kV, conforming to IEC60947-1 Rated Impulse Withstanding Voltage 4kV for contact circuit 2.5kV for lamp circuit Rated Thermal Current 10 Amp Minimum Switching Capacity 5 mA at 3V AC/DC Contact Operation Slow break NC or NO, self-cleaning Operating Force Flush and extended pushbuttons--with 1NO or 1NC contact: 6.22N (momentary), 7.02N (maintained) Additional contacts--1NO or 1NC: +3.2N (momentary), + 3.3N (maintained) Terminal Referencing Conforming to CENELEC EN50005 Recommended Terminal Torque 0.8 N m (7.1 in lb.) External Short-Circuit Protection 10A 250V fuse conforming to IEC60269-1 Applicable Wire Size Minimum 1 x 22 AWG, max. 2 x 14 AWG or 1 x 12 AWG Contact Resistance Initial contact resistance of 50m or less Contact Gap 4mm (NO and NC) 2mm (NO-EM and NC-LB) Lamp Ratings Incandescent: 1 W LEDs: 6V: 17mA, 12V: 11mA, 24V: 11mA, / 120, 240V: 10mA Maximum Inrush Current 40 A (40 msec) Contact Material Silver Timers Rated Operational Characteristics Contactors Terminal Blocks Contact Ratings AC-15 (A600) Contact Ratings by Utilization Category IEC 60947-5-1 DC-13 (P600) Contact Ratings by Utilization Category AC 50/60 Hz Operation Current DC 24V 48V 50V 110V 220V 440V AC-12 Control of resistive loads & solid state loads 10A -- 10A 10A 6A 2A AC-15 Control of electromagnetic loads (> 72VA) 10A -- 7A 5A 3A 1A DC-12 Control of resistive loads & solid state loads 8A 5A -- 2.2A 1.1A -- DC-13 Control of electromagnets 5A 2A -- 1.1A 0.6A -- 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada Circuit Breakers Operational Voltage 661 Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices o30mm - TWTD Series Timers Relays & Sockets Signaling Lights Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled) Assembled Pushbuttons A B ( ) D 1 10 Function Button Color B: O: V: Y: B: Black R: Red Momentary Maintained Pushlock Turn Reset Push-Pull 10: 1NO 20: 2NO 11: 1NO-1NC Bezel Shape W: White Y: Yellow 01: 1NC 02: 2NC 22: 2NO-2NC Button Shape 1: 2: 3: 4: Series Designation D: TWTD Series Circuit Breakers Terminal Blocks 1. Use only when interpreting part numbers. Do not use for developing part numbers. 2. Custom contact configurations available, contact IDEC for details. 662 G: Green S: Blue Contact Arrangement Blank: Octagonal F: Full Shroud G: Mushroom Shroud P: Neoprene Boot Contactors N - R www.IDEC.com Flush Extended Mushroom o 40mm Jumbo Mushroom o 65mm Switches & Pilot Devices o30mm - TWTD Series Switches & Pilot Devices Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled) Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons Style j Button Color Codes Contacts Momentary Maintained Color Code Black B Green G Red R AOD210N-j AOD201N-j AOD211N-j AOD220N-j AOD202N-j Extended with Neoprene Boot 1NO 1NC 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC ABPD210N-j ABPD201N-j ABPD211N-j ABPD220N-j ABPD202N-j AOPD210N-j AOPD201N-j AOPD211N-j AOPD220N-j AOPD202N-j Recessed 1NO 1NC 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC ABFD110N-j ABFD101N-j ABFD111N-j ABFD120N-j ABFD102N-j AOFD110N-j AOFD101N-j AOFD111N-j AOFD120N-j AOFD102N-j Extended with Full Shroud 1NO 1NC 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC ABFD210N-j ABFD201N-j ABFD211N-j ABFD220N-j ABFD202N-j AOFD210N-j AOFD201N-j AOFD211N-j AOFD220N-j AOFD202N-j o 40mm Mushroom Head 1NO 1NC 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC ABD310N-j ABD301N-j ABD311N-j ABD320N-j ABD302N-j AOD310N-j AOD301N-j AOD311N-j AOD320N-j AOD302N-j o 40mm Mushroom Head with Full Shroud 1NO 1NC 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC ABGD310N-j ABGD301N-j ABGD311N-j ABGD320N-j ABGD302N-j AOGD310N-j AOGD301N-j AOGD311N-j AOGD320N-j AOGD302N-j o 65mm Jumbo Mushroom Head 1NO 1NC 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC ABD410N-j ABD401N-j ABD411N-j ABD420N-j ABD402N-j AOD410N-j AOD401N-j AOD411N-j AOD420N-j AOD402N-j o 65mm Jumbo Mushroom Head with Shallow Shroud 1NO 1NC 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC ABGD410N-j ABGD401N-j ABGD411N-j ABGD420N-j ABGD402N-j AOGD410N-j AOGD401N-j AOGD411N-j AOGD420N-j AOGD402N-j o 65mm Jumbo Mushroom Head With Deep Shroud 1NO 1NC 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC ABFD410N-j ABFD401N-j ABFD411N-j ABFD420N-j ABFD402N-j AOFD410N-j AOFD401N-j AOFD411N-j AOFD420N-j AOFD402N-j S Y White W 1. 65mm Jumbo mushroom not available in white. 2. Neoprene boot is not available in blue or white. In place of j, specify the Button Color Code. For sub-assembly part numbers, see next page. For accessories, see page 682. Neoprene boot available only in Black (B), Green (G), Red (R) and Yellow (Y). 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada Circuit Breakers 1. 2. 3. 4. Blue Yellow Terminal Blocks ABD210N-j ABD201N-j ABD211N-j ABD220N-j ABD202N-j Contactors Extended 1NO 1NC 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC Timers AOD110N-j AOD101N-j AOD111N-j AOD120N-j AOD102N-j Relays & Sockets ABD110N-j ABD101N-j ABD111N-j ABD120N-j ABD102N-j Signaling Lights Flush 1NO 1NC 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC 663 Switches & Pilot Devices Timers Relays & Sockets Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o30mm - TWTD Series Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons (Sub-Assembled) Contact Block + Operator + Operators Part Number Maintained Flush/Extended ABD-100 AOD-100 Extended with Full Shroud ABFD-200 AOFD-200 ABD-300 Flush ABD1BN-j Extended ABD2BN-j o 40mm Mushroom ABD3BN-j o 65mm Jumbo Mushroom ABD4BN-j AOD-300 AOGD-300 Contactors ABGD-300 Part Number In place of j, specify the Button Color Code. (See table previous page) o 65mm Jumbo Mushroom with Shallow Shroud Terminal Blocks Complete Part Style Momentary o 40mm Mushroom with Full Shroud = Buttons and Lenses Style o 40mm Mushroom/o 65mm Jumbo Mushroom Button ABGD-400 AOGD-400 Contact Blocks Style All Control Units o 65mm Jumbo Mushroom with Deep Shroud ABFD-400 AOFD-400 Dummy Block Part Number 1NO 1NC BST-010 BST-001 BST-010S (early make) BST-001S (late break) BST-D Circuit Breakers 1. Dummy blocks (no contacts) are used with an odd number of contact blocks. 2. Combining BST-010S and BST-001S result in overlapping contacts (remain on, or closed, when switch is moved between two positions). 664 www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices o30mm - TWTD Series Switches & Pilot Devices Stop Switches (Assembled) Signaling Lights A V (L) D 3 (99) 11 (D) Function N - R - (24V) Lamp Voltage (full voltage illuminated units only) V:Pushlock Turn Reset Y:Push-Pull Blank: None L: Illuminated 6V AC/DC 12V AC/DC 24V AC/DC 120V AC (LED only) 240V AC (LED only) Timers 6V: 12V: 24V: 120V: 240V: Illumination Button/Lens Color Code Series Designation Illumination Circuit Lamp Type Button/Lens Size Full Voltage (lamp determines voltage) 120V AC Step Down Transformer 240V AC Step Down Transformer 480V AC Step Down Transformer Contactors 3: 40mm Mushroom A: Amber G: Green R: Red S: Blue W: White Y: Yellow D: TWTD Series 99: 126: 246: 486: Relays & Sockets Assembled Stop Switches (illuminated units only) Blank: Incandescent D: LED 10: 1NO 20: 2NO 11: 1NO-1NC Terminal Blocks Contact Arrangement 01: 1NC 02: 2NC 22: 2NO-2NC 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada Circuit Breakers 1. Use only when interpreting part numbers. Do not use for developing part numbers. 2. Custom contact configurations available, contact IDEC for details. 665 Switches & Pilot Devices Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o30mm - TWTD Series Stop Switches (Assembled) Stop Switches 3 Position Push-Pull Style Contacts o 40mm Pushlock Turn Reset 1NO 1NC 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC AVD310N-R* AVD301N-R* AVD311N-R* AVD320N-R* AVD302N-R* Full Voltage 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC AVLD39911nN-R-l* AVLD39920nN-R-l* AVLD39902nN-R-l* Transformer 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC AVLD3 m 11nN-R* AVLD3 m 20nN-R* AVLD3 m 02nN-R* Non-Illuminated o 40mm Illuminated Pushlock Turn Reset Part Number Relays & Sockets o 40mm Push-Pull Non-Illuminated o 40mm Push-Pull Timers Full Voltage Transformer o 40mm Momentary Push-Pull (3-position) Full Voltage Contactors Transformer Terminal Blocks AYD310N-j AYD301N-j AYD311N-j AYD320N-j AYD302N-j 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC AYLD39911nN-k-l ** AYLD39920nN-k-l ** AYLD39902nN-k-l ** 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC AYLD3 m 11nN-k ** AYLD3 m 20nN-k ** AYLD3 m 02nN-k** 1NO-1NC 1NC-1LB AYLD229911nN-k-l -TK962 AYLD229902SnN-k-l-TK962 1NO-1NC 1NC-1LB AYLD22 m 11nN-k-TK962 AYLD22 m 02SnN-k-TK962 Unibody E-Stops Style o 40mm Pushlock Turn Reset (available in Red only) Circuit Breakers 1NO 1NC 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC Illuminated o 40mm Pushlock Turn Reset (available in Red only) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. In place of j, specify the button color code In place of k, specify the lens color code. In place of l, specify the Full Voltage (lamp voltage) Code. In place of m, specify the transformer voltage code. In place of n, specify the Lamp Type code. With single unit construction, the positive action contacts are integrated in the body of the switch. This provides an extra degree of safety and reliability for critical emergency stop functions. 7. HN1E series E-stops comply with the IEC "E-Stop Addendum to the Low Voltage Directive," this includes "tamper proof" operation whereby a change of contact state is not possible by "teasing" or "floating" the operator. 666 Contacts Part Number 1NO-1NC 2NC HN1E-BV4F11-R* HN1E-BV4F02-R* 1NO-1NC 2NC HN1E-LV4F11Qn-R-l HN1E-LV4F02Qn-R-l 8. 3 position push-pull available in spring return to center only. 9. *Available in red only. 10. **Not available in blue. 11. The most common configuration for motor starting applications. 12. For sub-assembly part numbers, see next page. 13. For nameplates and accessories, see page 684 and page 682. 14. For dimensions, see page 687. www.IDEC.com Contact Push Center Pull NC (BST-001) O O X NC-LB (BST-001S) O X X NO (BST-010) X O O NO-EM (BST-010S) X X O j Button Color Codes Color Code Black B Green G Red R Blue S Yellow Y k LED/Lens Color Codes Color Code Amber A Green G Red R Blue S White W l Full Voltage Codes Voltage Code 6V AC/DC 6V 12V AC/DC 12V 24V AC/DC 24V 120V AC 120V 240V AC 240V (LED only) m Transformer Voltage Codes Voltage Code 120VAC 126 240VAC 246 480VAC 486 Transformers step down to 6V. n Lamp Type Codes Lamp Code Incandescent Blank LED D Switches & Pilot Devices o30mm - TWTD Series Switches & Pilot Devices Stop Switches (Sub-Assembled) Transformer* + Operator + Lamp + Button/Lens = Complete Part * Not required for full voltage units (full voltage clips used instead). Lamps Style Part Number o40mm Pushlock Turn Reset AVD-300 AVLD3-0600N Style LED Incandescent Voltage Part Number Color Code 6V AC/DC LSTD-6k Black B 12V AC/DC LSTD-1k Green G 24V AC/DC LSTD-2k Red R 120V AC LSTD-H2k Blue S 240V AC LSTD-M4k Yellow Y 6V AC/DC IS-6 12V AC/DC IS-12 24V AC/DC IS-24 120V AC AYD-3100 o40mm Push-Pull AYLD-0600 3 pos AYLD22TK962-0B01 Illuminated o 40mm Push-Pull 1. In place of k, specify the LED color code. 2. The LED contains a current-limiting resistor and a protection diode. Part Number AVN3B-R Code A Green G Red R Blue S White W Part Number Style All Control Units Dummy Block 1NO 1NC BST-010 BST-001 BST-010S (early make) BST-001S (late break) Contactors Button for Pushlock Turn Reset Stop Switches (o40mm, red only) Color Amber Contact Blocks Buttons and Lenses Style k LED Color Codes Timers 2 pos L-120L Relays & Sockets Illuminated o40mm Pushlock Turn Reset j Button Color Codes Signaling Lights Operators BST-D 1. Dummy blocks (no contacts) are used with an odd number of contact blocks. 2. Combining BST-010S and BST-001S result in overlapping contacts. Full Voltage Clips Lens for Illuminated Pushlock Turn Reset Stop Switches (o40mm, red only) AVLN3LU-R Primary Voltage (50/60Hz) Button for Push-Pull Stop Switches (o40mm) Terminal Blocks Full Voltage Clips (2 required for each unit) Part Number APD-F AYD3BN-j Transformers 2 pos* 3 pos 1. In place of j, specify the Button Color Code. (See table below) 2. In place of k, specify the LED Color Code. 3. *Not available in blue. Style AYLD3L-k Primary Voltage (50/60Hz) Part Number 120V AC TWD-0126 240V AC TWD-0246 480V AC TWD-0486 AYLD2L-k Circuit Breakers Lens for Illuminated Push-Pull Stop Switches (o40mm) 6V secondary voltage (uses 6V lamp). 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 667 Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices o30mm - TWTD Series Signaling Lights Pilot Lights (Assembled) Assembled Pilot Lights Relays & Sockets A Function P: P D 1 126 D N - R- ( ) Lamp Voltage Pilot Light (full voltage illuminated units only) 6V: 6V AC/DC 12V: 12V AC/DC 24V: 24V AC/DC 120V: 120V AC (LED only) 240V: 240V AC (LED only) Series Designation D: TWTD Series Lens Shape Timers 1: Dome Lens Color Code A: G: R: S: W: Y: Rated Operational Voltage (Primary) Transformer Type 126: 120V AC 246: 240V AC 486: 480V AC Full Voltage Type 99: Full Voltage Amber Green Red Blue White Yellow Contactors Lamp Type Blank: Incandescent D: LED Use only when interpreting part numbers. Do not use for developing part numbers. LED and Incandescent Pilot Lights Style Operating Voltage k Lens Color Codes Part Number LED Incandescent Terminal Blocks Transformer Dome 120V AC 240V AC 480V AC APD1126DN-k APD1246DN-k APD1486DN-k APD1126N-k APD1246N-k APD1486N-k Full Voltage Dome Circuit Breakers Code A Green G Red R Blue S White W Yellow Y l Full Voltage Codes -- APD199DN-k-l 1. In place of k, specify the Lens/LED Color Code. 2. In place of l, specify the Full Voltage Code (lamp voltage). 3. Yellow pilot light comes with white LED. 668 Color Amber APD199N-k-l Voltage Code 6V AC/DC 6V 12V AC/DC 12V 24V AC/DC 24V 120V AC 120V 240V AC 240V (LED only) www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices o30mm - TWTD Series Switches & Pilot Devices Pilot Lights (Sub-Assembled) Transformer* + Operator + Lamp + Lens = Complete Part * Not required for full voltage units (full voltage clips used instead). plus Operators Signaling Lights One Each from Left Column One Selection from Right Column Full Voltage Clips Style Part Number Part Number APD-F APD-006 Relays & Sockets Transformer Primary Voltage (50/60Hz) Required for all full voltage models. Two pieces each. Full Voltage Transformers APD-199 Style Primary Voltage (50/60Hz) Full voltage operator comes with full voltage clips. Style Part Number 120V AC TWD-0126 240V AC TWD-0246 480V AC TWD-0486 Timers LED Lenses Part Number 6V secondary voltage (use 6V lamp). Dome Lens APN106LN-k Contactors 1. In place of k, specify the Lens Color Code. 2. LED and incandescent lenses differ in shade only. Some colors have only one shade. k LED/Lens Color Codes Lamps Style Incandescent Code Part Number Amber A 6V AC/DC LSTD-6k Green G 12V AC/DC LSTD-1k Red R 24V AC/DC LSTD-2k Blue S 120V AC LSTD-H2k White W Yellow Y LSTD-M4k IS-6 12V AC/DC IS-12 24V AC/DC IS-24 120V AC L-120L Yellow lens only. Yellow LED not available, use white LED. Circuit Breakers 240V AC 6V AC/DC Terminal Blocks LED Color Voltage 1. In place of k, specify the LED color code. 2. The LED contains a current-limiting resistor and a protection diode. 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 669 Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices o30mm - TWTD Series Relays & Sockets Signaling Lights Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled) Assembled Illuminated Pushbuttons A L ( ) D 2 126 11 (D) Lamp Voltage Function (full voltage only) L: Momentary Action OL: Maintained Action 6V: 12V: 24V: 120V: 240V: Timers Bezel Shape Blank: Octagonal F: Full Shroud A: Amber G: Green R: Red S: Blue W: White Y: Yellow Contactors D: TWTD Series Lens Shape 2: Extended 3: Mushroom o 40mm Lamp Type Rated Operational Voltage (Primary) Terminal Blocks 6V AC/DC 12V AC/DC 24V AC/DC 120V AC 240V AC (LED only) Lens Color Code Series Designation Transformer Type 126: 120V AC 246: 240V AC 486: 480V AC N - R - ( ) Blank: Incandescent D: LED Full Voltage Type 99: Full Voltage Contact Arrangement 20: 2NO 11: 1NO-1NC Circuit Breakers 1. Use only when interpreting part numbers. Do not use for developing part numbers. 2. All transformers step down to 6V. 670 www.IDEC.com 02: 2NC Switches & Pilot Devices o30mm - TWTD Series Switches & Pilot Devices Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled) Illuminated Pushbuttons k Lens Color Codes Style Contacts Extended Lens Full Voltage Extended Lens with Full Shroud Transformer o 40mm Mushroom Lens 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC ALD2 m 11nN-k ALD2 m 20nN-k ALD2 m 02nN-k ALFD29911nN-k-l ALFD29920nN-k-l ALFD29902nN-k-l ALFD2 m 11nN-k ALFD2 m 20nN-k ALFD2 m 02nN-k ALD39911nN-k-l ALD39920nN-k-l ALD39902nN-k-l AOLD29911nN-k-l AOLD29920nN-k-l AOLD29902nN-k-l AOLD2 m 11nN-k AOLD2 m 20nN-k AOLD2 m 02nN-k AOLFD29911nN-k-l AOLFD29920nN-k l AOLFD29902nN-k-l AOLFD2 m 11nN-k AOLFD2 m 20nN-k AOLFD2 m 02nN-k AOLD39911nN-k-l AOLD39920nN-k-l AOLD39902nN-k-l Amber A Green G Red R Blue S White W Yellow Y l Full Voltage Codes Voltage Code 6V AC/DC 6V 12V AC/DC 12V 24V AC/DC 24V 120V AC 120V 240V AC 240V (LED only) m Transformer Voltage Codes Voltage Code 120VAC 126 240VAC 246 480VAC 486 6V secondary voltage (uses 6V lamp). Timers Full Voltage 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC ALD29911nN-k-l ALD29920nN-k-l ALD29902nN-k-l Maintained Code Relays & Sockets Full Voltage 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC Momentary Color Signaling Lights Transformer 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC Part Number n Lamp Type Codes Transformer ALD3 m 11nN-k ALD3 m 20nN-k ALD3 m 02nN-k AOLD3 m 11nN-k AOLD3 m 20nN-k AOLD3 m 02nN-k Lamp Code Incandescent Blank LED D In place of k, specify the Lens Color Code. In place of l, specify the Full Voltage Code (lamp voltage). In place of m, specify the Transformer Voltage Code. In place of n, specify the Lamp Type Code. Light is independent of switch position. Yellow pushbutton comes with white LED only. Contactors 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 671 Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices o30mm - TWTD Series Illuminated Pushbuttons (Sub-Assembled) Transformer* + Contact Block + Operator + Lamp + Lens = Complete Part Signaling Lights *Not required for full voltage types (full voltage types use APD-F full voltage clips). Operators Lamps Part Number Style Momentary Style Maintained LED Extended Relays & Sockets k LED/Lens Color Codes ALD-0600 AOLD-0600 Incandescent Extended with Full Shroud ALFD-0600 AOLFD-0600 Voltage Part Number Color Code 6V AC/DC LSTD-6k Amber A 12V AC/DC LSTD-1k Green G 24V AC/DC LSTD-2k Red R 120V AC LSTD-H2k Blue S 240V AC LSTD-M4k White W 6V AC/DC IS-6 Yellow Y 12V AC/DC IS-12 24V AC/DC IS-24 120V AC L-120L Yellow lens only. Yellow LED not available, use white LED. 1. In place of k, specify the LED color code. 2. The LED contains a current-limiting resistor and a protection diode. Contact Blocks 40mm Mushroom AOLD-0600 All Control Units Lenses Style Part Number Style Timers ALD-0600 Part Number 1NO 1NC BST-010 BST-001 BST-010S (early make) BST-001S (late break) Contactors Dummy Block Extended ALN06LU-k BST-D 1. Dummy blocks (no contacts) are used with an odd number of contact blocks. 2. Combining BST-010S and BST-001S result in overlapping contacts (remain on, or closed, when switch is moved between two positions). Transformers Style Terminal Blocks o 40mm Mushroom ALN3LU-k Transformers In place of k, specify the Lens Color Code. 6V secondary voltage (use 6V lamp). Full Voltage Clips Circuit Breakers Style Full Voltage Clips (2 required for each unit) Part Number APD-F Required for all full voltage models. 672 www.IDEC.com Primary Voltage (50/60Hz) Part Number 120V AC TWD-0126 240V AC TWD-0246 480V AC TWD-0486 Switches & Pilot Devices o30mm - TWTD Series Switches & Pilot Devices Non-Illuminated Selector Switches (Assembled) Signaling Lights A S D 2 ( ) ( ) 11 Relays & Sockets Assembled Selector Switches N - ( ) Circuit Number S: Selector Switch Series Designation (See Circuit # column of Selector Switch Contact Arrangement Chart on beginning on page 679.) D: TWTD Series Contact Arrangement Code Number of Positions 2: 2-Position 3: 3-Position 10: 1NO 20: 2NO 40: 4NO 11: 1NO-1NC Spring Return Action Operator Style Code Blank: Maintained 1: Spring return from Right 2: Spring return from Left 3: 2-Way spring return from Left and Right Blank: Knob Operator L: Lever Operator K: Key Operator Timers Function 01: 1NC 02: 2NC 04: 4NC 22: 2NO-2NC Contactors Terminal Blocks 1. Use only when interpreting part numbers. Do not use for developing part numbers. 2. Custom key removal codes available. Please contact IDEC for details. Circuit Breakers 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 673 Switches & Pilot Devices Non-Illuminated Selector Switches (Assembled) Non-Illuminated 2-Position Selector Switches Style Mounting Operator Position 1NO 1 2 O O X O 1NC 1 2 X O O O 1NO 1NC 1 2 X O O X 2NO 1 2 O O X X 2NC 1 2 X X O O 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 O X O X O O X X X O X O X X O O 2NO 2NC 2NO 2NC Timers Part Number Contact Relays & Sockets Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o30mm - TWTD Series L R Spring Return from Right Maintained L L R Spring Return from Left L R R Knob Lever Key Knob Lever Key Knob Lever Key Knob Lever Key Knob Lever Key ASD210N ASD2L10N ASD2K10N ASD201N-116 ASD2L01N-116 ASD2K01N-116 ASD211N ASD2L11N ASD2K11N ASD220N ASD2L20N ASD2K20N ASD202N-104 ASD2L02N-104 ASD2K02N-104 ASD2110N ASD21L10N ASD21K10N ASD2101N-116 ASD21L01N-116 ASD21K01N-116 ASD2111N ASD21L11N ASD21K11N ASD2120N ASD21L20N ASD21K20N ASD2102N-104 ASD21L02N-104 ASD21K02N-104 ASD2210N ASD22L10N ASD22K10N ASD2201N-116 ASD22L01N-116 ASD22K01N-116 ASD2211N ASD22L11N ASD22K11N ASD2220N ASD22L20N ASD22K20N ASD2202N-104 ASD22L02N-104 ASD22K02N-104 Knob Lever Key ASD222N ASD2L22N ASD2K22N ASD2122N ASD21L22N ASD21K22N ASD2222N ASD22L22N ASD22K22N Knob Lever Key ASD222N-111 ASD2L22N-111 ASD2K22N-111 ASD2122N-111 ASD21L22N-111 ASD21K22N-111 ASD2222N-111 ASD22L22N-111 ASD22K22N-111 Non-Illuminated 3-Position Selector Switches Part Number Maintained Spring Return from Right Spring Return from Left Spring Return Two-Way Mounting Operator Position Contact Terminal Blocks Contactors Style 2NO 1 2 X O O O O X Knob Lever Key ASD320N ASD3L20N ASD3K20N ASD3120N ASD31L20N ASD31K20N ASD3220N ASD32L20N ASD32K20N ASD3320N ASD33L20N ASD33K20N 2NC 1 2 O X X X X O Knob Lever Key ASD302N ASD3L02N ASD3K02N ASD3102N ASD31L02N ASD31K02N ASD3202N ASD32L02N ASD32K02N ASD3302N ASD33L02N ASD33K02N 2NO 2NC 1 2 3 4 X O O X O O X X O X X O Knob Lever Key ASD322N ASD3L22N ASD3K22N ASD3122N ASD31L22N ASD31K22N ASD3222N ASD32L22N ASD32K22N ASD3322N ASD33L22N ASD33K22N 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 X X O O O O O O X O X O X O O X O X O X O X O X Knob Lever Key ASD322N-309 ASD3L22N-309 ASD3K22N-309 ASD3122N-309 ASD31L22N-309 ASD31K22N-309 ASD3222N-309 ASD32L22N-309 ASD32K22N-309 ASD3322N-309 ASD33L22N-309 ASD33K22N-309 Knob Lever Key ASD322N-310 ASD3L22N-310 ASD3K22N-310 ASD3122N-310 ASD31L22N-310 ASD31K22N-310 ASD3222N-310 ASD32L22N-310 ASD32K22N-310 ASD3322N-310 ASD33L22N-310 ASD33K22N-310 Knob Lever Key ASD340N ASD3L40N ASD3K40N ASD3140N ASD31L40N ASD31K40N ASD3240N ASD32L40N ASD32K40N ASD3340N ASD33L40N ASD33K40N 1 2 3 4 O X O X O X X O X O X O O O O O X X X X Knob Lever Key ASD304N ASD3L04N ASD3K04N ASD3104N ASD31L04N ASD31K04N ASD3204N ASD32L04N ASD32K04N ASD3304N ASD33L04N ASD33K04N 2NO 2NC 2NO 2NC Circuit Breakers 1. The truth table indicates the operating position of contact block when the operator is switched to that position. X = On (closed contacts) O = Off (open contacts) X X = Overlapping Contacts: Remain on (closed contacts) when switch is moved between these two positions. 2. All knob and lever selector switches come in black. Other colors are available by ordering the knob or lever separately. 3. Custom contact arrangements available, see page 679. 4NO 4NC 674 L C R X O X O L C R L C www.IDEC.com R L C R L C R Switches & Pilot Devices o30mm - TWTD Series Switches & Pilot Devices Non-Illuminated Selector Switches (Sub-Assembled) Contact Blocks + Operator + Knob or Lever* + Color Insert* = Complete Part Operators Style Signaling Lights 1. *Not needed with key type switches. 2. Knob type shown. Handles and Inserts Position Description 2 Knob/Lever 2 3 Spring return from right ASD2100 Spring return from left ASD2200 Maintained, Cam 1 Maintained, Cam 2 ASD300-1 ASD300-2 Spring return from right, Cam 1 Spring return from right, Cam 2 ASD3100-1 ASD3100-2 Spring return from left, Cam 1 Spring return from left, Cam 2 ASD3200-1 ASD3200-2 Spring return from left/right, Cam 1 Spring return from left/right, Cam 2 ASD3300-1 ASD3300-2 Maintained ASD2K00-RA Spring return from right ASD21K00-RL Spring return from left ASD22K00 Maintained, Cam 1 Maintained, Cam 2 ASD3K00-1 ASD3K00-2 Spring return from right, Cam 1 Spring return from right, Cam 2 ASD31K00-1-RLC ASD31K00-2-RLC Spring return from left, Cam 1 Spring return from left, Cam 2 ASD32K00-1-RRC ASD32K00-2-RRC Spring return from left/right, Cam 1 Spring return from left/right, Cam 2 ASD33K00-1-RC ASD33K00-2-RC Part Number Knob ASDHHY-j Lever ASDHHL-j* Color Insert TW-HC1-j 1. In place of j, specify the Color Code. *Not available in yellow. Contact Blocks Style All Control Units Dummy Block Part Number 1NO 1NC BST-010 BST-001 BST-010S (early make) BST-001S (late break) Contactors 1. Order knobs, levers, color inserts separately (see below). 2. For key switches, keys are removable in all maintained positions. Other options available, contact IDEC for details. 3. See page 681 "Operator Truth Tables" for details of difference between cams. Style Timers Key ASD200 Relays & Sockets 3 Part Number Maintained BST-D 1. Dummy blocks (no contacts) are used with an odd number of contact blocks. 2. Combining BST-010S and BST-001S result in overlapping contacts (remain on, or closed, when switch is moved between two positions). j Color Codes Knob/Lever Color Code Black B S G Red R Yellow Y White W Terminal Blocks Blue Green 1. Knob/Lever not available in white. 2. Color inserts not available in Black. 3. Lever not available in yellow. Circuit Breakers 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 675 Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices o30mm - TWTD Series Signaling Lights Illuminated Selector Switches (Assembled) Assembled Illuminated Selector Switches Relays & Sockets A SL D 2 (2) 99 11 D N - 111 - R - 24 Function Lamp Voltage (Full Voltage Units Only) SL:Illuminated Selector Switch 6V: 12V: 24V: 120V: 240V: Series Designation D: TWTD series Number of Positions Lens Color Code Timers 2: 2-Position 3: 3-Position A: Amber G: Green R: Red S: Blue W: White Y: Yellow Spring Return Action Contactors Blank: Maintained 1: Spring return from Right 2: Spring return from Left 3: Two-Way spring return from Left and Right Circuit Code Number See Circuit # column of Selector Switch Contact Arrangement Charts on page 679. Rated Operational Voltage (Primary) Transformer Type 126: 120V AC 246: 240V AC 486: 480V AC Full Voltage Type 99: Full Voltage Lamp Type Blank: Incandescent Lamp D: LED Lamp Terminal Blocks Contact Arrangement Code 20: 2NO 02: 2NC 40: 4NO 04: 4NC 11: 1NO-1NC 22: 2NO-2NC Circuit Breakers Use only when interpreting part numbers. Do not use for developing part numbers. 676 6V AC/DC 12V AC/DC 24V AC/DC 120V AC 240V AC (LED only) www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices o30mm - TWTD Series Switches & Pilot Devices Illuminated Selector Switches (Assembled) Illuminated 2-Position Selector Switches k LED/Lens Color Codes Style Part Number Spring Return from Right 1 2 O X X O Transformer Full Voltage ASLD2 m11nN-k ASLD29911nN-k-l ASLD21 m11nN-k ASLD219911nN-k-l ASLD22 m11nN-k ASLD229911nN-k-l 2NO 1 2 O O X X Transformer Full Voltage ASLD2 m20nN-k ASLD29920nN-k-l ASLD21 m20nN-k ASLD219920nN-k-l ASLD22 m20nN-k ASLD229920nN-k-l 2NC 1 2 X X O O Transformer Full Voltage ASLD2 m02nN-104-k ASLD29902nN-104-k-l ASLD21 m02nN-104-k ASLD219902nN-104-k-l ASLD22 m02nN-104-k ASLD229902nN-104-k-l 2NO 2NC 1 2 3 4 O X O X X O X O Transformer Full Voltage ASLD2 m22nN-k ASLD29922nN-k- l ASLD21 m22nN-k ASLD219922nN-k-l ASLD22 m22nN-k ASLD229922nN-k-l 2NO 2NC 1 2 3 4 O O X X X X O O R Lamp Circuit Type Transformer Full Voltage L L R ASLD2 m22nN-111-k ASLD29922nN-111-k-l L R ASLD21 m22nN-111-k ASLD219922nN-111-k-l R Code A Green G Red R Blue S White W Yellow Y l Full Voltage Codes Voltage ASLD22 m22nN-111-k ASLD229922nN-111-k-l Code 6V AC/DC 6V 12V AC/DC 12V 24V AC/DC 24V 120V AC 120V 240V AC 240V (LED only) Relays & Sockets 1NO 1NC L Color Amber Signaling Lights Mounting Maintained Contact Operator Position Spring Return from Left Illuminated 3-Position Selector Switches, Maintained and Spring Return Style Part Number Spring Return From Right Spring Return from Left Spring Return Two-Way Mounting Maintained Contact Operator Position 2NO 1 2 X O O O O X Transformer Full Voltage ASLD3 m 20nN-k ASLD39920nN-k-l ASLD31 m 20nN-k ASLD319920nN-k- l ASLD32 m 20nN-k ASLD329920nN-k-l ASLD33 m 20nN-k ASLD339920nN-k-l 2NC 1 2 O X X X X O Transformer Full Voltage ASLD3 m 02nN-k ASLD39902nN-k-l ASLD31 m 02nN-k ASLD319902nN-k-l ASLD32 m 02nN-k ASLD329902nN-k-l ASLD33 m 02nN-k ASLD339902nN-k-l 2NO 2NC 1 2 3 4 X O O X O O X X O X X O Transformer Full Voltage ASLD3 m 22nN-k ASLD39922nN-k-l ASLD31 m 22nN-k ASLD319922nN-k-l ASLD32 m 22nN-k ASLD329922nN-k-l ASLD33 m 22nN-k ASLD339922nN-k-l 2NO 2NC 1 2 3 4 X X O O O X X O X O O X Transformer Full Voltage ASLD3 m 22nN-309-k ASLD39922nN-309-k-l ASLD31 m 22nN-309-k ASLD319922nN-309-k-l ASLD32 m 22nN-309-k ASLD329922nN-309-k-l ASLD33 m 22nN-309-k ASLD339922nN-309-k-l 2NO 2NC 1 2 3 4 O O O O X O X O O X O X Transformer Full Voltage ASLD3 m 22nN-310-k ASLD39922nN-310-k-l ASLD31 m 22nN-310-k ASLD319922nN-310-k-l ASLD32 m 22nN-310-k ASLD329922nN-310-k-l ASLD33 m 22nN-310-k ASLD339922nN-310-k-l 4NO 1 2 3 4 X O X O O O O O O X O X Transformer Full Voltage ASLD3 m 40nN-k ASLD39940nN-k-l ASLD31 m 40nN-k ASLD319940nN-k-l ASLD32 m 40nN-k ASLD329940nN-k-l ASLD33 m 40nN-k ASLD339940nN-k-l 4NC 1 2 3 4 O X O X X X X X X O X O Transformer Full Voltage ASLD3 m 04nN-k ASLD39904nN-k-l ASLD31 m 04nN-k ASLD319904nN-k-l ASLD32 m 04nN-k ASLD329904nN-k-l ASLD33 m 04nN-k ASLD339904nN-k-l L C R Lamp Circuit Type L C R C L R L R Terminal Blocks Lamp Code 126 246 486 Incandescent Blank LED D Circuit Breakers Code 120VAC 240VAC 480VAC 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada R n Lamp Type Codes Voltage Transformers step down to 6V (use 6V lamp). C Contactors m Transformer Voltage Codes C Timers 1. In place of k, specify the Lens/LED Color Code, in place of l, specify the Full Voltage (lamp voltage) Code, in place of m, specify the Transformer Voltage Code and in place of n specify the Lamp Type Code. 2. The truth table indicates the operating position of contact block when the operator is switched to that position. X = On (Closed Contacts) O = Off (Open Contacts) X X = Overlapping Contacts: Remain on (closed contacts) when switch is moved between these positions 3. Yellow selector switch comes with white LED. L Light is independent of switch position. 677 Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices o30mm - TWTD Series Illuminated Selector Switches (Sub-Assembled) Transformer* + Contact Block + Operator + Lamp + Lens = Complete Part Signaling Lights *Not required for full voltage units (use APD-F full voltage clips instead). Operators Style Contact Blocks Position Part Number 2 Maintained ASLD200 3 Maintained, Cam 1 Maintained, Cam 2 ASLD300-1 ASLD300-2 Spring return from right ASLD2100 Spring return from left ASLD2200 Spring return from right, Cam 1 Spring return from right, Cam 2 ASLD3100-1 ASLD3100-2 Spring return from left, Cam 1 Spring return from left, Cam 2 ASLD3200-1 ASLD3200-2 Spring return from left/right, Cam 1 Spring return from left/right, Cam 2 ASLD3300-1 ASLD3300-2 Operator 2 Relays & Sockets Description 3 Part Number Style All Control Units 1NO 1NC BST-010 BST-001 BST-010S (early make) BST-001S (late break) Dummy Block BST-D 1. Dummy blocks (no contacts) are used with an odd number of contact blocks. 2. Combining BST-010S and BST-001S result in overlapping contacts (remain on, or closed, when switch is moved between two positions). Full Voltage Clips Style Timers Lenses Style Part Number Part Number Full Voltage Clips (2 required for each unit) APD-F Required for all full voltage models. Knob ASLNHU-j Transformers Contactors Style Lamps Style Terminal Blocks LED Incandescent Voltage Part Number 6V AC/DC LSTD-6k 12V AC/DC LSTD-1k Primary Voltage (50/60Hz) Part Number 120V AC TWD-0126 240V AC TWD-0246 480V AC TWD-0486 Transformers 24V AC/DC LSTD-2k 120V AC LSTD-H2k 240V AC LSTD-M4k 6V AC/DC IS-6 12V AC/DC IS-12 24V AC/DC IS-24 Color Code 120V AC L-120L Amber A Blue S Green G White W Red R Yellow Y 1. In place of k, specify the LED color code. 2. The LED contains a current-limiting resistor and a protection diode. 6V secondary voltage. k LED/Lens Color Codes Color Code Circuit Breakers Yellow lens only. Yellow LED not available, use white LED. 678 www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices o30mm - TWTD Series Switches & Pilot Devices Contact Arrangement Charts How to Read Contact Arrangement Charts To determine contact block mounting position, first make sure the selector switch is oriented as shown on the right Operator Position Contact Arrangement Type and quantity of switch contacts Contact Block Mounting Position Circuit Number Position or mounting contact blocks on operator X = On (Closed Contacts) O = Off (Open Contacts) X X = Overlapping Contacts: Remain on (closed) when switch is moved between these two positions Contact Arrangement Chart: 2-Position Selector Switches Style 1NO N/D 1NC 116 1NO 1NC 103 600 601 N/D 2NC 104 N/D 2NO 2NC 110 4NO N/D R 1 O X BST-010 2 O O BST-D 1 X O BST-001 2 O O BST-D 1 O X BST-010 2 X O BST-001 1 X O BST-001 2 O X BST-010 1 O X BST-010S 2 X O BST-001S 1 X O BST-001S 2 O X BST-010S 1 O X BST-010 2 O X BST-010 1 X O BST-001 2 X O BST-001 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 O X O X X O X O O O X X O O O O X O X O O X O X X X O O X X X X BST-010 BST-001 BST-010 BST-001 BST-001 BST-010 BST-001 BST-010 BST-010 BST-010 BST-001 BST-001 BST-010 BST-010 BST-010 BST-010 L R Spring Return from Right L R Spring Return from Left L Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASD200 ASD2K00 ASLD200 ASD2100 ASD21K00 ASLD2100 ASD2200 ASD22K00 ASLD2200 Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASD200 ASD2K00 ASLD200 ASD2100 ASD21K00 ASLD2100 ASD2200 ASD22K00 ASLD2200 Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASD200 ASD2K00 ASLD200 ASD2100 ASD21K00 ASLD2100 ASD2200 ASD22K00 ASLD2200 Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASD200 ASD2K00 ASLD200 ASD2100 ASD21K00 ASLD2100 ASD2200 ASD22K00 ASLD2200 Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASD200 ASD2K00 ASLD200 ASD2100 ASD21K00 ASLD2100 ASD2200 ASD22K00 ASLD2200 Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASD200 ASD2K00 ASLD200 ASD2100 ASD21K00 ASLD2100 ASD2200 ASD22K00 ASLD2200 Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASD200 ASD2K00 ASLD200 ASD2100 ASD21K00 ASLD2100 ASD2200 ASD22K00 ASLD2200 Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASD200 ASD2K00 ASLD200 ASD2100 ASD21K00 ASLD2100 ASD2200 ASD22K00 ASLD2200 Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASD200 ASD2K00 ASLD200 ASD2100 ASD21K00 ASLD2100 ASD2200 ASD22K00 ASLD2200 Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASD200 ASD2K00 ASLD200 ASD2100 ASD21K00 ASLD2100 ASD2200 ASD22K00 ASLD2200 Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASD200 ASD2K00 ASLD200 ASD2100 ASD21K00 ASLD2100 ASD2200 ASD22K00 ASLD2200 Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASD200 ASD2K00 ASLD200 ASD2100 ASD21K00 ASLD2100 ASD2200 ASD22K00 ASLD2200 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada R Circuit Breakers 111 L Maintained Description Terminal Blocks 2NO Contact Block Part Number Contactors 1NO-EM 1NC-LB Operator Part Number Timers N/D Mounting Position Part number to use when ordering sub-assembly contact blocks, as required for use with corresponding mounting position Relays & Sockets Contact Circuit Number Operator Position Contact Block Part Number Signaling Lights * N/D = No designation Truth table indicates the operating position of contact block when operator is switched to that position. 679 Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices o30mm - TWTD Series Contact Arrangement Chart: 3-Position Selector Switches Style Operator Part Number Operator Position Contact Circuit Number Signaling Lights 202 203 1NO 1NC 302 Relays & Sockets 303 N/D 2NO 301 Timers 304 2NC N/D Contactors N/D 210 2NO 2NC Terminal Blocks 308 309 Circuit Breakers 310 Mounting Position Contact Block Part Number L C 1 X O O BST-010 2 X X O BST-001 1 O X X BST-001 2 O O X BST-010 1 X O X BST-010 2 X X O BST-001 1 O X O BST-001 2 O O X BST-010 1 X O O BST-010 2 O O X BST-010 1 X O X BST-010 2 O O X BST-010 1 O X O BST-001 2 X X O BST-001 1 O X X BST-001 R Description Maintained L 2 X X O BST-001 1 X O O BST-010 2 O O X BST-010 3 O X X BST-001 4 X X O BST-001 1 O X X BST-001 2 O O X BST-010 3 O X X BST-001 4 O O X BST-010 1 X O X BST-010 2 X X O BST-001 3 X O X BST-010 4 X X O BST-001 1 X O X BST-010 2 X X O BST-001 3 O X O BST-001 4 O O X BST-010 1 O X O BST-001 2 O O X BST-010 3 O X O BST-001 4 O O X BST-010 C R Spring Return from Right L C R Spring Return from Left L C R Two-Way L C R Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASD300-1 ASD3K00-1 ASLD300-1 ASD3100-1 ASD31K00-1 ASLD3100-1 ASD3200-1 ASD32K00-1 ASLD3200-1 ASD3300-1 ASD33K00-1 ASLD3300-1 Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASD300-1 ASD3K00-1 ASLD300-1 ASD3100-1 ASD31K00-1 ASLD3100-1 ASD3200-1 ASD32K00-1 ASLD3200-1 ASD3300-1 ASD33K00-1 ASLD3300-1 Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASD300-2 ASD3K00-2 ASLD300-2 ASD3100-2 ASD31K00-2 ASLD3100-2 ASD3200-2 ASD32K00-2 ASLD3200-2 ASD3300-2 ASD33K00-2 ASLD3300-2 Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASD300-2 ASD3K00-2 ASLD300-2 ASD3100-2 ASD31K00-2 ASLD3100-2 ASD3200-2 ASD32K00-2 ASLD3200-2 ASD3300-2 ASD33K00-2 ASLD3300-2 Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASD300-1 ASD3K00-1 ASLD300-1 ASD3100-1 ASD31K00-1 ASLD3100-1 ASD3200-1 ASD32K00-1 ASLD3200-1 ASD3300-1 ASD33K00-1 ASLD3300-1 Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASD300-2 ASD3K00-2 ASLD300-2 ASD3100-2 ASD31K00-2 ASLD3100-2 ASD3200-2 ASD32K00-2 ASLD3200-2 ASD3300-2 ASD33K00-2 ASLD3300-2 Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASD300-2 ASD3K00-2 ASLD300-2 ASD3100-2 ASD31K00-2 ASLD3100-2 ASD3200-2 ASD32K00-2 ASLD3200-2 ASD3300-2 ASD33K00-2 ASLD3300-2 Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASD300-1 ASD3K00-1 ASLD300-1 ASD3100-1 ASD31K00-1 ASLD3100-1 ASD3200-1 ASD32K00-1 ASLD3200-1 ASD3300-1 ASD33K00-1 ASLD3300-1 Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASD300-1 ASD3K00-1 ASLD300-1 ASD3100-1 ASD31K00-1 ASLD3100-1 ASD3200-1 ASD32K00-1 ASLD3200-1 ASD3300-1 ASD33K00-1 ASLD3300-1 Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASD300-1 ASD3K00-1 ASLD300-1 ASD3100-1 ASD31K00-1 ASLD3100-1 ASD3200-1 ASD32K00-1 ASLD3200-1 ASD3300-1 ASD33K00-1 ASLD3300-1 Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASD300-2 ASD3K00-2 ASLD300-2 ASD3100-2 ASD31K00-2 ASLD3100-2 ASD3200-2 ASD32K00-2 ASLD3200-2 ASD3300-2 ASD33K00-2 ASLD3300-2 Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASD300-2 ASD3K00-2 ASLD300-2 ASD3100-2 ASD31K00-2 ASLD3100-2 ASD3200-2 ASD32K00-2 ASLD3200-2 ASD3300-2 ASD33K00-2 ASLD3300-2 Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASD300-2 ASD3K00-2 ASLD300-2 ASD3100-2 ASD31K00-2 ASLD3100-2 ASD3200-2 ASD32K00-2 ASLD3200-2 ASD3300-2 ASD33K00-2 ASLD3300-2 1. Each operator sub-assembly is available as a "-1" and a "-2" for 3-position selector switches. The internal cam of a "-1" is different from that of a "-2". This results in designated combinations of open and closed contacts in the various operator positions. 2. N/D = No circuit number designation required in assembled part number. 3. X = On (closed contacts) O = Off (open contacts). X X Overlapping contacts remain on (closed) when switch is moved between these two positions. 680 www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices o30mm - TWTD Series Switches & Pilot Devices Contact Arrangement Chart: 3-Position Selector Switches Style Operator Part Number Operator Position Contact Circuit Number Mounting Position N/D 305 4NC 314 L 1 X O O BST-010 2 O O X BST-010 3 X O O BST-010 4 O O X BST-010 1 X O X BST-010 2 O O X BST-010 3 X O X BST-010 4 O O X BST-010 1 O X X BST-001 2 X X O BST-001 3 O X X BST-001 4 X X O BST-001 1 O X O BST-001 2 X X O BST-001 3 O X O BST-001 4 X X O BST-001 C R L C Spring Return from Left L R C R Two-Way L C R Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASD300-1 ASD3K00-1 ASLD300-1 ASD3100-1 ASD31K00-1 ASLD3100-1 ASD3200-1 ASD32K00-1 ASLD3200-1 ASD3300-1 ASD33K00-1 ASLD3300-1 Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASD300-2 ASD3K00-2 ASLD300-2 ASD3100-2 ASD31K00-2 ASLD3100-2 ASD3200-2 ASD32K00-2 ASLD3200-2 ASD3300-2 ASD33K00-2 ASLD3300-2 Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASD300-1 ASD3K00-1 ASLD300-1 ASD3100-1 ASD31K00-1 ASLD3100-1 ASD3200-1 ASD32K00-1 ASLD3200-1 ASD3300-1 ASD33K00-1 ASLD3300-1 Knob/Lever Key Illuminated Knob ASD300-2 ASD3K00-2 ASLD300-2 ASD3100-2 ASD31K00-2 ASLD3100-2 ASD3200-2 ASD32K00-2 ASLD3200-2 ASD3300-2 ASD33K00-2 ASLD3300-2 Relays & Sockets N/D R Description Maintained Signaling Lights 4NO C L Contact Block Part Number Spring Return from Right Operator Truth Tables Timers 1. Each operator sub-assembly is available as a "-1" and a "-2" for 3-position selector switches. The internal cam of a "-1" is different from that of a "-2". This results in designated combinations of open and closed contacts in the various operator positions. 2. N/D = No circuit number designation required in assembled part number. 3. X = On (closed contacts) O = Off (open contacts). X X Overlapping contacts remain on (closed) when switch is moved between these two positions. Use the following tables to build custom selector switches. 2 Position Selector Switches Contact 3 Position Selector Switches Mounting Position BST-001 (NC) ASD200 BST-010S (NO-EM) Right L O X R O X L X O R X O L O X R O X L X O R X O Contact BST-010 (NO) ASD300-1 ASLD300-1 ASD3K00-1 AYLD22 BST-010S (NO-EM) BST-001S (NC-LB) 3 Position Push/Pull Switches Contact BST-001 (NC) Contact Operator Position Normal Push BST-010 (NO) O O X BST-001 (NC) X O O BST-010S (NO-EM) O X X BST-001S (NC-LB) X X O BST-010 (NO) ASD300-2 ASLD300-2 ASD3K00-2 BST-001 (NC) BST-010S (NO-EM) BST-001S (NC-LB) 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada Operator Position Left Center Right L X O O R O O X L O X X R X X O L X O O R O O X L O X X R X X O Operator Position Mounting Position Left Center Right L X O X R O O X L O X O R X X O L X O X R O O X L O X O R X X O Circuit Breakers Pull Mounting Position Terminal Blocks BST-001S (NC-LB) Left Contactors BST-010 (NO) Operator Position 681 Switches & Pilot Devices Timers Relays & Sockets Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o30mm - TWTD Series Accessories -- TWTD Series TWTD Series Accessories Item Lamp Removal Tool Metal Bezel Plastic Bezel Boot/Cover Contactors Description/Usage Rubber tool used to install or remove LED's and incandescent lamps Replacement locking ring/ bezel OR-55 Standard octagonal units (chrome-pl.). OG-81 Extended, non-illuminated (chrome-pl.). OG-82 Extended, illuminated (chrome-pl.). OG-83L Jumbo Mushroom Shallow Shroud ABN4G Jumbo Mushroom Deep Shroud ABN4F Black plastic locking ring/bezel Used to cover and protect pushbuttons Part Number OGP11B In place of j, specify Neoprene Rubber Boot color: B (black), G (green), R (red), Y (yellow) OC-11 j Flush units (clear plastic -40 to +60C). OC-121 Extended units (clear plastic -40 to +60C). OC-122 Plastic washer For nameplates or panels that should not be scratched. OGL-D1T Thrust washer/Anti-rotation ring for use with notched panel cutout. OGL-D1S Anti-Rotation Ring Mounting Hole Plug Plugs used to fill unused 30mm panel cutouts. Plastic with locking nut attached. OBP-11 Metal with locking nut attached OB-11 Grey rubber (-5 to +60C) OB-13 Terminal Tab Adaptor Tab #250 17/64" x 3/64" (6.35mm x 0.8mm): Single tab Full Voltage Adaptor Used on all full voltage illuminated units. Two required per unit. (M3.5 screw and saddle) APD-F Lock Out Adaptor Used to provide lockout protection for TWTD pushbuttons and knob selectors. o 1-13/64" (30mm) OL-KL1 Replacement Keys Pair of keys (#0) TW-SK Circuit Breakers Terminal Blocks Appearance 682 www.IDEC.com TW-FA1 Switches & Pilot Devices o30mm - TWTD Series Switches & Pilot Devices Fingersafe Covers for TWTD Series Item Description Used with Part Number Fingersafe terminal cover, for full voltage pilot lights, adds 3mm to overall depth APD199... full voltage pilot lights Fingersafe terminal cover, for contact blocks, adds 3mm to overall depth Non-Illuminated pushbuttons ABD..., and AOD... N-VL2 Fingersafe terminal cover, adds 1.5mm to overall depth Transformer pilot lights and illuminated units N-VL3 Fingersafe terminal cover, adds 4 mm to depth Full voltage illuminated pushbuttons N-VL4 APD-PVL Signaling Lights Relays & Sockets Timers Dimensions on page 687. Contactors Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 683 Switches & Pilot Devices Nameplates -- TWTD Series Faceplates O1.19" (30.5mm) Description Timers (30.5mm) 30.5mm Part Number Nameplate (blank) NALD-B (black) NALD-R (red) NAKD-B (black) NAKD-R (red) NAQD-B (black) NAQD-R (red) HNAV-O Nameplate (engraved) NALD-j NAKD-j NAQD-j HNAV-27 "Emergency Stop" 1. Nameplates are made of 0.031" aluminum. Lettering is white letters engraved on black background. 2. In place of j, insert either the standard legend code from table below or custom engraving delimited by " ". 3. HNAV available in yellow only. Standard Legend Codes Legend Contactors O1.19" 5mm Pushbuttons AUTO CLOSE DOWN EMERG.STOP* FAST FORWARD HAND HIGH IN INCH JOG LOW LOWER OFF ON Code 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 Pushbuttons/Selector Switches Legend OPEN OUT RAISE RESET REVERSE RUN SLOW START STOP* STOP TEST UP I (Int'l On) O (Int'l Off) EMO Code 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 150 151 152 Legend AUTO-MAN CLOSE-OPEN DOWN-UP FAST-SLOW FOR-REV HAND-AUTO HIGH-LOW JOG-RUN LEFT-RIGHT LOWER-RAISE MAN-AUTO OFF-ON ON-OFF OPEN-CLOSE RAISE-LOWER Code 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 Legend REV-FOR RUN-JOG RUN-SAFE SAFE-RUN SLOW-FAST START-STOP STOP-START UP-DOWN 1. *Available in Red as standard legend code 104 and 124. To order engraved nameplate and codes, add legend code to nameplate part number. Character height based on the number of characters, space and size of nameplate. Standard character size is 3/16". 2. Nameplates with standard legends are the same list price as blank nameplates. Special engravings, additional cost. To specify engraving instructions, use the Nameplate order form on next page. Circuit Breakers Terminal Blocks HNAV 1.95" (50mm) 1.95" (50mm) (30.5mm) 2.24" (57.5mm) Signaling Lights O1.19" NAQD 2.03" (52mm) 1.56" (40mm) Dimensions Relays & Sockets NAKD o60mm NALD 1.85" (47.5mm) Switches & Pilot Devices o30mm - TWTD Series 684 www.IDEC.com Selector Switches Code 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 Legend AUTO-MAN-OFF AUTO-OFF-MAN CLOSE-OFF-OPEN DOWN-OFF-SLOW FAST-OFF-SLOW FOR-OFF-REV LEFT-OFF-RIGHT LOWER-OFF-RAISE OFF-MAN-AUTO OFF-SLOW-FAST OFF-1-2 OPEN-OFF-CLOSE SLOW-OFF-FAST SUMMER-OFF-WINTER UP-OFF-DOWN 1-OFF-2 HAND-OFF-AUTO Code 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 Switches & Pilot Devices o30mm - TWTD Series Copy this order form and use it to specify Letter Height, Custom Engravings, Location of Engraving on Nameplate, and Quantity Desired. To ensure engraving accuracy, fax it to your IDEC representative. or Distributor. IDEC Rep/Distributor Contact:__________________________________ Your Name:__________________________________________ PO number (if known):__________________________________ Telephone:__________________________________________ IDEC Rep/Distributor Phone:__________________________________ Fax & Email:__________________________________________ IDEC Rep/Distributor Fax & Email:__________________________________ NALD Nameplate Step 1. Engraving Location Sample Letter Sizes Check the box for the letter size you want. Then write your lettering in box below checkboxes. Note: 1/8" size letters cannot exceed 13 characters. 7/64" Letters: 7/64" 11 characters max (for 7/64" size letters) 1/8" 9 characters max (for 1/8" size letters) Letter Size 1/8" Letters: Letter Size Relays & Sockets Choose Letter Size - 7/64" or 1/8". Step 2. Specify Quantity. Enter the number of nameplates desired in the box on the right. Qty 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Signaling Lights Your Company Name:__________________________________________ Switches & Pilot Devices Custom engraved Nameplates Order Form -- TWTD Series 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Step 1. NAKD Nameplate Timers Choose Letter Size - 7/64" or 1/8". Check the box for the letter size you want. Then write your lettering in box below checkboxes. Note: 1/8" size letters cannot exceed 9 characters. Engraving Location Step 2. Specify Quantity. NAQD Nameplate Sample Letter Sizes Qty 1/8" Letters: Step 1. Choose Letter Size - 7/64" or 1/8". 2 3 20 characters max (for 7/64" size letters) 1/8" 16 characters max (for 1/8" size letters) Letter Size 4 5 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Sample Letter Sizes Specify Quantity. Enter the number of nameplates desired in the box on the right. 7 Circuit Breakers Step 2. 6 Terminal Blocks 1 7/64" Letter Size Check the box for the letter size you want. Then write your lettering in box below checkboxes. Note: 1/8" size letters cannot exceed 16 characters. Engraving Location Contactors Enter the number of nameplates desired in the box on the right. 1 3/32" Letters: 1/8" Letters: Qty 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 685 Switches & Pilot Devices Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o30mm - TWTD Series Switch Engraving Order Form - TWTD Series Copy this order form and use it to specify Letter Height, Maximum Number of Lines and Text to be engraved. To insure engraving accuracy, fax it to your IDEC representative or Distributor. Your Company: Telephone: Name: Fax: Address: Email: PO: Part Number to be Engraved: Please check one of the boxes below to indicate your choice of engraving options: o29mm, o40mm Mushroom Head 65mm Jumbo Mushroom Relays & Sockets Square Switch Engraving Engraving Area 1 Area 2 # of Lines Letter Height Max. Characters Per Line 5/32 7 # of Lines 1 Letter Height Max. Characters Per Line 3/4 4 1 1/8 8 5/32 7 5/16 5/16 5 5 Timers 2 3 1/8 8 1/8 8 4 2 Custom* Contactors Round Switch 4 Letter Height Max. Characters Per Line 5/32 7 1/8 8 1 6 5/32 8 5/32 8 1/8 9 1/8 9 3 *Engraving is possible, but character size will be smaller than standard sizes. # of Lines 1/4 Terminal Blocks 3 Circuit Breakers 4 1 Engraving Area 2 1 Max. Characters Per Line 5/32 5 1/8 5 5/32 7 1/8 7 1. Above mentioned specifications hold true for standard size pushbuttons (round and square). 2. Engraving Area 2 can be engraved for 40mm mushroom head non-Illuminated pushbutton only. 3. Engraving is done on the button itself for non-Illuminated push buttons and on marking plate for illuminated push buttons and pilot lights. 4. Please enter text exactly how you want it engraved, take care to emphasize capital or small letters. 1/8 Letters: 5/32 7 1/8 8 Line 3: 1/8 8 Line 4: 5/32 Letters: Line 2: All engraving is 5/8mm wide. Custom* *Engraving is possible, but character size will be smaller than standard sizes. For IDEC Internal Use Only: Work Order #: 686 Engraving Area 1 Letter Height Enter text to be engraved: Sample Letter Sizes Line 1: 2 # of Lines www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices o30mm - TWTD Series Switches & Pilot Devices Dimensions (mm) Pushbutton Panel Thickness 0.8 to 7.5 40 9 14.5 76 (3 or 4 blocks) Panel Thickness 0.8 to 7.5 o40 o40 23 o 0.975" (25mm) o 0.975"(25mm) o 1.11" (28.5mm) Mushroom Mushroom w/Full Shroud Jumbo Mushroom o 1.56" (40mm) 0.858" (22mm) 0.936" (24mm) 1.13" (29mm) o 1.56" (40mm) o 1.87" (48mm) o 2.54" (65mm) Mushroom, Pushlock Turn Reset and Push-Pull o 1.56" (40mm) *0.975" (25mm) **0.975" (25mm) o 1.56" (40mm) o 1.56" (40mm) *Dimension when operator is in reset position. **Dimension when operator is in pull position. 40 22 w/Transformer M3.5 Terminal Screw Full Voltage Panel Thickness 0.8 to 7.5 M3.5 Terminal Screw Panel Thickness 0.8 to 7.5 M3 Terminal Screw o24 o40 B o35 M3 Terminal Screw 5.5 40 23 40 9 9 24 63 (2 blocks) 86 (4 blocks) A Dimension B Flush w/Full Shroud 0.975" (25mm) 0.995" (25.5mm) o 0.936" (24mm) o 0.936" (24mm) Extended w/Full Shroud 0.741" (19mm) 0.761" (19.5mm) o 0.936" (24mm) o 0.936" (24mm) o 1.56" (40mm) Mushroom Pushlock Turn Reset, Push-Pull *0.975" (25mm) **0.975" (25mm) o 1.56" (40mm) o 1.56" (40mm) Pilot Lights M3.5 Terminal Screw M3.5 Terminal Screw Timers Dimension A Panel Thickness: 0.8 to 7.5 mm o25 97.5 (2 blocks) 120.5 (4 blocks) Illuminated Pushbuttons Relays & Sockets Illuminated Pushbuttons o40 76 (3 or 4 blocks) A:29.5 B:64.5 o40 53 (1 or 2 blocks) o35 5.5 0.351" (9mm) 0.566" (14.5mm) 0.663" (17mm) Signaling Lights Mushroom Pushbutton w/Full Shroud M3.5 Terminal Screw Dimension B o35 53 (1 or 2 blocks) Dimension A Flush Extended Extended w/Full Shroud o40 o25 23 5.5 Pushbuttons o35 M3.5 Terminal Screw 9 40 22 Contactors *Dimension when operator is in reset position. **Dimension when operator is in pull position. Selector Switches 45 5.5 40 23 53 (1 or 2 blocks) 21 76 (4 blocks) 5.5 40 21.5 76 (4 blocks) 45 45 o40 o35 53 (1 or 2 blocks) 90 M3.5 Terminal Screw 45 45 23 9 53 (1 or 2 blocks) 16.5 Terminal Blocks 23 5.5 Panel Thickness 0.8 to 7.5 90 M3.5 Terminal Screw o40 45 o35 M3.5 Terminal Screw Key Panel Thickness 0.8 to 7.5 90 o40 Lever Panel Thickness 0.8 to 7.5 o35 Knob 40 38 76 (4 blocks) Illuminated Knob Panel Thickness 0.8 to 7.5 (including nameplate) 40 23 63 (2 blocks) A: 86 (4 blocks) B: 97.5 (2 blocks), 120.5 (4 blocks) 45 Circuit Breakers 5.5 90 45 o40 o25 M3 Terminal Screw o35 M3.5 Terminal Screws 9 28 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 687 Switches & Pilot Devices Selector Switches Panel Cut-Out O 0.195" (5mm) 1. *Jumbo Mushroom < 2.61" (66mm) 2. Minimum mounting centers are applicable to switches with one stack of contact blocks. When mounting two stacks of contact blocks, minimum centers should allow for access to wiring. 3. The o 0.195" (o 5mm) recess is necessary when either the nameplate or anti-rotation ring is used. O 1.20" (30.5mm) 1.64" (42mm) > 1.95" (50mm)* IlluminatedSelector Switches OL-KL1 OC-31 Lock-Out Adaptor Pushbutton Clear Boot OGL-31 OB-31 Anti-Rotation Ring Mounting Hole Rubber Plug o29 82.5 70 24 o3 0 10.2 3.5 o32.6 30 93 6.5 R6 Relays & Sockets Panel Thickness 0.8 to 3.2 18 (OC-31) 22 (OC-32) o22 o27.4 0.8 0. o5 2 Key Hole o8 29.5 Waterproof Rubber Gasket 0.5t 30 N-VL2 N-VL3 N-VL4 Contactors Timers Finger-Safe Cover Circuit Breakers Terminal Blocks APD-PVL 688 www.IDEC.com o25 3.5 Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o30mm - TWTD Series Switches & Pilot Devices o30mm - TWTD Series Adjustment for Panel Thickness Installation of LED Illuminated Units Each unit is shipped with several waterproof gaskets which are 0.06" (1.5mm) and 0.12" (3mm) thick. Combine the gaskets for a dimension approximately equal to panel thickness and install between the bezel and the body of the unit. Transformer units are recommended for use in areas subjected to inductive noise. When using full voltage types, install a protection diode as shown below. Use diode with DC power supply to protect against surges and noise. Switches & Pilot Devices Operating Instructions Signaling Lights Make sure that LED illuminated units are installed with correct polarity, as indicated at the terminals. Application Example For Push-To-Test Pilot Light A typical application of illuminated pushbuttons is a push-to-test pilot light which can be used to check the lamp/LED circuit. Relays & Sockets Transformer/AC-Adapter Circuit A trim washer must be used with a thrust washer or a nameplate to prevent the control unit from rotating in the mounting hole. When using anti-rotation rings (trim washer with thrust washer or nameplate), install as shown below. The operator shaft of each unit has a recess to identify in which direction to install the handle. Align the handle with the recess. Press color insert (TW-HC1) into the Standard Operating Positions. Timers Selector Switches Full Voltage Circuit Standard Operation Positions 2-Position, 90 3-Position, 45 1 1 Contactors 0 2 2 Non-Illuminated 3-Position Operators 1 0 1 2 1 0 0 2 2 Terminal Blocks Installation of TWTD Series Units TWTD Pilot Lights TWTD Illuminated Pushbuttons TWTD Selector Switches (Transformer or Full Voltage) Circuit Breakers Terminal X1 = Positive Terminal X2 = Negative 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 689 Switches & Pilot Devices Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o30mm - CS Series CS Series -- Heavy Duty Cam Switches Key features: * * * * * * * * Wide variety of heavy-duty oiltight cam switches Operators available up to 12 positions Switches made with a double circuit contact block Contact blocks rated 600V, 10A Ideal for ammeter/voltmeter applications Built to order -- not available in subcomponents UL listed and CSA certified Type 4, 13 CSA Certified File No. LR48366 UL Listed File No. E68961 Contact Ratings Relays & Sockets Rated Thermal Current AC 10A Break Current Resistive DC Inductive 120V/5A 240V/3A 480V/2A 600V/1A Break Current 24V/8A 110V/8A 220V/1A 440V/0.45A Break Current 24V/5A 110V/1.2A 220V/0.45A 440V/0.20A Make Current (A) Rated amperage x 1.1 Electrical Life 500,000 operations minimum (at full rated load) Mechanical Life 5,000,000 (at no load) Timers CS Series Operator Series Terminal Blocks Contactors ACSNO ACSNK UCSQO Circuit Breakers UCSQM Style Cam Angle Position 30 Up to 12 45 Up to 8 60 Up to 6 90 Up to 4 30 Up to 12 45 Up to 8 60 Up to 6 90 Up to 4 30 Up to 12 45 Up to 8 60 Up to 6 90 Up to 4 45 Spring return Only 3 Maximum Contacts To Be Mounted 1 to 10 decks; Up to 20 contacts YB, SB, PB, FB 1 to 10 decks; Up to 20 contacts HB or standard key 1 to 10 decks; Up to 20 contacts YB, SB, PB, FB 1 to 3 decks; Up to 6 contacts YB, SB, PB, FB 1. Do not use spring return (SR) for more than six contacts. 2. Two identical keys come with ACSNK unit. Specify "H" for handle key option. 3. For handle styles, see page 695. 690 Handle Styles www.IDEC.com Switches & Pilot Devices o30mm - CS Series Switches & Pilot Devices Illuminated Selector Switches (Assembled) Assembled Illuminated Selector Switches ACSNO - 3 6 6 - ( ) SB - C3013 Contact Arrangement ACSNO = Standard Cam Switch (30mm) ACSNK = Key Cam Switch (30mm) UCSQO = Cam Switch (5 hole mounting) UCSQM = 3 Position Spring Return Cam Switch (5 hole mounting) 1. For standard contact arrangements, use designations on page 642. 2. For custom contact arrangements, omit contact arrangement designation and complete the blank order form on page 694. Number of Levels (Decks) 1 through 10 Handle Number of Positions YB = Knob, Small SB = Lever, Small PB = Lever, Large FB = Knob, Large HB = Handle Key (ACSNK only) Blank = Standard Key (ACSNK only) 2 through 12 Angle 3 = 30 (12 position max) 4 = 45 (8 position max) 6 = 60 (6 position max) 9 = 90 (4 position max) Relays & Sockets Note: One level contains two independent contacts.* Signaling Lights Series Spring Return Action Timers Blank: Maintained RO = Spring return from left (2, 3 or 4position, 45 only) OR = Spring return from right (2, 3 or 4 position, 45 only) RR = Return from right and left (3 pos, 45 only) Contactors 1. *Contact blocks may contain two independent contacts, (a four position switch with four independent contacts only requires two contact blocks). 2. *Caution: switches with 180 or more of rotation may require separate blocks for each contact due to cam overlapping. 3. Key retainable in every 45 position (45, 90, 180, 225, 270, 315, 360). Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 691 Switches & Pilot Devices Contact Arrangements Standard Arrangements Terminal Numbers C-1001 4 1 2 1 2 C-1002 C-1014 C-1005 C-1008 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 C-2001 Relays & Sockets 3 Position Numbers Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o30mm - CS Series 1 2 C-2002 2 1 C-2006 2 1 C-2004 2 3 C-2008 C-2009 C-2027 7 8 7 8 7 8 7 8 7 8 7 8 7 8 5 6 5 6 5 6 5 6 5 6 5 6 5 6 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 C-3001 C-3002 2 3 1 C-3005 4 1 C-3013 2 3 4 C-3016 12 11 12 11 12 11 12 11 12 10 9 10 9 10 9 10 9 10 7 8 7 8 7 8 7 8 7 8 5 6 5 6 5 6 6 6 4 5 5 3 3 4 3 4 1 2 3 4 3 4 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 2 3 1 Timers 1 2 3 1 Contactors 2 3 4 5 16 15 16 13 14 13 14 11 12 11 12 9 10 9 10 7 8 7 8 5 6 5 6 3 4 3 4 1 2 1 2 C-5001 3 2 1 2 C-4002 15 1 6 2 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 C-6001 8 C-6002 19 20 23 24 23 24 17 18 21 22 21 22 15 16 19 20 19 20 13 14 17 18 11 12 17 18 15 16 9 10 15 16 13 14 7 8 11 12 13 14 5 6 9 10 11 12 3 4 7 8 9 10 1 2 5 6 7 8 3 4 5 6 3 4 1 2 3 1 2 2 3 4 1 2 1 2 3 Circuit Breakers 1 www.IDEC.com 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 3 2 1 9 C-4001 Terminal Blocks 3 11 1 692 2 4 5 2 3 4 5 Switches & Pilot Devices o30mm - CS Series Switches & Pilot Devices Contact Arrangements continued Ammeter Switching C-1012 C-4007 CS R S T 15 R S T A 16 13 14 11 12 9 10 7 8 5 6 3 4 1 2 Signaling Lights CT O E C-4003 C-6003 CS CS R S T 15 R S T A 16 R S T 23 O R S T 14 21 22 11 12 19 20 9 10 17 18 7 8 15 16 5 6 13 14 3 4 11 12 1 2 9 10 7 8 5 6 3 4 1 2 E CT A 24 13 Relays & Sockets CT O E Voltmeter Switching C-2022 C-3008 CS PT 3o-4W CS 7 8 5 6 3 1 V R S T 11 PT O RS ST TR 12 9 10 4 7 8 2 5 6 3 4 1 2 C-3009 Timers R S T E V C-3007 PT 3o-4W 11 12 9 10 7 8 5 6 3 4 1 2 Contactors CS R S T E V Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 693 Switches & Pilot Devices Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o30mm - CS Series Order Form (Custom Contact Arrangement) ( Series *Number of Decks ACSNO ACSNK UCSQO UCSQM Handle Specify Qty = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 Number of Positions Angle ACSNO ACSNK* UCSQO 9, 10, 11, 12 30 or 45 only 7 or 8 30, 45 or 60 5 or 6 Angle 3 = 30 4 = 45 6 = 60 9 = 90 30, 45, 60, 90 2, 3, or 4 UCSQM 45 only ACSNK: Spring Return Positions 30 only ACSNO, UCSQO, UCSQM: YB = Knob, Small SB = Lever, Small PB = Lever, Large FB = Knob, Large *Note: One Deck can drive two independent contacts. Unit Relays & Sockets ) 3 only * ACSNK keys only remove at 45. HB = Handle Key (option) Blank = Standard Key Blank = Maintained RO = Spring return from left (3 or 4 position, 45) OR = Spring return from right (3 or 4 position, 45) RR = Return from right and left (3 position, 45) For handle styles, see page 695. UCSQM is available in spring-return version only. Contact Arrangement Table Timers Deck 1 Deck 2 Deck 3 Deck 4 Contactors Deck 5 Deck 6 Deck 7 Deck 8 Deck 9 Terminal Blocks Position Terminal Numbers 1 and 2 3 and 4 5 and 6 7 and 8 9 and 10 11 and 12 13 and 14 15 and 16 17 and 18 19 and 20 21 and 22 23 and 24 25 and 26 27 and 28 29 and 30 31 and 32 33 and 34 35 and 36 37 and 38 39 and 40 Cams Deck 10 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 To specify non-standard arrangements (designation not on preceding pages), fill in this table using the following symbols. X = Closed contact (break before make) O = Open contact X X = Overlapping contact (remain on when switch is moved between two positions) Specifying Nameplate (Optional) 30 Circuit Breakers 4 60 12 12 11 22 12 12 11 11 11 33 11 11 10 10 10 1044 99 99 55 88 7 88 7 66 7 7 11 66 55 44 694 22 66 33 55 11 44 11 22 45 88 33 77 44 55 6 66 6 55 22 88 7733 44 66 90 11 22 44 33 11 22 33 55 44 11 4422 33 Specifying Legends 22 33 If no engraving information is provided, a blank nameplate will be supplied. Position 1________________________________ 1________________________________ 2________________________________ 2________________________________ 3________________________________ 3________________________________ 4________________________________ 4________________________________ 5________________________________ 5________________________________ 6________________________________ 6 www.IDEC.com 12 Switches & Pilot Devices o30mm - CS Series Switches & Pilot Devices Accessories -- CS Series Replacement Handles CSH-YB CSH-SB CSH-PB CSH-FB CSH-H2B Dimensions 0.79"D x 1.61"H 0.79"D x 1.97"H 1.58"D x 1.97"H 1.58"D x O 1.97" 0.95"D x 2.28"H Applicable Models ACSNO, UCSQO, UCSQM Signaling Lights Part Number ACSNK Replacement Nameplates Relays & Sockets Size & Shape q 2.52" (64mm) Black Aluminum Part Number Applicable Models CQ CQM CQN UCSQO UCSQM ACSNO, ACSNK Timers 1. Extra cost for engraving, 3/16" min. letter height, Legends maximum ten characters. 2. Blank nameplates are supplied with all cam switches (they need not be ordered separately). Wiring Clips Part Number Contact Block Jumpers CJ-1 Between decks Contactors CJ-2 Same deck Terminal Blocks Replacement Keys Part Number Description K301 Pair of keys (#301) Circuit Breakers 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 695 Switches & Pilot Devices Dimensions/Terminal Arrangements/Mounting Holes Panel Thickness 0.8 to 6 2 12 9 12N+9 47 30.7 * * Spring Return: 44 Maintained: 42 N: Number of Contact Blocks Panel Thickness 0.8 to 6 M3.5 Terminal Screw 2 30 47 12 9 12N+9 47 52 ACSNK 52 35 * 47 * Spring Return: 44 Maintained: 42 N: Number of Contact Blocks Mounting Holes Panel Thickness 7.0 max. Timers 2 M3.5 Terminal Screw 9 12 12N+9 * 7 48 25 Panel Thickness 7.0 max. 46.4 o30.5 +0.5 0 (ACSNO/ACSNK) 70 * Spring Return: 31 Maintained: 29 N: Number of Contact Blocks UCSQM R0.8 max. +0.2 4.8 0 4-M4 Screw 33 +0.5 0 41 (Y2 Handle) 46.4 52 UCSQO 64 Signaling Lights 47 Relays & Sockets Terminal Arrangement 52 M3.5 Terminal Screw 50 (S2 Handle) ACSNO 52 Switches & Pilot Devices o30mm - CS Series UCSQO UCSQM 4-M4 Screw M3.5 Terminal Screw 2 9 12 12N+9 3 o1 31 7 43 48 50 (P2 Handle) Contactors 52 64 4-o4.5 48 70 Circuit Breakers Terminal Blocks N: Number of Contact Blocks 696 www.IDEC.com 48 Switches & Pilot Devices o30mm - ARN Series Switches & Pilot Devices ARN Series -- Mono-Lever Switches Key features: * * * * * Mono-Lever Switches O 1-13/64" (30mm) Contact Blocks Rated for 600V, 10A Available in 2-, 3-, and 4-positions. Maintained and spring-return modes available. Models available with interlock mechanism to prevent inadvertent actuation. Signaling Lights CSA Certified File No. LR48366 UL Listed File No. E68961 Specifications Operating Temperature -25to 50C (without freezing) Insulation Resistance 100M Insulation Voltage 600V AC/DC Rated Thermal Current 10A Electrical Life Over 500,000 operations Contact Rating Relays & Sockets Rated Voltage: Current 110VDC: 3A 24V AC/DC: 10A 120VAC: 10A 240VAC: 6A 480VAC: 2A 600VAC: 1A ARN j Style 4 - k Number of Contact Blocks l Lever Action - 10.00.02.11 m Contact Arrangement Description Code Standard Lever ARN Short Lever ARNS Interlocking Lever ARNL Remarks Contactors j Style 1012 Timers Part Numbering Guide (Assembled) Interlocking lever prevents inadvertent operation. 1 k No. of Contact Blocks 2 -- 3 Each contact block contains two independent contacts. l Lever Action m Contact Arrangement Blocked 0 Maintained 1 Spring Return 2 00 10 1 NC contact 01 1 NO and 1 NC contact 11 2 NO contacts 20 Specify in this order: Up.Right.Down.Left Specify the number of contacts to be activated in all active (non-blocked) positions: Up.Right.Down.Left For blocked positions use code: 00 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada Circuit Breakers No contacts 1 NO contact Terminal Blocks 4 697 Switches & Pilot Devices Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices o30mm - ARN Series Mono-Lever Switches (Sub-Assembled) Contact Blocks Operator = Standard Mono-Lever Operators Style Lever Operation Mode Standard Lever Relays & Sockets + Short Lever Timers Interlocking Lever Part Number 2-Position manual return 3-Position manual return 4-Position manual return ARN0-1010-B ARN0-1110-B ARN0-1111-B 2-Position spring return 3-Position spring return 4-Position spring return ARN0-2020-B ARN0-2220-B ARN0-2222-B 2-Position manual return 3-Position manual return 4-Position manual return ARNS0-1010-B ARNS0-1110-B ARNS0-1111-B 2-Position spring return 3-Position spring return 4-Position spring return ARNS0-2020-B ARNS0-2220-B ARNS0-2222-B 2-Position manual return 3-Position manual return 4-Position manual return ARNL0-1010-B ARNL0-1110-B ARNL0-1111-B 2-Position spring return 3-Position spring return 4-Position spring return ARNL0-2020-B ARNL0-2220-B ARNL0-2222-B Contact Blocks Style Contact Arrangement Contactors 2NO contacts 1NO & 1NC contact 2NC contacts 1NO early make contact Part Number BR-1E BR-2E BR-3E BR-1EM To calculate the number of contact blocks required, add the number of NO and NC contacts on each pair of adjoining positions (up + right, right + down, down + left, and left + up). The largest of the four sums is the number of contact blocks required. Up to four contact blocks can be mounted. Terminal Blocks Replacement Parts Style Bellows ARNL0 (Interlocking) ARN-BL ARNL-BL (comes in 2 pieces) All Models Knob (ball) ARNB-B Circuit Breakers Knob (ball) Part Number ARN0, ARNS0 (standard & short lever) 698 www.IDEC.com Complete Part Switches & Pilot Devices o30mm - ARN Series Switches & Pilot Devices Dimensions -- ARN Series Panel Thickness 0.8 to 6 M3.5 Terminal Screw o42 30 23 6 83 63 o30 .5 R0.8 max. 4.8 +0.2 0 +0 .5 0 33 +0.5 0 ARNO ARNSO ARNLO 30 51 0 o22 3 Panel Thickness 0.8 to 6 o42 6 51 1 block: 47, 2 blocks: 70 3 blocks: 93, 4 blocks: 116 Signaling Lights M3.5 Terminal Screw 23 51 1 block: 47, 2 blocks: 70 3 blocks: 93, 4 blocks: 116 ARNLO 51 o22 51 o22 30 6 30 ARNSO Panel Thickness 0.8 to 6 30 M3.5 Terminal Screw o42 ARNO 23 83 51 1 block: 47, 2 blocks: 70 3 blocks: 93, 4 blocks: 116 Relays & Sockets Timers Contactors Terminal Blocks Circuit Breakers 800-262-IDEC (4332) * USA & Canada 699 Circuit Breakers Terminal Blocks Contactors Timers Relays & Sockets Signaling Lights Switches & Pilot Devices Switches & Pilot Devices 700 www.IDEC.com